Category Archives: Government
Low Cost RF/MW reading devices are often purchased by TIs as a defensive tool against their targeting fears. However, the general topic (TSCM – Technical Security CounterMeasures) is just that: TECHNICAL, and readings from such a device can easily lead a TI to panic and over react. Here is why, and how to get more out of such devices, without the risk of serious mistakes.
The way it is
A Targeted Individual can almost always benefit greatly from a professional TSCM sweep. Such a sweep, clandestinely done, could provide significant courtroom quality proof of electronic surveillance and/or harassment with directed energy weapons or mind altering signals, such as EEG entrainment, subliminal messaging, V2S, implants, and more. If you are new to targeting and don’t know these terms, read my books. With very rare exceptions, virtually all TIs are exposed to some form of electronic targeting, and such a sweep can precisely identify who is operating the equipment, the nature of targeting, and evaluate the threat and suggest defensive/offensive options. That typically includes their providing documented reports and personal courtroom expert testimony. Combined with optional services equivalent to a private investigator, it could even end up revealing who ordered and is behind the targeting. They can also potentially detect bioimplants in the victim’s body.
Unfortunately, there are two reasons no TI has ever used TSCM professionals with success, and hardly any have ever used it, at all. The first reason is, that only the wealthy can afford it. A truly effective sweep of a home or work place, can cost between $20,000 and $60,000. That is because the professional will need to apply towards a million dollars worth of specialized gear, and must have decades of experience in order to be qualified to do so and have the results stand up in court. Rather than ‘meters,’ they employ sophisticated signal analyzers and other toys for a full-spectrum solution (including light and audio threats).
Sigh. Add to Christmas wish list, and hope Santa is generous.
The second reason, is that all such qualified TSCM are almost always ex government/intelligence community/military/military contractors, and are therefore, by default, subject to ‘conversion,’ because almost all targeting is ultimately at the hands of those same players. By request or by bribe, the risk is that they will give a false report showing no targeting. It is simply impossible to vet a TSCM pro against this risk, unless you happen to have a personal family/friendship relationship in place from the start. I had such a contact, and the government framed him on illegal weapons and drug charges and put him in jail, confiscated all his equipment. James Atkinson (‘Granite Island’) helped me write my first book, filling it with informative information about TSCM and what government agency uses what frequencies for what purposes (data table and other information in The Professional Paranoid). Friends are keeping his informative web site up and running for him. Visit.
So what is a TI to do? One solution, is to go with less than a true pro TSCM guy with all that gear, someone like me, perhaps, who has nearly $20,000 in gear, and some investigated skills (I’ve put a lot of people in jail, shut down illegal CIA fronts, forced corrupt officials to resign, and ended targeting for clients). Unfortunately, there are crooked people out there pretending to be ‘like me’ using even less sophisticated gear (regardless of what they claim). I have seen YouTube videos of alleged ‘bioimplant scans’ where the scanner was charging $100 per implant found, and gee… everyone scanned naturally had between three and six implants, or more — until their money ran out. And yet, not.
The problem was, the meter being used, like most such meters, has an instruction manual warning that false readings will be obtained if one touches the sensing area of the meter (the business end). You are supposed to hold them a certain way to avoid that. A fraudulent scanner, however, holds it differently, such that he merely moves his finger to tap or touch the front whenever he wants to ‘find’ an implant, bug, signal. Sadly, this service was widely promoted by one of the largest and best known TI community groups. It even resulted in a multimillion dollar lawsuit, and that group ultimately disintegrated. One clue it was a scam was ignored by all: to get the scan, you had to fly into a small remote town with all of one Police officer, check into a hotel, and get scanned within a small window of time. Poof! the scanner was gone before the fraud could be reported and investigated, and many thousands of dollars richer for a half-day’s work.
Another solution is to buy your own meter. Prices can be as low as $100, even less (be wary when so). Not quite a perfect solution, in truth, because no such product, even towards $20,000, is designed and sold for the kind of use to which the TI intends. They are designed to measure the same kinds of signals (with significant limitations, usually), but for other cause, such as testing equipment against RF emission safety standards, or to ensure they are putting out the right kind of signal. The instruction manuals only speak to such uses, and the manufacturers/sellers have zero interest in helping a TI do what they need to do with the product. Nor will they accept returns based on failures to be useful in such an application. You are on your own.
Because of the technicalities involved, and in the face of a lack of instructions, it is not only extremely rare that a given TI will know what a given reading means, but also quite likely that they will make a false and potentially dangerous wrong conclusion as to meaning, and then take wrong actions in defense of that false conclusion. A TI easily makes silly mistakes, and the results can be frightening (ex: aiming the meter at the sky will yield seriously high readings, but is NOT a threat. Many TIs assume it means satellite targeting. No, no, and no.) An example of a serious wrong action would be false accusations of an innocent party, or spending limited financial resources for shielding or legal defenses applied uselessly. And there is another common risk…
All too often, a TI will call Police or go to other authorities or perhaps seek legal, medical, or psychological professional help, meter and readings in hand, intending to ‘prove their case.’ All they end up accomplishing, is being marked down as a very strange person with a strange little box and an even stranger and unbelievable story; a lunatic who needs mental health care. No one will understand the little black box or its readings, much less the story offered behind it all. They have never heard of TSCM, most likely, and so the entire concept is like talking about the kind of propulsion systems used on flying saucers. And if they do know about TSCM, they will know your meter is a ‘joke,’ and automatically conclude that your use of it and conclusions are just as silly, no matter what the truth is.
Note: there is one other potential ‘poor man’ solution — the use of a smart phone ap to simulate an RF/EMF meter. Yes, and no. Extremely limited range and scale of operation, extremely broad angle of view, and quite prone to misinterpretation. At best, it gives a general indication something may be amiss or a threat, but offers little proof or useful confirmation. ONE GOOD USE of such pas, as is true for low cost meters, is documenting excessive Smart Meter RF/EMF radiation, which makes it easier to force power companies to revert back to regular dial meters (beware of fake dial meters with a thick back — which conceals yet another Smart Meter without digital readout).
Don’t give up too fast… all is not lost
Don’t give up on the notion, because there are some useful uses for such meters, if approached properly. One must simply alter expectations, and have a better grounding in how to properly use low cost meters such as those described herein from trifield.com, for the purpose. I can help with that. But let’s first talk about expectations:
a) you are not going to use them to find implants with much chance of success. There is only one type of implant they MIGHT find, which is the type which constantly broadcasts information. An example might be a tracking implant, or a health monitoring implant. Under the right circumstances, you might find such an implant. But most implants used in targeting are either not going to broadcast anything… instead receiving signals useless in detection — or they are going to deliberately use special broadcast methods most meters cannot see or respond to usefully;
b) you are not going to use them to find V2S, subliminal, or EEG manipulation signals. You can see these signals, but they blend into the background and do not stand out as such; they cannot be isolated and identified with simple meters;
c) you can use them with some confidence to identify DEW and other targeting signal directional sources. While it is relatively easy to misread signals and erroneously presume them an attack signal, if read during an attack and relying on the strongest signal sources, only, you are likely correct in the presumption. You can then plan shielding strategies more effectively, and narrow your list of suspect enemy positions and personnel to those within that angle of attack. With some luck, you might actually pinpoint the source and perps involved, but it won’t be legally useful. But focused video surveillance (don’t break the law), with luck, may confirm suspicions sufficiently to be considered legally useful evidence. Rely on video documentation of not just the doings at such sites, but also video of meter readings during attacks, to prepare potentially useful evidence… useful to perhaps interest someone into considering your story… knowing the likelihood is that they will still reject it as lunacy. Risk vs. Benefit is your decision guide about attempting to convince them;
d) you can use them to identify the type of signal, in some cases. They type and sophistication of the meter, and your ability to use them properly, will determine if that is the case, or not. It is quite easy to make wrong assumptions, as there are so many kinds of attack signals across a broad spectrum of frequencies (bands of RF energy). Most serious threats operate at frequencies well above the capabilities of low cost meters. Even my $20,000 gear cannot see above 12 gHz microwave, which is where most military bands operate. But if your enemy is not military based, you might have a chance with $20K gear… but with gear costing hundreds of dollars, your chances diminish to the point of being limited, perhaps, to seeing things an amateur or Cop might employ.
e) you can use them to warn of a DEW attack before it becomes a problem in terms of physical/mental effect. There is one particular low cost meter best suited to this use, allowing you to relocate yourself away from the attack area… the meter will advise when escape has been achieved (cease the warning). It will also indicate if you are being ‘tracked’ by a signal by some means (generally some kind of surveillance, or by a locating implant), and can give you a general sense of the direction of the attack signal source, much like the Trifield. It is not, however, a great substitute for the capabilities of the Trifield beyond that, but it is a better warning device than the Trifield, because it is automatic, and always operating, unless switched off. It can even clip to your clothing or be carried in a pocket, or set down anywhere near you;
f) you can use such meters to determine if the signal levels exceed safety limits set by government and NGO organizations. This, in turn, can sometimes be used to force government agencies, most notably the FCC, OSHA, to investigate on your behalf, though it is quite likely such investigations will not match your findings; the enemy will simply shut down temporarily. But at least you get a brief vacation from assault. When concerned about safety levels, you will want to carefully review online searches to compare the latest (always being adjusted downward) standards and what a level represent in terms of health issues, and that will prove to be quite technical — you need to carefully compare your meter reading and scale used for the set limits, which may require unit conversion (usually a matter of multiplying or dividing by 10 or 100; most such resources will give you instructions for conversion or cite alternate unit results for you). With luck, your findings can be matched to specific known physical symptoms for a given reading level, which if matched to your symptoms and reading levels obtained, can be useful if well documented (video of your readings and symptoms + industry data);
g) you might be able to use them to find surveillance technology, to include listening devices and cameras. Again, sophistication and skill of the user are key. There are devices better suited to this purpose which remain low in cost. Use a search engine (bug and camera detection gear) for that. Same for (phone bug detection). See my post on cellphones.
Now as to the other key requirement, proper use…
Fortunately, there are two specific low-cost devices I can recommend with confidence, and for which I can provide rather specific instructional advice on how to use them for TI needs. They are the devices I started with early on for my own needs, after some considerable informed research — and successfully used to confirm my own electronic targeting, source location, and identity of the operator at that location. It allowed effective shielding response which ended the threat, and finding of listening devices. It helped me to develop other tactics to defeat targeting which did not involve shielding. They had other benefits, as well, not the least of which was improved peace of mind.
As result, I made a special deal with the manufacturer (Trifield): they would sell them to me at a small discount for resale to TIs, and send TI requests for information or purchase to me… on the proviso (my idea) that I provide an instruction manual for TI uses, be responsible for any returns and customer service issues arising from TI uses. They did not want that business at all, and would not sell them to TIs if they understood such was their use/need. While I am no longer in a position to provide the service, which as a kind of rent-to-own trial program for which no one ever declined to own (it worked well for them), I do still offer the instructions (an emailed .pdf file, illustrated).
These are for the trusty and versatile Trifield meter (avoid the more costly blue-faced version, generally less useful to TI needs) and SmartAlert 2 microwave detection device offered at trifield.com. Both meters are very low cost: you can buy both for less than $300, just don’t mention targeting. My manual gives broad instructional use for both meters, and additionally includes an idea on how to modify (at relatively low cost) an entire room to be a faraday cage without dramatic change in the appearance of the room.
I used to sell the instructions for $20, with the purchase price applied to the purchase of a meter. The idea was that one could see what the instructions were like without risking the investment in a meter, and if thinking it doable, go for the meter without wasting the $20, as I made it free with a meter if purchased outright. It was a confidence-building approach to decision making.
I also tried to talk people out of doing it by pointing out everything in this article. Only if they got past all the negatives, and still wanted to proceed, DID I HAVE CONFIDENCE IN THEIR DECISION. I needed to feel it was right, too, because I did not want a meter to be returned — a wanted a successful use of it to better the user’s targeting situation.
Since I no longer sell the meter, I make the file available on request by email to anyone willing to make a contribution to the Free Will Society, and our effort there to establish Free Will Haven, a targeting-free, low-cost, self-sustaining intentional community (learn more here). There are two ways to go: A $20 donation gets you the manual. A $50 donation gets you the manual AND membership in the Free Will Society (you must have a Facebook account, as well, to participate in membership dialogs) and an ebook copy of The Professional Paranoid, which also talks about privacy/security issues, which includes material also related to meter use as described in the introduction (frequency usage). That, alone is a $12 value. By all means, donate more, if so moved.
Note: A secondary goal of the Free Will Society, is to subsequently establish a mobile strike team with a full professional TSCM sweep capability, to include a van full of gear (image above). This would be used not only by Free Will Haven, but be able to be sent anywhere in the country to target perps covertly, and nail them to the cross, and blow the whole topic of political control technology wide open in media, and in the halls of government… globally. And yes, that means yet another million dollars are needed. So add zeros to your donation 🙂
The manual’s instructions can generally be applied to any similar products, if one simply reads between the lines, and compares the differences between meters usefully. This is true even if talking about the $20K flavor, though the capabilities will expand greatly as meter sophistication (and price) increases. Just keep in mind that an expensive and more sophisticated meter will likely require some IEEE technical expertise, such as I actually have. I even have some background in microwave technology, and signal processing as employed by the intelligence community (selling and installing such technology, as well as general security and alarm equipment).
The greatest improvement high-end gear offers will be in the range of frequencies (bands) which can be analyzed, but there are many other benefits to better units, as well. For instance, the ability log to memory the readings as you go, plug them into a computer for even more signal analysis (big step up in usefulness), and improved sensitivity in range and angle of reading. A low cost meter reads rather broadly, say 30-40 degrees of arc, perhaps more, where my meter reads as little as 3-6 degrees of arc. Most low cost meters don’t even specify, and the ‘funnel’ nature of a broad angle contributes to misinterpretations of reading importance or meaning. Narrow is good, but you can compensate by taking care and multiple readings from multiple angles (triangulate).
Being targeted is all about unanswered, yet critical and deeply troubling questions, psychological torture being at least half the intent of targeting. The foremost question is usually ‘Why?’ or ‘Why me?’ There only three answers which matter, and they are not impossible to discern, and knowing can improve one’s ability to resist.
The way it is
The Three Answers
I and others used to think in terms of a fourth factor, which at least seemed to be another category, but it is not, by and large. And yet, as we will see, it remains telling and useful. Let’s start with the big three, first.
them at a personal level. But the bulk of joyriding would seem to be experiments upon the perps.
Knowing the difference can alter TI tactics
About Death Threats
What will happen if a natural disaster or social upheaval comes and government cannot, or will not be able to defend you, your home, or your community? When armed marauders or looters come, will you stand alone, or will you have your own local network of helpers: Paladins?
What is a Paladin?
“Paladin” is another word for Knight, a kind of soldier of good moral character who in times of Olde served his fellow knights, community, country, and God. P.A.L.A.D.I.N. members are similar, and yet different. They are somewhat modeled after the Paladins in the popular Fallout computer game series, but THIS IS NO GAME. Fallout takes place in a future post apocalyptic World where there is no government, and everyone is struggling to survive, which literally means at times, kill or be killed, perhaps even eaten by others. Several groups compete for control with lust for power as their agenda, but the Paladins were formed in an attempt to maintain order and protect against such threats — a bit like self-organized Police the people come to rely upon.
Almost no one is truly prepared for disaster or civil upheaval. When it strikes, the impact of the disaster is therefore nearly total. All one has to do is look back on Katrina, or any other major disaster or upheaval around the World where local governments were unable or unwilling to respond — to see the value in not having to stand alone in a crises. FEMA and other government ‘help’ in Katrina was less than ‘useless’ for an extended period of time, actually causing more harm than good in many cases. Local law enforcement was either unavailable or, at times, a serious threat to many a resident’s well being. Likewise for the National Guard.
In such events, local governments at any level collapse and become non existent in domino fashion, while regional and national governments play political waiting games. The following is a quote from From Disaster to Lessons Learned: What Went Wrong in the Response to Hurricane Katrina?The Dissolution of Government
As noted earlier, disaster response in the U.S. is predicated on a system of “cascading failure,” in which successively higher levels of government are called in as lower levels are overwhelmed. However, the system requires some government to be in place. When the storm hit, local government in New Orleans, for all intents and purposes, ceased to exist. Both politicians and administrators had evacuated prior to landfall, and what little structure was in place was immediately rendered ineffective. The severity of the disaster also paralyzed state government and stunned federal government officials. A period of many hours passed before coherent calls for help began to travel up and down the system; even then, they were generally unfocused and nonspecific. Mayor Nagin’s media appeals for the federal government to “send everything” were heartfelt, but were so general they were difficult to act upon.
Meanwhile, at higher levels of government, a political showdown was brewing between the White House and Gov. Kathleen Blanco of Louisiana. Louisiana’s National Guard was heavily deployed to Iraq at the time of the storm, and the governor had activated pre-existing agreements with other states to “borrow” National Guard troops prior to landfall. These troops were quickly moved to the area, but the White House wanted to federalize the troops, while Gov. Blanco wanted to keep them under state control. The White House also disputed the timing of the governor’s request to release active-duty military troops into the area, although later evidence showed that the request had come much earlier than initial White House claims.
Even once on site, FEMA and National Guard, et. al., cannot be everywhere at once, and they cannot solve all the problems and threats people face. In some cases, policy or needs dictates result in harm to individual residents, mostly unintentional, but at times, intentional. In the end, almost everyone needs to fend for themselves for a protracted period of time, and that often means defending themselves from each other, or facing general extreme hardships or death, alone.
In Katrina, nearly 2,000 died, and many died at the hands of others (including authorities who opened fire on crowds trying to escape across a bridge). There were, in addition to looters and aggressive authorities, at least one known roving gang of vigilante Whites who had set about to kill Blacks they deemed looters, ‘loosely defined.’ The true number of murders is unknown; few records were kept given the mass casualties, but ‘bullet riddled corpses’ were not hard to find. Where there is no law, lawlessness ensues.
Bad things happen
Disasters are all too common, some worse than others. But imagine an outright siege caused by insurgents, racial violence of the sort this country has recently seen, or even military invasion such as foreseen in Operation Lion Dance; where Chinese flood into America via the Canamex rail system, hiding in container cars which can be parked on any rail siding in America from a laptop. Or perhaps it is simple revolution or civil war born of irreconcilable political differences. There are many such threats, none of which are especially likely, but all of which are specifically possible.
P.A.L.A.D.I.N. stands for Post Apocalyptic Local Area Defense Information Network; the core organization. Do not let the gloomy sounding name deter or fool you. While it certainly could be a possibility that doom and gloom awaits us on a regional, national, or global scale (it is after all forecast by virtually every religion and many experts in military, financial, and political circles), any simple disaster or localized upheaval can result in a crisis government is unable or unwilling to address quickly. It is even possible, some believe, that government might become the cause or actual threat themselves, such as in a military coup. But if having Paladins available to help you fend off a crises in a post apocalyptic tragedy, how much better then that they could be available in a lesser threat, such as a killer quake or storm?
Here are just a few such threats — do you have everything in place to survive? Will you, alone, be able to defend them from those who do not? Or will you be waiting for government to get around to attempting to rescue you, not as a soul in need of help, but a mere politically acceptable (expendable) statistic should they fail?• Sudden Poll Shift — a sudden shift could melt the ice caps and cause serious globally felt quakes • Sudden Ice Age or Ice Cap Melt — choose your favorite scientist and worry with them • Super Volcano — doomsday shroud encircles the planet killing all crops, causing ice age • Super Earthquake — hundreds of thousands or even millions could be homeless and helpless • Asteroid Strike — we’ve already had nearly a half-dozen near misses in the last twenty years • EMP Attack — total loss of all things electric, throwing us into pre industrial age • Solar CME Flare — same as EMP attack, but potentially global in impact • Planet X — we know it’s coming soon, its effects upon Earth could be catastrophic • Nuclear or Bio Terrorism — could render an entire region helpless • Pandemic — we keep coming close to having one, it’s only a matter of time • Financial Collapse — what happens when money has no value or is unavailable? • Civil Insurrection — race war, revolution, response to Martial Law, gun seizure • Military Coup — a top U.S. General has forecast it possible • War or Nuclear War — no nation is immune from invasion or sneak attack • Alien Threat — leaders of several nations and scientists have said it possible • Prophetic End Times Tribulation — seven years a mix of the above, or worse
The P.A.L.A.D.I.N. concept is simple, and addresses an important question: is it better to stand alone trying to protect your home and family against armed marauders or other dangers seeking to take what you need to survive from you, even your very lives… or to be prepared? Prepare a go bag and survival supplies, by all means, but to become a Paladin is to pre establish a local mutual defense network which can protect you and yours, your fellow Paladins, your community, and by extension, your country and way of life. P.A.L.A.D.I.N. is a non militia solution that can effectively become functional equivalent of a small and focused militia — on demand. It does not suffer the overhead and commitment of a militia, nor the political tainting.
Paladins may also elect to engage in general humanitarian missions at any time, for any reason or cause; actively active activists. This includes the possibility of providing aid to stalking victims, the homeless, or anyone being unfairly treated by another group in some way which cannot be well addressed by local authorities. It can even mean choosing to side with civilians against authorities in a non violent protest; whatever the Unit deems appropriate. Were I a Paladin near to the tribal protests in the Dakotas over the oil pipelines, I would have urged my Unit to give on-site support, for instance.
Everyone should join!
Anyone who has much to loose if accosted by armed strangers in a crises should join. Stalking victims and other persons who have experienced unusual targeting should definitely become a Paladin. This will enable you to call upon other Paladins when threats return, and help to document, prosecute, or thwart such targeting. Activists should join Paladin, as it becomes a tool useful in a cause, where you can make good argument to fellow Paladins to engage with you — and enables protection should those opposed to your cause elect illegal harassment campaigns against you (target you). Minorities and others who are consistent victims of gang harassments should also join, as it provides yet one more ally and strengthens your ability to stand against aggression, especially in rioting. Ex military should definitely join as an alternative to a Militia, which often has a bad PR image due to a political or religious bent they may have assumed. All are welcome.
To be a Paladin does not require ownership of a gun, but it is ideal. To own a gun does not require good training or a military background, but it is ideal. Weaponry and combat skills are only important WTSHTF big time, and most gun owners do know how to handle themselves, and they also tend to own more than one weapon, which means that in a pinch, they can share, teach, and lead. The primary requirement is to be of good moral character and to care about your family, your community, and your country. The rest will take care of itself; unity is the key factor.
P.A.L.A.D.I.N. Units of 6 or more Paladins are formed in any given Zip Code once at least half of the members do have arms, and at least one of them has some military or leadership background suitable for acting as Commander. Such leaders are provided with tactical advice on formation and operation of their Unit, and given contact information for any adjacent Units. Paladins can then call upon each other to request aid, or to propose missions to aid others. There are provisions in the formation of Units which allows local Units to join up for improved functionality, and for like hookup with Units in other communities, should regional operations be necessary.
Membership is by default anonymous except between Unit members and adjacent Unit Commanders, but that does not mean members must remain secret. Indeed, public evangelism and recruitment is encouraged (promotional materials will be made available). There is no membership fee to join. However, once a Unit is formed, a small annual membership fee determined by the Unit can be assessed to help fund missions or enhance emergency response capabilities. There can be some small personal expense in order to facilitate Unit functionality, such as the purchase of a Walkie Talkie by each member.
Each Unit is autonomous and stands alone in responsibility; it is not a political body or under the command of a national head, such as myself, even as founder. Therefore, there is no legal liability or risk except for those actions the Unit itself elects to undertake. I am not bound by your actions, nor are yours dictated or bound by mine. You serve only your own Unit member’s best interests and mission goals for public good, and remain subject to all laws in the doing, each member insuring the next does nothing which threatens Unit integrity or viability.
There is no political leaning or bent, nothing which should alarm authorities. In fact, Units should consider making themselves available as volunteers to authorities as emergency helpers or, where law enforcement has such programs, reserve deputies. In such a case, each member is free to participate or abstain, which is generally true in all missions. Units should be prepared to submit to lawful military or law enforcement once order is restored in a crisis, and should maintain records of all actions for use by any needed law enforcement investigations after the fact. That serves both as protection for the Unit and members, as well as a means to prosecute evil doers who may have been confronted by the Unit. Everything is above board and transparent within the Unit, and as private or as public as the Unit itself elects.
TO JOIN: simply email your interest to join to proparanoidgroup at gmail com and provide your City, State, and Zip. This does not obligate you to anything. This will be used to update a database of members maintained anonymously at my Facebook page for the purpose. That page is organized in a way which allows determining if a Unit can yet be formed in a given Zip — your evangelism in recruiting other members is key to that eventuality.
Once a Unit can be formed, members are so advised and connected to one another for the purpose of determining if they should form, and if forming, deciding who will be their Commander. They are also provided with additional support advice on how best to proceed as a functioning unit. Once forming, individual members are then obligated only to commit to the goals established by the Unit for mutual self defense and whatever additional good they may do for community and beyond, in or out of crisis (missions.) Risk and investment are minimal. Rewards can include the possibility of continued life, liberty, and pursuit of happiness — in the face of dire circumstances bent on preventing same.
Other material to consider
The Post Apocalyptic Library is an important collection of life-saving information commonly beyond the average person’s current knowledge base, and which will NOT BE AVAILABLE once disaster strikes. It is a series of links to critical information which can be learned online or downloaded and printed for placement in a go bag or emergency supplies for later use. It is advised that extra copies should be made in advance for handout to others.
The FEMA, Martial Law, and Revolution Database is a collection of materials which seek to educate the public about individual risks and likelihood of events beyond their control, and/or give advice on how best to survive or react. It is an eye opening review of little known facts which may prove quite sobering. Don’t be yet another Sheeple caught totally unaware.
Dropping off the Grid: abandon the Control Matrix. This author has done so for the last three years, and though living a rather spartan life by comparison to what came before, the freedom is enhanced, and the quality of life (happiness) with it. Living simply has proven to be more satisfying — and should be much safer in the event of major troubles. Here is a snapshot of possibilities. I will soon be offering a Seminar or other promotional venue (i.e., video) on the topic.
An Intentional Community is one way to live off the Grid. Here is one example, a low-cost, self-sufficient community based on tiny homes, a project of the Free Will Society I founded to helped stalking victims: it is called Free Will Haven. It has a gofundme. Such a community is by default more or less the functional equivalent of Paladins.
After working with over 12,000 persons coming forward for help with targeting over the last two plus decades, I’ve learned a good deal more than just found in my earlier books. There has never been a Targeted Individual who has not been accused of schizophrenia. While that can be true, it is often not true, and even when true, targeting may also exist. The issue must be dealt with head on, and with care, lest it become a stumbling block beyond cure.
copyright © 2016, all rights reserved. Permission to repost hereby granted provided entire post with all links in tact, including this notice and byline, are included. Please comment any such repost to original posting.
• there are good and bad ways of addressing the problem.
First impressions DON’T count
When I’m first contacted by stalking victims for help as online consultant, the stories told me tend to border on what people unfamiliar with the subject would think impossible. The ‘natural’ conclusion, especially for professionals in health care, law enforcement, or governmental authorities such a person might turn to for help with their enemy and/or suffering… is that the person is suffering something in the realm of paranoia or schizophrenia. That is not always wise, but unfortunately, it is quite unavoidable, and for two reasons.
The first is that the symptoms of targeting are by and large identical to those of schizophrenic episodes. Hearing voices or seeing things no one else does are perhaps the most well known examples, all things that can be simulated with advanced electronics; voice to skull can be achieved by multiple methods; Sound Canons and other tricks can create otherwise unbelievable visual aberrations. But also, the general belief of claim that people are following, spying, or threatening, especially in numbers, is seen as a symptom. Enter gang stalking methodologies.
The second reason is less coincidental. People simply don’t want to believe in the Boogeyman, especially officials and other professionals, because trying to deal with something they can’t see evidence of being true is beyond them. That is their failing, often a thing wrongly taught them in their training. Often, that training was crafted by people who helped develop targeting methodology, former CIA mind control scientists. This has been well documented in many books, some of which were written by retired CIA types, and as referenced in my own book on topic, MC Realities.
This is especially true of the DSM series of mental health manuals, because at one time and even currently in some cases, the history of heads of collegiate psychiatric departments and EVERY professional association to which a psychiatric professional could be member… as well as Industry watch dog or promotional organizations… can be traced back to the original CIA mind Control Experiments as CIA employed researchers. As they die off, new ones are recruited, and the false narrative… a ‘lunacy’ about lunacy, goes on.
When Congress investigated CIA (and other agencies) in the Church and Rockefeller Committee hearings in the 1970s, CIA officially (claimed*) they had already shut down such programs because (they claimed*) they did not work. They then quickly scattered the CIA scientists involved to form three kinds of groups:
a) institutional and professional groups which insisted MC did not exist, did not work, and that anyone thinking otherwise was mentally ill or, in the case of professionals, guilty of malfeasance or malpractice;
b) like groups which pretended to seek and ‘help’ victims of MC; and
c) into key positions of power and authority within the psychiatric professional associations (all of them), and collegiate Psych departments, where they not only taught the preferred view about mind control, but also helped to write the DSM series of ‘bibles’ used by shrinks in diagnosis/treatment.
Ironically, the most notorious of group (b), above, was the Cult Awareness Network; CAN, which was consistently called upon by government to help ‘resolve’ crisis arising involving the so-called ‘suicide cults.’ CAN has since taken over and operated by the Church of Scientology, seen by many as a mind control cult in its own right. This was a favorite area of CIA mind control experimentation, trying to find ways to get large numbers of people to kill themselves as a collective. Read Psychic Dictatorship in the U.S.A., by Alex Constantine, for a long list of such experiments. Alex, by the way, was targeted for his writings, and went into hiding for a time. The other purpose of group (b) is to recapture persons who may have escaped mind control projects or who, due to mental issues, may become good subjects as training fodder, and brought into such projects.
What makes it ironic is that CAN advice and helps (pre Scientology) consistently resulted in the mass deaths of those being helped, examples being WACO and JONESTOWN. In both cases, the CIA plants within the groups ‘miraculously,’ managed to survive unharmed, and quite by ‘coincidence,’ the leaders and core members of those groups had previously been in spheres of influence of MC scientists in group (c), above. More could be said about such things, and have been, in MC Realities, Alex’s book, and others. But starker proofs such claims are false exist.
In my first book, The Professional Paranoid, I cited in the Appendix some 400 CIA fronts and influenced organizations which predominantly predated the Church/Rockefeller hearings. Almost exactly half of those had to do with Mind Control. CIA book vanished that book by buying all available copies from suppliers, having one of their own publishing fronts invest in my publisher with the proviso my book not be reprinted, and then ‘selling’ used copies for nearly ten times their face value so that people who had copies would sell theirs for a bit less… and then buying all those up, as well. It is a common CIA trick.
But my publisher was a good guy and he returned the book rights to me, something CIA had failed to think of specifying he not do. So I now effectively ‘self publish’ using print on demand for hard copy (through paranoiapublishing.com), and ebook versions directly through me (proparanoidgroup at gmail com. This makes it impossible to book vanish. Subsequently, in my third book in the Professional Paranoid Series, The Defensive Field Guide, I included 1,000 CIA fronts, almost all of the additions coming into existence post Church/Rockefeller hearings. Guess what? STILL — over half of them were/are involved in mind control related operations. CIA lied to Congress.
The unexpected result of my books was that they sponsored a flood of requests for help from victims of targeting. The overwhelming majority of such requests were from people suffering some form of mind control technology or methodology, most notably, organized ‘gang’ stalking, and/or Directed Energy Weapons (DEW). As result, I felt obliged to attempt to offer professional online consulting services to attempt to help such persons.
This is a very difficult thing to undertake for more reasons than just the communications issues forced by being limited to dialogs at distance without more personal on site direct involvement. While I also offered direct intervention services, they were always beyond the financial ability of the victims; mind control is never worked upon the wealthy unless they first attack and destroy the victim’s financial underpinnings.
Early on in offering such helps, and even in trying to sell my books in the first place, the issue of mental health questions loomed large due the Boogyman Disbelief Syndrome. BDS is a form of mental illness (not found in the DSM, of course) which causes professionals to ignore facts in the Congressional Record, scientific papers, patents, and books by endless authorities on topic, and insist therefore that persons claiming to be targeted are ALWAYS mentally ill, per the DSM bible they worship; they live and work as if in a cult, themselves victims of a form of mind control, the very thing they deny exists.
I have personal proofs I can speak to, as well. I ask professionals who think only schizophrenia possible to explain how it is that, with my defensive and offensive tactical advice, it is possible that some TIs have obtained the ultimate relief? By that, I mean total ending of their problem in ways which prove it was not a mental issue. The proof being in the form of paying huge sums of money by those guilty of targeting as retribution, and/or providing ‘dream jobs,’ record contracts or book deals, and so forth.
The Elephant in the room
That unhappy irony aside, Virtually ever TI, if telling their story in full, will make claims they assume to be fact which seem impossible to the listener, especially if unfamiliar with the topic. After thousands of such stories, even I can still be surprised. As stated, the natural conclusion is some form of mental defect in need of professional care. Especially if the listener is a psychiatric professional; the DSM tells them what to believe true — that schizophrenia is the only possible cause for targeting claims.
It was therefor proper that I early on advised that some form of schizophrenia or paranoiac affliction must always be considered a possibility. However, I also told clients that EVEN IF TRUE, it did NOT mean the person was not ALSO targeted, something no psychiatrist seems able to ever consider possible. In fact, that TI circumstance is actually quite common in my decades of experience of working with TIs. I therefore chose by policy to ignore any and all clues of potential mental health in any decision to proceed to offer helps. The only SAFE presumption by ANYONE professionally offering help is that targeting must be considered and investigated. To do less could leave one legally liable.
One additional reason to so proceed exists, and it is unique to true targeted persons. One of the primary goals of targeting is to reduce them to a political, social, and financial zero, and the main method employed is to make them LOOK insane, as quickly as possible. One way to do that is to mislead the victim into believing things true, which are untrue. Therefore, any general belief expressed by a TI which seems unbelievable may be explained by this fact, and is yet one more reason not to dismiss the claims as baseless; they are in fact, mere symptoms of targeting as much as of potential schizophrenia.
There are countless ways this can be done, and two key benefits are derived by the tactic. The first is that the implication of insanity is achieved, which leads to denial of helps even from loved ones. Destruction of personal relationships and other help resources is also a primary goal. The second is that the TI will end up fighting a non existent problem, and in making no headway, more quickly succumb to giving into feelings of defeat, breaking their will to resist. IT IS A TRAP, one I never allow a victim to fall into.
I have, therefore, never turned someone away regardless of how much it appeared their problem was mental. For one thing, it was quite often found true in time that persons with various mental issues were (and are) deliberately selected for targeting because of that fact, especially if the purpose of targeting is training exercises; any mistakes that might end up involving Police will be immediately dismissed on that same ‘presumptive’ basis. So it is absolutely possible that targeting and mental health issues are present in a given TI’s case.
So I always tried to early on include dialog on how to best address the possibility of schizophrenia and PROVE the answer, whatever it really was, one way or the other. If TRUE, it would be best to get treatment and resolve that issue, first. RARELY is anyone willing to take that advice; they find the prospect too scary, because of the history of psychiatry being rather prone to forced institutionalization with horrific results (as exemplified in One Flew Over the Cuckoo’s Nest). Such hesitance has not seemed to matter that much, because after working with someone for a while, I am eventually able to discern the truth for myself, and advise such help is their only chance at relief.
I will state for the record, quite contrary to DSM assertions, that about only about 1 in every 5 or 6 do suffer schizophrenia and are not truly targeted. I would then so advise, offering as many factual reasons as I hoped would be logically seen as true and valid to the client. Once in a while, they would see the truth, and act on it, but not often enough. A lesser number have been judged both schizophrenic and were also found to be targeted. The remainder were simply targeted, and merely seemed schizophrenic outwardly by third parties. They might additionally be seen as slowly being driven into a naturally resulting state of paranoiac behaviors. That is not the same as being mentally ill, certainly not the same as being schizophrenic; it is simply survival instincts gone overboard in an appropriate effort at self defense. That, I can work with on my own, and it takes no psychiatric skills, only logic.
The nature of the Elephant in the room
It is important to understand: Schizophrenia is not some shameful state of insanity such as people tend to think it. It is simply (rather overstated) a chemical imbalance in the brain which can often be addressed with drugs and good council. Yes, there are significant pitfalls in the treatment process; there is a level of quackery to the ‘science’ behind it, and that results in a hard path typically full of side effects from trying to find the right med and dose level. The patient becomes a Guinea Pig. When the ‘science’ can consider the varied physiology of individual patients and come up with the right med and dose the first time, THEN, and only then will it actually be science, IMO.
But there is a significant difference between privately seeking help and being forced into it by ‘the system.’ The latter can sometimes result in forced treatment to the point of creating a ‘cured’ human vegetable who cannot function on their own, essentially institutionalized for life. The former is considerably safer and far less likely to have an unhappy ending, the worst possible result being an unflattering written record and a period of unpleasant side effects which soon enough wear off. A good result, however, would be a written clean bill of mental health; a well deserved middle finger upraised to all who doubted.
Too, some care must be taken to insure that the meds do not lead to suicidal thoughts without care to prevent actualization; many psychotropic treatments do have such side effects upon withdrawal from use, some upon use. I know of this and other unpleasant side effects first hand, as I and several members of my family have been put on such medications, which are often used for more than mental issues.
Fortunately, there are ways to seek voluntary helps with reduced risks — but which are situation dependent and cannot therefore be well described, here. But schizophrenia can also be addressed with WILL POWER, though a rare eventuality. This is seen in the movie, A Beautiful Mind, a true story. In fact, watching it led me to develop an all new technique useful in reducing the actual effects of various targeting methods, including DEW. I’m talking about reduction of targeting effects, such as pain and manipulations of mood, alertness, and mental acuity.
They can even work with non targeting issues, such as pain reduction for toothaches, burns, Diabetes, and other cause, or even to help neutralize tinnitus (encouraging, but as yet no results against voice to skull). While simple in method, they are difficult to master; akin to trying to become a Jedi Knight in descriptive processes. But some can make them work usefully to one degree or another. This, too, is beyond the ability of this Post to well address. Anyone wanting to know more may email me at proparanoidgroup at gmail com and ask for the Jedi papers.
The good fight
I write of all this, today, because I just received an email from a Man in a distant country I had been working with for a while. He was quite adamant about his stalking, and elements of it certainly were beyond anything possible in reality. But he did have the will to brave the process of professional care and did brave the treatment trial and error, and was actually cured. He wrote to thank me and put my mind at ease, a kind consideration on his part. The transformation in his life was so significant that it was clearly evidenced in his writing style and commentary. His very personality and mental prowess was restored.
It was extremely gratifying to hear of his victory, and see him restored to a normalcy, even though I could take no credit. I wish I could get away with saying all TIs were schizophrenic, and that such treatment was the only solution (the official shrink view); it would have saved me decades of unhappy dialogs and less than perfect results. If it were true, and if victims would be willing to undergo treatment because there were no dangers in doing so, it would be a far more perfect World. But sadly, such a World view would be delusional: exactly as embraced by most professional psychiatrists, today.
I complimented him on his bravery for undertaking that hard road, and for enduring the clumsy treatment process which eventually leads to a cure, or eventually illustrates by lack of cure, that schizophrenia is not present. Getting a piece of paper from a Doctor that treatment had no effect is useful evidence to a TI. EITHER RESULT is a win win, even where actual targeting is present along with mental disorder. Where the victim can eliminate those things imagined, they can better focus on defense and attempts to prove those things which remain and are real. Perps will flee in the face of exposure. The trick is actually being in a position to confront them with that possibility, a matter which dealing only with reality can afford.
It cannot be done by struggling against imagined enemy tactics and methods, regardless of if imagined through chemical imbalance, or imagined due to deliberately fostered false clues. “A mind is a terrible thing to waste,” but that is exactly what mind control seeks to achieve. A TI must above all else, therefore, take any and ALL steps necessary to safe guard the health of their own mind. Free Will, the gift of God, is as precious as the gift of His Grace and of life, itself. These things are a TI’s best weapons of defense and offense. I have a whole chapter in my book on exactly how that is true; Religion and MC. This, too, is available as a free .pdf on request.
The right use of Free Will (righteousness = right use ness) might just include ‘willing’ one’s self to brave confrontation with that Elephant in the room. Clearly, it will involve other battles, as well. Never is it an easy path, and even where victories are gained, it is more often true than not, that total escape is not possible. Some break free, but all who properly resist can at least better their circumstances well enough that they can claim victory, and as a survivor, survive what targeting remains as more a nuisance than a life-long debilitating experience.
Is this not what someone with a physical handicap or long-term debilitating health issue must do, if to survive? Targeting is no different a thing, except that it is forced upon the TI by outside forces for evil cause, quite Satanic at its core. It is, therefore, a spiritual handicap, more than physical or mental, if rightly viewed; it is a war for the spirit and free will of the victim, that very gift from God. Therefore, God is indeed the best ally.
I hope this one example gives hope to those in dire need. That, too, would be a credit to the man who wrote me, a kind of legacy or testimony which hopefully leads others to dare to do the same. Just take care, if that includes you. The path is not easy to see, and there are brambles to each side which must be avoided. While I can no longer offer actual paid consulting services, I do remain available for guidance and providing answers to simple questions which do not involve significant situational analysis (proparanoidgroup at gmail com). I answer all inquiries in person.
If I had a dollar, or even a dime for every web page that mentioned or quoted me or my works, I’d be a millionaire: 12 million pages can’t all be wrong; people repeat what I say. Where else but America can you become ‘famous’ for putting your foot in your mouth on a regular basis?
copyright © 2016, all rights reserved. Permission to repost hereby granted provided entire post with all links in tact, including this notice and byline, are included. Please comment any such repost to original posting.
What you will get by reading this post…
• Silly quotable one liners, gags, and full-on original jokes;
• witty quotable witticisms, wise sayings, criticisms, and other malarky;
• non PC quotable political snipes, barbs, and ruthless rhetoric;
• thoughtful quotable philosophical wisdoms, advice, and beatitudes.
My most popular writing today has been copied by permission on hundreds of Web sites, and reproduced in at least a half dozen books. So I know I’m quoted out there. It is even used in college courses on Political Science, Journalism, and Psychology. It’s called the 25 Rules of Disinformation, and includes not just how to spot disinfo, but how to out it and defeat the user in public or private venue.
This post is (mostly) a collection of my most popular Facebook posts. People generally like them, unless on the wrong end of the barb. Even then, the resulting dialogs have been interesting, and we tend to remain friends. But most people on Facebook do not ‘go looking’ for something to read, they let Facebook automatically send them random samplings in their ‘feed.’ It is really best to FOLLOW someone you like (also true of my blog posts); the only way to insure you see everything a given person posts (or blogs), is to follow them (subscribe — click that option now, while you are thinking about it.)
So, even if already a Facebook friend, it is highly unlikely you will have seen very many of what follows: a random grab bag of quotable material. Now, if you do actually choose to quote me, please do cite me as the source, and link either to this blog Page or the whole Site, or my Facebook page. New friends are welcome there, of course. You can quote me on that!
You May Wish to Quote Me (I do it all the time)~
If I had a dollar, or even a dime for every web page that mentioned or quoted me or my works, I’d be a millionaire: 12 million pages can’t all be wrong; people like what I say. Where else but America can you become ‘famous’ for putting your foot in your mouth on a regular basis?~
You may have noticed that I’m imminently quotable by the way I continually quote myself, because after all, “I’m imminently quotable.”~
The only good thing about putting my foot in my mouth so often is that I always know if my shoelaces are tied, or knot.~
T’was an LL Cool Day
(apologies to LL Cool J)
I saw an Armadillo while visiting Amarillo;
he sat near a willow, upon a satin pillow.
In the sun, bright yellow, this reclining fellow
seemed to be quite mellow, eating a bowl of Jello
while listening to a fellow who played a loud Cello.
Were I to say hello, I feared I must such bellow;
that seemed such a peccadillo, I ne’er met that Armadillo
If Google spies on your searches, shouldn’t their name be Goggle?
If Yahoo does, Youwho?
If Facebook tracks your info, Factlook?
If YouTube censors excessively and politically, LubeRube?
If television is propaganda, Tellyourmission?
If a newspaper is the same, Newsfaker?
If the Oval Office is a source of lies and skullduggery, the Shovel Orrafice?~
The meaning of Life? To take all gifts entrusted to you by God; Free Will, life, and the Soul which defines the inner you, and the gifts you earn through life; knowledge, talent, skills, wealth and possessions, experiences and positions… to edify yourself, edify others (family, those above you, your peers, and strangers), and above all, edify God in the doing. This is true Glory, and the source of Blessings.
To the extent you do this, you yourself fabricate that meaning. To the extent you fail to do so, you dilute or even destroy it. Any faults or failures you have along the way are challenges in learning, and otherwise non sequitur to the equation. This is true Faith, and the source of Happiness.
Don’t focus on them, learn from them, and go on. You are what you’ve been waiting for, all along. Stop looking so hard for simple answers, and stop struggling so hard against battles predestined to be won by the righteous. If God be for you, who can be against you? This is the true foundation of Peace, and the source of Strength.
The meaning of life, is YOU, and I’m glad you have friended me. As I wish for me, so I wish for you. Thank you for sharing this Sunday with me.~
Wisdom is sometimes knowing how to seem wise without anyone’s means to challenge. After struggling to the top of the mountain to ask my one-allowed question of the Guru, he preempted with an answer: “Yes, my Son,” he said, “you have at last made it to the top. Now leave me in peace.”~
I wonder if Pavlov’s Dog’s got that way eating Pavlum? Probably not, it wouldn’t make me salivate.~
You know your’e an alcoholic and an unpleasant drunk if people invite you to their parties the day after, and you are so sloshed you think you just got back from it.~
I’m sorry, but I think I misunderstood what you wanted me to consider about what you probably meant by saying what you thought I would be able to relate to as allegory to the intended thought you had in mind, but couldn’t articulate because you were afraid I would misconstrue it as something else. What were we talking about, again?~
A dirty joke is to humor in a way exactly like the Presidential election is to politics.~
Rain falls in drops because it’s happy water. When it’s mad, watch out for hail.~
Oh, old Crow, so cautious and suspicious,
not like the Goose, who’s calm with aplomb,
your caw is such an appalling loud calling,
unlike parakeets most cheerful earful,
or eagle’s shrill cry from high in the sky.
Your old black cloak does fail to evoke
the visual delight of a Parrot, so bright.
You walk with a hobble and a wobble,
where a Robin bounces and pounces,
and the Stork is stilted and often is tilted.
And though your flight is quite alright,
it’s not as stunning as a Bird, Humming.
Lacking the Hawk’s glide so full of pride,
sans any formation of Geese’ inclination,
nor is it as swift as can be a quick Swift.
Your Murder is a suspect some fear to detect,
and yet, I suspicion, it’s all mere superstition.
Yet do not away rush, my criticisms to hush:
let not any objection be seen as a rejection;
I do like you old Crow, so brag on, and crow.
To escape vile fate I must get past that damned wall;
because if staying here, I’ll not likely survive it at all.
I tried to climb upon it, up high, no good, then higher,
only to find it topped with wickedly sharp razor wire.
I tried to go around it, hoping an opening I would find,
but it surrounds me completely, and I’m trapped inside.
I tried to dig under, tunneling deep, deep underground
but impassable boulders and water did me confound.
To escape my foe I must get past that heartless wall;
I’ve no choice; to give up certainly means my downfall.
I’ve asked for help from all near who might could hear,
they refuse to give aid, yielding to their own dark fear.
I’ve prayed to God to help, to redeem and set me free,
but I’m afraid in here, even He can’t hear me or see.
Then came a gentle voice advising firmly to be still,
“I’m with you always, as is my gift of strong Free Will.
To escape your foe, you must get past that mere wall,
and there is yet one thing you’ve not tied, not at all.”
My thoughts reeled, and the answer came in a flash,
I’d not yet tried attacking head on, the wall to crash.
I gathered my courage and backed up for a good run,
and ran headlong screaming at the top of my lung.
I hit that wall with all my brute force, and hit it hard:
knocking myself unconscious right there in that yard.
To escape my foe, I’ve tried it all, to get past the evil wall;
but nothing has for me worked, no not one, nothing at all.
I awoke quite dazed, my fist clinched in pain and my rage,
the voice had not well helped me, its advice was not sage.
But regaining my feet, a white robed figure there stood tall,
amid the rubble of that same accursed, impassable wall.
“You’ve escaped your foe,” said he, “right through the wall;
not by your strength, nor luck, but that on me you did call.
The miracle you sought was within you right from the start,
your faith in me was all it took; and abiding love in your heart.
If God be for you, no man or thing against you can stand,
when you hit that wall, I was there with you, hand in hand.”
Sorry if I insult you. Being poor, I have to go for the cheap shots.~
Any man can toast his friends at the tavern. But a brave man toasts his enemies. That’s why I always carry a can of lighter fluid when I go drinking.~
I never quite chimed in with the 60’s by wearing bell bottom pants – until I got kicked in the groin.~
I’m never inclined to eat carrots. I just can’t see my way to do so.~
Linear or Columnar?
A rhythmic rhyme in a single line is often quite fine.
but most like a rhyme
to be of many a line,
or to metrically align; be symmetrically sublime,
or perhaps its just fine
to enjoy any old rhyme.
I’ll not vote for she who does cackle
when refusing a tough query to tackle.
While not happy with alternative Trump,
he’s still better than a kick in the rump.
While Dems are OK with criminal lies,
and Establishment Reps swarm like flies,
a candidate ripe for an email blackmail
risks a serious national security fail.
A lot of drinks call for two fingers of this or that liquor, so I always look for bartenders with really big hands.~
The path to illumination in the darkness is called a sidewalk.~
I do not like this Uncle Sam, I do not like the health care scam.
I do not like these dirty crooks, or how they lie and cook the books!
I do not like when Congress steals, I do not like their secret deals.
I do not like this speaker Nan, I do not like this ‘YES WE CAN’.
I do not like this spending spree, I’m smart, I know that Nothing’s Free!
I do not like their smug replies, when I complain about their lies.
I do not like this kind of hope. I do not like it. nope, nope, nope!
There are rarely times when ‘actual’ sex is as good as ‘fantasy’ sex is imagined. However, they both involve a little ‘t’ & ‘a.’~
The only ‘gun control’ I support is that question in the mind of the criminal intent on causing trouble, “Will he remain in control of his fear or temper, or will he pull the trigger.”~
If Trump is such a chump we’d rather dump,
and Uncle Bernie is ample wormy and too squirmy,
and Hillary far too shrillery under FBI drillery,
with liberally bias in the press giving truth no redress…
Does that mean Biden is bid’n his tim’n in decid’n if rid’n
White Knight like last minute to the Demo’s pandemic…
Is that how we’ll be decid’n who’s presidential presid’n?
Is that Obama’s last prick on his way out, his hat trick?
That I won’t at all be abid’n, down too far we’ve been slid’n.
Yes, wine is quite fine when you have the time, or dine,
but weed has more speed if you have the need; do proceed.
The joke for this bloke is that I cannot smoke, nor toke,
and shrink from such drink – an alchoholic’s dread; brink of stink.
Dope lacks hope that I’ll survive or cope its scope,
so here’s my fears (why I’m lacking cheers amid tears):
this guy will die having never daring a high to try.
That hex did vex untill realizing that the Rx is sex!~
Never hiss at a snake; the conversation could be deadly.~
Do you know anything of the Entymology of Entomology,
or is it to you as confusing as the synopsis of synapsis?
(What difference does it make?)
As I have previously stated,
I am quite totally devastated
not to have been reinstated.
I have frequently formulated
and as often have postulated
just why I’m not yet reinstated.
The cause, you see, is equated
with rumors and lies oft related
to prevent my being reinstated.
They shout with glee, as if elated
with prideful egos thus elevated,
for blocking my being reinstated.
They say my claims are overrated,
to a job where I ne’er participated,
and that’s why I can’t be reinstated.
If people died while I simply waited,
shown in lies and emails evaluated,
what difference to being reinstated?
My right, you see, as Royal rated
is for all to worship me unabated,
and vote to have me reinstated.
Never apologize to me for being you. Just stop it!~
Why do some of us eat the icing out of the middle of an Oreo? Where else would it be?~
I saw last night the thinnest sliver of a silver Moon,
a most pleasant crescent, present this month of June.
So thin that it did quiver and thus scant light deliver,
did I realize before my eyes it would dematerialize.
Now its gone, but before too long, watching for its rise,
to my boon: it shall return soon, as a mirror sliver Moon.
A simple rhyme takes little time,
a light banter with good cantor –
best if exquisite, expressed explicit;
easy to recall in its all and all.
In A Rush
Here”s a quick li’l poem:
done now, I’ll be goin’.
What’s wrong with the Mayor of New York, does he not know his soda ban and tax is suppressing Pop Culture?~
Unfortunately for Custer, at least 10 Little Indians never heard that song.~
Time Tells No Tales
Once upon a time? No, I’m highly suspicious.
If it only happened once, it must be fictitious,
especially if remarkably good and not malicious:
Real events repeat themselves through history,
written down in pages for study by you and me,
where learning not, we assure repeat eventuality.
Take heed, look around: here stand I, I stand my ground.
Never again will I back away, here I stand, and here I’ll stay.
Your words will not sway me, no dark threats dissuade me.
Take heed, look around. Here stand I, I stand my ground.
Never again will I back away, here I stand, and here I’ll stay.
No trick or lies, nor treachery will keep me from remaining free.
No unjust laws, cops or military will I respect, still shall I tarry.
Take heed, look around: here stand I, I stand my ground.
Never again will I back away, here I stand, and here I’ll stay.
Surround me with vile forces, I’ll ignore their foul loud voices.
Dare attack me if you will, I’ll reply ten fold until my body’s still.
Take heed, look around: here stand I, I stand my ground.
Never again will I back away, here I stand, and here I’ll stay.
They say the Earth’s rotation is slowing down. I have a simple cure. We all get in our cars and face them West, and synchronize burning rubber.~
Status Quo: Latin for we want you to think things are equal and as they should be so you
will shut up and do what you are told.
Parity: French for we want you to think things are the same and as they should be so you
will shut up and do what you are told.
Equality: Ye olde English for we want you to think things are the same and as they should
be so you will shut up and do what you are told.
Same: what we mean when we are talking about one political party compared to another,
those people who want us to shut up and do what we are told.
I thought of a Hillaryous joke, but I don’t want to keep insulting Democrats.~
Do my witticisms impress you or simply depress you?
Do my jokes make you laugh or think me some Jackass?
Do my poems seem lyrical or are they just predictable?
Do my posts give enlightenment, or seem closer to excrement?
Do you share, like, and follow, or is our friendship just hollow?
Smart by Default
Any wisdom I have lies in taking some care
in choosing the friends with whom I will share.
If smarter than me I will make them aware:
I agree with them, and with flattering flair.
If not as smart, then will I then declare,
their inspiring thoughts lead me to dare.
A tack pins things down, while pins prick things deeply, but a prick is always tacky, hard to pin down, offending deeply.~
Time for me to post-a-joke. Invented by a stand-up comic, it’s like a Post-it Pad, without any glue to hold it together — so it’s insanely presented in unexpected ways, and it is colorless, unless fucking off color or borrows the color of a racial inference. Wait… that’s a political speech.~
I think I understand the term ‘feedback loop,’ now: GMO crops.~
Shoot first and ask questions later. It saves dialog and you don’t get ambiguous answers… if there are any answers.~
I’m the first to admit I know so much about everything,
an expert assumed, presumed, or claimed unrelenting.
In truth it seems, I know not enough on any one thing,
to avoid putting my foot in my mouth without realizing.
Your Bad, So Sad. My Bad, And Glad
If you insult me, let me be quite perfectly clear,
you’d better be right in your basis, my dear,
because logic, facts, and reason, you’ll hear,
the weapons my response will burn in your ear.
Excuse me if I’m less than politically correct,
but especially if trying to point out your defect,
you have no legal right to avoid being upset
by my Free Speech, you fucking dumb idiot.
I’m not going to post anything useful, today. I hope this heads up proves useful. Doh!~
I get rejected a lot by the ladies. I asked one gal if she would like to go out on a double date, and she said “Sure. How about Judgement Day, and the Day after.”~
Hurry, hurry, hurry! Step right up folks, and get your fresh posts, right here, right now. Only $1, five for $3, and a surprise in every one, guaranteed, or your money back. Don’t be misled by the competitor’s claims; they only post kitties and slogans, and complaints that no one comments. Hurry, hurry, hurry!~
My Prayer today, is for you. There is nothing better than other people praying for you, especially if praying WITH you. We’re not getting older, just getting closer to home! Be Still, and at peace. Now, it is true that the Lord’s Prayer is quite sufficient and complete to God, but sometimes, we feel we want to say more. That is good with God.
May I suggest the prayer below? If ye pray it as you read, it is the same as if we have done so together; Matthew 18:19 “And I tell you more: whenever two of you on earth agree about anything you pray for, it will be done for you by my Father in heaven.” All that is required is that the prayer be righteous and fitting to God’s Will, which is defined to the extent we are able to determine in his Word. If we do not vary from that, we are apt to receive that which we NEED, if not that which we THINK we need and seek by prayer (be careful what and how you ask for [it].) Begin:
Heavenly Father, thank You for each and every day; today is a Day the Lord hath made, we rejoice and are glad in it, for You have blessed us here on earth yet again. Thank You for Your tender mercies of your Grace, and the gift of life and of Free Will, which lead us through the day; may we not abuse these gifts and offend You. Thank You for giving us family and friends to share the joys and burdens of the day. I ask You to bless my family, relatives and friends and those I care deeply for, and those who are reading this right now, especially those who are suffering and in need of your intervention.
Where there is joy, give them continued joy. Where there is pain, give them peace and mercy. Where there is self-doubt or confusion, release a renewed confidence and understanding. Where there is need, fulfill their needs. Move them to study your Word, to strengthen their faith and embrace the Gospel, and to be moved thereby to spread the Word. Bless their families, homes, finances, their goings and their comings, and turn aside their enemies in forgiveness, which is to our good as well as our enemy’s good.
Above all else, may Your Will be done, in Jesus’ name,~
If Istanbul used to be Contstantinople, does that mean they got tired of constantly being in Ople, wherever that is?~
Just because I disagree with you does not mean I don’t like you. I hate everyone equally.~
A conspiracy unfolding is like a barrage of arrows in the dark. You hear evidence that something is not right, but don’t don’t get the point until it is too late. Worse, you also get the shaft.~
My mind, not very clear right now, so
writing some clever rhyming ditty? No.
But I know some of you like that stuff…
So there’s only one question:
Is this good enough?
Good example of a self-fulfilling prophesy: “I’m going to enter the hot dog eating contest.”~
It must be true that you are what you eat. I live on $3 a day in food, and one look at me and you will know, I’m a cheapskate.~
Why do they call it an aptitude test? Because if you have to take one, you are apt to detest it.~
You will note I don’t call people who don’t agree with me bad names. That’s because the bastards have thick skins.~
My computer is dying now of old age,
and while buying a new one is truly sage,
and newer models are quite all the rage,
there’s nothing but zeros on the last page
of my checkbook; no income at my age.
My mouse is destined for the round cage,
unless comes a miracle or magical Mage.
A chant can be a kind of moving song,
easily remembered for singing along.
A chant can be a loud and angry jeer,
prompting attention, worry, and fear.
A chant might be for someone; a call,
for entertainers or leaders loved by all.
A chant gives power to thought and word,
assuring its message is clearly heard.
But a chant by Monks is the best to hear,
binding us to God and drawing Him near.
If I have a Colon for which I might need a Colonoscopy, and use :s and ;s in a similar manner all the time when I write, why can’t I get a Semicolonoscopy, and save some money?~
Lately, I’ve been thinking of taking a plane somewhere to improve my sex life. It won’t matter where, I just going through TSA will do the trick.~
OK, time for me to say something funny. But that would be deja vu.~
The next time you hear some wimpy Liberal whining about some perceived micro aggression, say to them, “To quote an oft used line in The Princess Bride, my little precious Princess… ‘I do not think you know what these words mean.” Then slug them in the mouth and say, “You cannot ‘micro’ that; there would be no point.”~
Since I’m left handed, I never need a Compass; I just use my southpaw.~
Since there is no longer rule of law in this country in high places, such that no one in government is held accountable, and the very laws they write are themselves violations of law (unconstitutional), and government itself is the biggest criminal… I reserve the right to violate ANY law at ANY time for ANY reason.
My authority is the Constitution, my basis the Pursuit of Happiness declared therein, my means is Civil Disobedience, my support is the Second Amendment, my argument the First Amendment, and my goal is the Redress guaranteed therein. I rest my case, and those who choose to oppose me may rest in peace, if that be their choice. No appointment needed.~
An election process is like a stale fast-food hamburger. On the outside it looks big and besprinkled with seeds of wisdom. On the inside are secret conspiratorial sauces and lies about quality and quantity of substance, and wilted vegetable-like promises. Do you want fries with that? Cold, greasy, and slimy press coverage.~
Never wander around in the dark. That would be you watching TV ‘news.’~
When people talk about shooting at dummy targets, are they hinting at politicians?
Is that why you never see politicians at a gun shop or shooting range?~
I encourage free speech. And, I own the concession on ear plugs in the District of Columbia.~
Cat got your tongue? I don’t know how you can stand there so silently, I know I’d be screaming; that’s got to hurt like hell.~
Politically Correct is not for me, my friend,
the 1st Amendment says I’m free to offend.
My words, ideas and actions do not pretend,
that you’ve no right against them to defend;
just do so to my face with honor and it will end
with agreement or no, but still friend to friend.
Never Opt for signing a waiver,
never waiver in copping a sign;
raising up high a middle finger,
rather than your rights to resign.
Prose is prone to rhyme in a rhythm so quaint,
but to intone it sublime; a sure given it aint’
Alien observer’s notebook: Man is a lousy Plumber. He must think the Ocean is impure because he keeps trying to filter out the fish with giant mesh filters. Silly creature. When that doesn’t work, he drills holes in the Ocean floor to drain the water out.~
Someone said I might should listen to Meatloaf on CD. I don’t get it. As soon as I put a slice on the CD, it stopped sizzling and I couldn’t hear a thing.~
Does the FCC really know what they are doing? I find myself waking up to AM Radio, so I know what they mean when they say ‘Morning Radio.’ But while I can find an FM station, I can never seem to find a PM station. They need someone from the NyQuil folks to run the outfit, I think.~
The answer to the age old riddle: what came first, the Chicken, or the Egg? Answer: neither; it was the Rooster. (surely, someone else said this somewhere, sometime earlier)~
I must be a looser. There was this gal I liked who always bought fresh produce. But when I got fresh, she just slapped my face.~
To big to fail cost you and me,
for bailouts, and lost property.
To big to nail, cost prohibitively
the national debt ridiculous, be.
To big to jail cost you and me,
for hall passes for Mz Hillary.
To small to hail, just you and me,
our vote has no voice collectively.
Time to offer up a bit of wit.
Something funny to any Brit?
Are you worried just a we bit
about a future Brexit bad sit?
Afraid there’s no way out of it;
to escape a daily diet of shit,
Mushrooms often get slit and bit.
Chicken Little a warning did brae,
none believed in what he did say.
Many long years since passed away,
we still refuse to believe him today.
Yet Planet X and Wormwood obey
God’s Will and ARE heading our way.
The moral to me seems thus to say:
good Chicken Littles should now pray;
for it is written, “None knows the Day,”
I never did well in Science Class. I still don’t know the conversion factors between celsius, farenheit, and college degrees.~
Hillary avoids Potatos and Corn. She knows they have eyes and ears and might testify.~
Gmail just informed me my folder :”Hate Mail” is full. Half of it is from Democrats, and half from Republicans. The difference is, the Republicans tell me exactly why they don’t like me, and the Democrats only tell me how they feel.~
Taxes are a fiction, just as are the wages taxed; when the dollar is nothing but an I.O.U., you never really get paid, and so, you can never really be taxed or pay taxes, either. Credit and Bank Loans are a also a fiction, just as are the checks (also I.O.U.s) used in obtaining the loan or repaying it – and the bank didn’t even have the money to loan in the first place (allowed to loan up to 20 times their bank deposits). We just keep spoofing each other to solidify the illusion.~
If you still hate someone after putting yourself into their shoes… then they are obviously too tight because you are too big in your own mind for your own good, fat head.~
Be thankful I’m retired. If I was doing this full-time, I’d bore you to tears.~
Now days, the only way to achieve inner peace, is to scream at the top of your lungs for the politicians and newsmen to fucking go to hell, until they actually do.~
Dear government, and megacorps: Winning is not taking rights away with legislation or getting the contract for weapons to be used at Armageddon. These things are mutually assured destruction.~
When people say not to worry about things, “They will get better,” I think they must mean that the things that worry you will get better at doing that.~
Never take the last train from Clarksville. Its full of Monkeys.~
Open the door to news of tragedy obscene. The lunacy involved, what can it mean?
Turn on the light and survey the crime scene – see Rats scurry trying not to be seen.
Catch one, make it come squeaky clean: Federal ties found amid many lies between.
Note all such oddities you might glean, contrary to the official story quite glassine.
Compare to what others have seen, conclude just what it really all does mean.
Forget now all you once had been, you’re now a conspiracy theorist, a sin.
In case you are wondering, yes, I used to do stage comedy in talent contests. Often got a first place. That was great; being the first person put on the bus out of town, I got to choose the best seat.~
Let me apologize in advance for insulting you. I’m not going to stick around in case you start swinging.~
The Federal Gov has gotten to be such a big asshole that it doesn’t even have to fart to stink up the whole country, but it does so continuously, anyway. If Hillary is elected, she plans on feeding it beens and drinking water from Mexico, giving new meaning to when the SHTF. I’m thinking Trump is the BEANO.~
A Noun is a word that has a ROCK solid object identity.
A Proper Noun tells the actual name or title, my dear SIR, or may I call you JOHN.
A Pronoun is an Avatar stand in for IT.
An Adjective tells you a IDENTIFIABLE personality.
A Verb is a word in MOTION.
An Adverb tells you its VERY measure.
A Preposition pre positions the Noun TO Verb relation.
A Conjunction forms a junction function between word thoughts, SO don’t get confused.
A Contraction is a contracted attraction giving traction to two words as one, a marriage licensed by apostrophication, or a foreshortening of a word as a slang thang for those who were THINK’N they HADN’T the time or space for two words.~
I had a Checklist but can’t use it as I haven’t written a check since Debit Cards came out.
I had a folding Map but I can’t follow it because there is no place in my car’s dash to plug it in.
I had a Plan but I can’t follow it because the steps don’t appear on the Dance Dance Revolution pad.
I had a contract but I don’t abide by it because I already held both the first and second Parties. Sorry I didn’t invite you.
I had a Letter but Sesame Street is now on a channel I don’t get.
I had an envelope but didn’t give a lick.
I had a Folder but since I no longer need the checklist, plan, contract, letter, or envelope, I threw it away, too.~
A Conservative Politician in Office is conservative in measuring out his power to avoid angering the voter; he fears the people, where a Liberal believes that governmental power is end all-do all, and they use/abuse their power to manipulate the people by fear of government.
A Conservative Government heeds its own laws by conservative judgment, where a Liberal tends to apply grains of salt, rationalize, and bend slightly, each time taking more liberal advantage until it is in time fully lawless.
A Conservative Government writes Laws which are conservative in principles within the limitations of its Charter (The Constitution, Bill of Rights), where a Liberal (by the above means) takes liberties in lawmaking which take liberty out of the Law; they become increasingly unconstitutional and negate the Bill of Rights.
A Conservative Policy must always fit the national interest in obedience to Sovereignty and which honors the Charter, where a Liberal is interested in reformation to a new model, almost always globalist in nature (i.e., favoring United Nations, One-World Government) and is willing to sacrifice the Charter and Sovereignty for that agenda.
A Conservative Politician thinks in terms of limitations per the above, which allows personal and corporate governance to be at ‘”Liberty” to flourish and pursue happiness and wellbeing, trusting the people to seek what they will for their own good, where a Liberal thinks in terms of socialistic Agenda which stifle or suppress these things ‘for the good of the people, of whom they think cannot be trusted.’
A conservative understands that to become elected or to move legislation, there must be an accommodating compromise between the ideal and the attainable, where a Liberal will promise anything to get what they really want, or take any drastic measure to get what they want, even if it means legislation which cannot possibly achieve the stated purpose, and especially if it serves some unstated agenda per the above.~
Panic is in abundance, as is a loose tongue, when the SHTF. Calm reason and restraint is called for. Take a deep breath, grab a cold beer and reflect before commenting. But if the bullets are flying around you, SHOOT BACK AND SAVE THE DIALOG FOR LATER. That’s when you will really need that beer.~
Why do they call them a POEM when no other word quite right rhymes with poem?
Why do they call them a JOKE when the point is a hard straight poke?
Why do they call them a SONG when it’s really a sing?
Why do they call them a RIDDLE when the answer is a clue in the middle?
Why do they call them a SPEECH when it gives you the claps or makes you boo who?
Why do they call them a REport, REmark or REply when it’s actually the first time?
Why do they call them a QUESTion when instead of taking the path to the answer on your own,
you leave it to another to do?
Why do they call them a PARagraph when there’s really only one?
Why do they call them a SENTENCE
when they rarely involve a judge?
Why do they call them a STORY when they don’t have walls, cielings, or floors?
Why do they call this a POST… oh, wait, I know: because that’s what it’s as dumb as.~
Why is it that you can talk to ten strangers and 7 or more of them will believe or agree like minded if you tell them…
About a UFO you’ve seen…
About 911 as an inside job…
About Global Warming as a sham…
About CIA and the mob killing JFK…
About chemtrails vs. contrails…
About a Bilderberger NWO/Illuminati conspirators…
About mind control, gang stalking, Voice-2-Skull…
But when you talk to ten lawmakers, law keepers, medicals, or reporters about any of that… You are suddenly crazy to the point of risking forced evaluation?
Because the System and its professional armies are taught not to believe in the boogyman (who arranged for their lessons).~
The addage “Follow your dreams…” with respect to career can end terribly, UNLESS you take the RIGHT path:
1 toe in the water as a hobby… Insures you really do like it and have basic skills required.
2 build a boat taking courses in the trade, even if mail order or online. This will confirm
if you have actual talent. If not, start over w next best passion.
3 float the boat as intern. This will educate you as to the harsh realities and negatives of the
trade. Lets you confirm you like it, and regardless, gives a leg up on others for getting the job.
4 if you get this far, set sail as employee, setting aside savings. You WILL do well if you are ‘all in,’
what some call the ‘work ethic,’ which is simply doing your best.
5 with savings, buy a yacht by starting your own firm. That will plot a course to your dreams.
More: at all levels, start a small home-based business for both the experience, income, and tax benefits. This allows you to build resources (eg, instruments for a musician) less expensively and helps build your resume, client base, networking resources. I have NEVER not operated my own business since entering high school, and most related in their start to my first entry into a given field of work, at the hobby stage. I have therefore mastered and become successful in many fields and industry sectors, and despite having only a high school education, I’ve been granted four experiential degrees for the purpose of teaching at college level.~
My Mom always told me not to play in the street. She was right. The freeways are much more fun – if you are agile and don’t mind the blaring horns and screeching tires…~
What did the politician say to the activist? Nothing. He doesn’t pay attention to those voters, either.~
You are free to disagree with me as long as you understand I am never wrong and never make a mitsak ni anteing I sae.~
What I believe is true. If you disagree, screw you.
I know I’ m right, I do. I’m clearly smarter than you.
Don’t you dare try to argue – untill your face turns blue:
What I believe is due – to claims I find undeniably true.
Your facts will not do, they confuse what I know is true.
Such reality I pooh pooh, my mind made up for me, you
see; I won’t listen to you. What’s that you ask askew?
No, I no not just who said, but some kind of Web guru.
Its not important just who. But I know it surly wasn’t you.
What I believe is true. If you don’t agree, boo hoo to you.
Truth’s what I want it to be, no matter what you say or do.
A Democrat Congressman and a Republican Senator walked into a bar… Wait! That’s already as big a joke as can be…~
Notice: please note… In case you haven’t noticed before. Have you ever noticed there is hardly ever been and important notice delivered or posted such that you actually noticed? Nah, I bet you didn’t even notice any such post. I hereby give notice that, if you noticed this post, or not, this notice is not such a notice, but merely a post giving note to such.~
Dos You Got Down Wid Wad I Be Say’n Bout Dis and Dat, Bro?
Dis, Dat, and Dos, as ‘hip’ as they could be, went into a bar to get a drink. Dos bought the 1st round of beers. Once served, Dat said “Dis be good ‘n stuff.”
Dis replied “I try to be good like dat, you know? Mama sez to.”
Dat saw Dis was confused, “Thank yo for the compliment, Dis, but dat not wad I meant. We all be drink’n da same brew and dat be good’n stuff.”
Dis and Dat seemed confused. “Look, Man, dis is on tap’n we don’t be know’n wad it be,” he clarified.
Dis choked on a swig. “What yo say, bro? No one be tap’n on me, so natch, I dont know wad it be.”
“No, Man,” Dat tried to explain further, “Dis beer be tap beer. It be good, but ah dont know wad it be.”
Dis, at least, finally understood. “I got yo drift, now, Man. But I heard dos tap beers were cheap’n stuff. You know, po shit wid no taste. So wad dis be?”
Now Dos complained. “Wad yo mean… yo be sayin I bought cheep beers?”
And now, Dis was confused, once more, too. “I be just fine, bro. Why yo ask wad I be?”
At this point, the bartender happened by. “Hey, Man,” accosted Dat. “We be wond’rn… Wad be dis here beer?”
“Dat be Dos,” he replied simply. “Dat be good, n stuff.”
Dat seemed upset, now. “Look, man, we been all through Dis be’n good, n stuff. But if yo be say,n I sho nuff should be like Dos… dat Dos be gooder,n me, I take ‘ception to dat. Yo don’t know Dat, and yo sho as Hell dont know me.”
Now Dos was miffed. “Hang on a sec, man,” he said to Dat, “yo sayin yo better’n me?”
Well, things went down hill from there and it looked like a fight was about to break out, when the bartender tried to calm them with clarification. “Dis be rediculous!” he started.
But Dis did’t give him a chance to finish, and knocked him on his ass! “Ha!” he exclaimed. “Yo dumb ass be’n on da flo wid yo dumb fat mouth bleed’n wad be rediculous.”
This unexpected event had disrupted the conflict between Dos and Dat long enough that they had calmed down. Dis suggested they leave, and all agreeing, they stormed out in a huff.
As they exited, Dis noted “We stiil dont know wad dat beer be. I sho nuff wish I knew.” The others agreed, none of them noticing the neon sign in the window reading “Dos XX on tap.”~
If Trump is such a chump we’ rather dump, and Uncle Bernie is ample wormy and too squirmy, and Hillary far too shrillery under FBI drillery, then does that mean Biden is bid’n his tim’n in decid’n if rid’n White Knight style last minute to the Demo’s how we’ll be decid’n who’s presidential presid’n?~
What happens when a Socialist politician, an establishment Democrat, a non establishment Republican and an establishment Republican go into a Bar and call for a round on them, each? The price of drinks goes up, the waitresses worry about deportation, the bartender adds water to the drinks, the bouncer calls a reporter, and the Janitor worries about having to clean up all the bullshit that’s about to be spread. And, the patrons realize the hangover isn’t going to be worth it, and they leave.~
Ferris Beuller (Matthew Broderick) had it right. “A person should not believe in an “ism“, he should believe in himself.” In other words, don’t be a follower of someones ideas. If you want to make a change for the better, YOU are what you’ve been waiting for.
Here are some (twisted) examples of perhaps why isms can be problematic…
Capitalism: You have two cows. Sell one and buy a bull to start a cow factory. Worship in any church you want as long as you tithe a portion of your stock options. John Lennon is a famous millionaire singer invited to sit on your Board of Directors. Apple Computer stock looks attractive, so you merge to form Cowpile Computer.
Socialism: You have two cows. Give one cow to the government to slaughter and share with the poor. You worship in any church which is left or right of center. John Lennon is a folk singer of meaningful Marxist ballads. Apple Computer is bailed out by Congress whenever its stock falls below that of Microsoft.
Communism: You had two cows, but now the State has them, and may or may not give you some milk – if you are willing to stand in a long line. You do not go to church except to attend Party meetings. John Lennon is a decadent influence on youth. Apple Computer never was, because they refused to allow government to take more than one bite of it as it would ruin the logo.
Fascism: You had two cows but the government forced you to sell them to corporations for beans (magic or otherwise) who in turn sells the dairy and beef products back to you for huge profits. You go to the same church as the fearless leader, or you don’t go at all. John Lennon sounds like he was related to a Marxist and so he was shot. Apple Computer was burned to the ground in order to blame Compaqism and sweep Bill Gates into power.
Nazism: You had two cows but the government arrested you for hording and took them. You and your religious fanatic family are burned alive in your church for refusing to Sig Heil. John Lennon was in there with you, singing Give Peace a Chance. Apple Computer users are arrested and sent to camps for daring to ‘Think Different.’
Anarchism: You have two cows running down the freeway causing car wrecks. Shoot the tax collector, steal his money, and rape his dog (unless a hunting dog – but since it is a government dog, we know that dog don’t hunt.) You blow up the church. John Lennon sings Revolution. Macintosh Computers have a high repair rate from all the bullet holes.
Constitutionalism: You have two cows and the government cannot unreasonably search or seize them without a warrant, or prevent them from mooing, or prevent you from owning them and forming a militia of fellow cow owners who meet weekends and practice milking with dummy targets. You can’t figure out which of the thousands of churches to attend. Neither can John Lennon, so he writes Imagine. Steve Jobs was a Founding Father who wrote the ‘Consitution for the rest of us.’
Patriotism: You have two cows painted red, white, and blue. Your church supports the current war. John Lennon is boycotted, and so he has a sleep in. Apple is not sold to anyone unwilling to pledge allegiance to Microsoft products.
Militarism: You have two cows which you have convinced each that the other is seeking to invade their own private pasture. You sell arms to both sides. Your church owns stock in your company. John Lennon had his visa revoked because he was a pacifist who smoked pot. Apple Computer is what makes smart bombs smart.
Pacifism: You have two contented cows which give canned milk. Your body is your temple (and you are what you eat.) The government is headed by John Lennon. Apple Computer listens to its customer complaints.
Fatalism: Your cows died after you stopped feeding them because you figured they would just die, anyway. It was the same reasoning by which you determined God is dead. You never heard of John Lennon. Apple System error messages all start with ‘You should have known better than to think this wasn’t going to happen…’
Surrealism: You have a pasture full of Dell Computers searching the Web for the best price on a Macintosh. The government worships you. There is no John Lennon, because he would have made sense, so he instead turns out to actually be Ringo Star, who never quite did.
Bushisms: Is your cows in my Big Mac? I’m a God fearing man on Sundays. Which one is Lennon, and which one is Lennin? I will not have one of those damned Macs on my desk. Jobs didn’t contribute one cent to my election fund!
Clintonisms: Wow, look at those udders! I’m a God fearing man on Sundays. I liked John Lennon. We had a lot in common. In fact, I inhaled once, myself. I don’t know about granting Apple a GSA contract… they didn’t contribute to my election fund.
Obamaisms: Your cows are being detained indefinitely to combat terrorism. I’m a God fearing man on Sundays, unless I’m playing Golf. I liked John Lennon. I had FBI sue Apple Computer, who wouldn’t let me spy on iPhones, and didn’t contribute to my election fund.
Note: If you like the isms, they were lifted from a page full of additional jokes of greater complexity than the bulk of material in this post. Find them here: To Laugh in the Face of the NWO is the Best Form of Contempt.
The more we move toward a cashless society, the more we are at risk should some financial, political, or natural disaster transpire which weakens or destroys societal and governmental dynamics. What people will accept in payment or trade for scarce and critical supplies could threaten your life if you don’t have any, or the cost may be more than you can afford, if you do. Here are some ideas to help you be prepared.
copyright © 2016, all rights reserved. Permission to repost hereby granted provided entire post with all links in tact, including this notice and byline, are included. Please comment any such repost to original posting.
In this post you will learn…
• what makes money valuable is also what can make it worthless;
• plastic and precious metals are useless in the aftermath of crisis;
• why government frowns and suppresses barter, and why to embrace it anyway;
• cash is usually aftermath King… but not always;
• whole new currencies evolve in serious or long term aftermath.
What money is, and why it has value
Money is nothing more than a convenient way to conduct ‘commerce’ (trade goods and services) with a standard and portable stand-in for something else of value. For this to work, all people within the trading area must agree to use it as such, and ‘it’ must have a definable and concretely known value. Any system of money is best handled by the local government, be it a tribal village in ancient times, or a modern industrialized nation. Or, it can be done by a network of banking and financial institutions, or even a combination with government. As we will see, banking options are good for them, bad for everyone else.
The later is what we have, today, and it suffers two problems most of us are aware of, both stemming from the banking side. To fully appreciate that, we should step back in time just a bit. Please take the time to read what you may otherwise presume already to know, because the points made in this section will play to remaining sections in critical ways. This is because only governments used to issue money, and to establish its value, they could not and dare not create money unless they held something of value in reserves somewhere, something of concrete and great value to back it up. Most nations, as did America, used Gold; the ‘Gold Standard.’
Whatever the value standard was, a citizen could go to a bank or government Purser, and demand to trade in the currency for its value in that item (i.e., Gold), or vice versa. This system guaranteed the value of the currency to a known unit of measure, and tended to help establish and maintain a stable economy, and made international trade viable; each currency had a concretely known valuation, and established trust between nations that the standard item, itself, could be obtained, if desired, to settle any balance of trade debt which might exist.
Then came the banks with their own idea, called Central Banks, which enables the printing of Fiat Currency, which is money which has nothing of value backing it. Enter the Federal Reserve Banking System. It has cost you and me a significant sum of our personal lifetime earrings. Some say we have literally been sold into slavery to the banks. Learn more about exactly how much it has cost you personally, here. Many, as do I, call it Treason, including the prophetic warnings of our Founding Fathers:
• “If the American people ever allow private banks to control the issue of their currency, first by inflation, then by deflation, the banks…will deprive the people of all property until their children wake-up homeless on the continent their fathers conquered…. The issuing power should be taken from the banks and restored to the people, to whom it properly belongs.” – Thomas Jefferson in the debate over the Re-charter of the Bank Bill of 1809 (millions of us, including myself, did wake up homeless with the Mortgage Derivative Collapse and associated ‘too big to fail’ bailouts, and we have had nothing but inflation and deflation cycles, not to mention devaluation of the dollar since establishing the Fed)
• “I believe that banking institutions are more dangerous to our liberties than standing armies.” –Thomas Jefferson
• “… The modern theory of the perpetuation of debt has drenched the earth with blood, and crushed its inhabitants under burdens ever accumulating.” -Thomas Jefferson (a reference to the National Debt)
• “History records that the money changers have used every form of abuse, intrigue, deceit, and violent means possible to maintain their control over governments by controlling money and its issuance.” -James Madison
• “If congress has the right under the Constitution to issue paper money, it was given them to use themselves, not to be delegated to individuals or corporations.” -Andrew Jackson (Banks are corporations)
• “The Government should create, issue, and circulate all the currency and credits needed to satisfy the spending power of the Government and the buying power of consumers. By the adoption of these principles, the taxpayers will be saved immense sums of interest. Money will cease to be master and become the servant of humanity.” -Abraham Lincoln (the Fed is all about interest paid to the banks for every dollar printed.)
• “Issue of currency should be lodged with the government and be protected from domination by Wall Street. We are opposed to…provisions [which] would place our currency and credit system in private hands.” – Theodore Roosevelt (in the long-running debate about establishing a central bak.)
But the Fed would become reality just in time to pay for WWI with fiat money. But that was not the first time. In the early days of forming new States within the United States, Banks could also print their own money with no attachment to or obligation of government, hopefully backing it up with some kind of standard; a certain degree of trust was involved, and many people found that their banker was a crook. This practice, both legitimate and criminal, was especially common in Gold and Silver mining towns, where shipping precious metals was risky due to bandits. Other negotiable instruments also came to exist, which can similarly be thought of as forms of money. Stocks, Bonds, Notes, Futures, and more. But these featured valuations tied to more complex and less tangible things, and were not simple enough for usage as currency except with brokers and special institutional trading firms.
But several new ways for banks to print their own money also arose which were useful enough by all. One is the ‘Check,’ your checking account. It is merely a highly organized and easily validated (to a point) method of trading in I.O.U.s. Anyone can write an I.O.U. on a any piece of paper, and if the other person accepts it as a debt, and the writer honors it, it has value. And, it can be passed from one person to another until paid, like a Marker used in the underworld.
But people do not trust strangers, and the bank’s checking systems addressed that by using the bank as a kind of validation and tracking of the debt, and the debtor. The underworld uses fear and organized crime to do the same with markers. And, do we not fear the wrath of our banks and the law should we write a bad check? This is called debt bondage, a very real and powerful political and social control system that keeps the locals, that’s you and me, in line for fear of loosing all they own. Unless, of course, you simply choose to opt out, as have I.
As far as checking is concerned, eventually, the check must be traded for real currency, so no new money was actually created, but while in circulation, the total amount of ‘money in use’ is greater than had been printed, a pseudo inflation factor. Today, some 20 billion checks are written each year, with a value of 26 trillion. To put that into perspective, it would pay off the entire National Debt with money to spare. It is also roughly 20 times the value of all U.S. money in circulation. So is the National Debt, and though no causal connection seems to exist, it is an interesting coincidence, is it not?
Banks also ‘print’ money by loaning money that does not exist. They are allowed by law to loan up to 20 times the money they hold in their vaults from depositors. They write a check, and you then use that ‘money’ to write more checks for whatever purpose the loan was intended. They get deposited somewhere, and eventually returned to the issuing bank. You make monthly payments to the bank, money against which more loans can be made. As long as less than 1 in 20 of loaned dollars is converted to cash withdrawal, the bank has gotten away with printing at least 19 defacto dollars; another pseudo inflation factor. A loan is for fictitious money, and how to you repay a fiction? A question well asked, and some have an answer which will astonish you, and though giving you hope, you will fear it, as well.
The worst offender is the Central Banking System, which allows governments to print money with absolutely nothing behind it; no standard. The government itself is printing nothing more than an I.O.U. The Bank, in our case being the Federal Reserve Bank (the Fed), which is NOT a Federal Agency, but a banker-controlled corporation. The Treasury prints money in the form of Federal Reserve Notes backed only by interest bearing Treasury Bonds given to the Federal Reserve (functionally, an I.O.U.), and the Federal Reserve Note is itself therefore also an I.O.U. Some of these are sold to anyone wishing to buy them, quite often hundreds of millions of dollars held by wealthy men of note, but also, ordinary citizens. Those unsold are held by the banking cadre.
This is an automatic inflation driving machine for several reasons, not the least of which is it allows government to fund any massive and costly adventure without worrying about actually paying for it, as long as they are willing to drive up the National Debt, which no one is ever going to pay off. The downside is, of course, that our purchasing power continues to dwindle, and at some point, the dollar will need to be officially devalued, and only YOU and I will loose in that deal. Meanwhile, every increase of the national debt is de facto devaluation; you and I loose purchasing power as if officially devalued. Simultaneously, more and more of tax dollars go to the FED to pay off INTEREST (only) on T Bills, and that money goes directly to the bankers. The debt is NEVER reduced.
If it were, the Fed would actually collapse. Here is an explanation from David Graeber, and English Anthropologist, regarding the first central bank in existence: “In fact this [debt] is precisely the logic on which the Bank of England—the first successful modern central bank—was originally founded. In 1694, a consortium of English bankers made a loan of £1,200,000 to the king. In return they received a royal monopoly on the issuance of banknotes [their ‘Fed’]. What this meant in practice was they had the right to advance IOUs for a portion of the money the king now owed them to any inhabitant of the kingdom willing to borrow from them, or willing to deposit their own money in the bank—in effect, to circulate or “monetize” [create fiat currency] the newly created royal debt. This was a great deal for the bankers: they got to charge the king 8 percent annual interest for the original loan and simultaneously charge interest on the same money to the clients who borrowed it, but it only worked as long as the original loan remained outstanding. To this day, this loan has never been paid back. It cannot be. If it ever were, the entire monetary system of Great Britain would cease to exist.”
There is much more which can be and should be said, but this is not about the evils of the Federal Reserve or financial institutions. The intent was simply to give a glimpse at what money is, and what makes it valuable (or not), in NORMAL circumstances. And, in normal circumstances, the ONLY thing which makes Federal Reserve Notes valuable is a law passed in support of creation of the Fed, which says and which is echoed right on the money, itself, that it is good for all debts, public and private; should you refuse to accept it as such, the debt is forgiven under that law; we are forced to accept it.
But what happens when TSHTF?
In any serious financial, societal, or natural disaster, all bets may be off, and cash may either become a monstrous burden, or have no value at all. To the extent that social systems and governmental control fails, or their function is diluted, the value of money can suddenly become undefined, except by the seller. It is not just a matter of free-market price setting, but weather or not the seller will see value in money, at all, the government no longer being in a position to enforce the law which says it must be accepted.
Some say to hoard precious metals for such crisis, but that is foolishness, because you can’t spend gold. For one thing, it is too valuable, and another, it is too difficult to validate without special chemicals, scales, and knowledge. How does the seller know it is real Gold, or what its actual value currently is? Not only will there be an issue as to weight, which is multiplied by a given value per ounce, but there will be no way to know (where a crises involves loss of communications), what the actual current value per ounce actually is. The wise seller must therefore significantly undervalue any metal offered in payment.
And how do you buy something low in value with something high in value, when there is no way to ‘make change?’ Hoarding Gold is fine for long-term protection of large cash holdings, but it is next to useless and extremely costly to attempt to use it as currency in a crisis.
THEREFORE, if actual money starts to fail in usefulness, whole new currencies will arise.
What will be the new currency in a crisis?
Yes, new currencies, and nothing like money as we know it. But like money, where it is still accepted in a crisis, the value thereof will be determined mostly by the seller, and this will give new meaning to the expression, ‘shop around.’ The most common alternate currencies will become food, water, fuels, and ammunition. Too a lesser degree, anything in high demand and low supply, such as weapons and tools, or anything key to survival. Being aware of that in advance is a great advantage, because there are two things in common with all these items which allows for good preparation.
The first is, that they have a relatively low value now, before there is a crisis. You can afford to stockpile, and would be wise to do so, taking into consideration storage space requirements and shelf life. It would be good to have at least a small hoard of each item in quantities greater than for reserves for personal consumption during the emergency and, where storage space, shelf life, and finances permit, to perhaps have a large hoard of one or more items on the list to become your personally favored currency.
The second is, that anyone can produce them, themselves, to one degree or another, both before and after a crisis. Anyone can sink a well or fetch water from nature, and transport it to where it is less available for ‘profit.’ Anyone can grow and store food if they have the land for it. Anyone can chop wood or make alcohol (fuels) if they but arrange to do so. Anyone can reload spent munitions if they have a loader and can obtain gunpowder, and for the matter, anyone can make gunpowder if they know how to find the raw materials and they are locally available.
Lead for ammunition is another matter, but it is cheap to buy ahead of crisis. So the purchase of a supply of lead and tools to form bullets and reload might be a great idea. Yet most people will not do any of these things, or cannot due to finances or lack of knowledge, and it is exactly that which gives them an excellent future value – extra value, in fact, because in aftermath situations, the normal supply chain of these things has been interrupted or entirely cut off, and access to the knowledge or finances to acquire them with it.
Once TSHTF, you are locked into your current state of affairs; you are either prepared to offer the right currency at an affordable rate, or you are slave and at the mercy to/of those who can. Only one of these two groups has a good chance at survival. That is the worst kind of debt slavery.
Barter, the alternative currency
The government hates barter and suppresses it in a mountain of laws restricting its use. Barter is, in fact, the basis of the new evolving currencies just discussed. But for those in that second, hapless group just mentioned, they may be able to survive for a while by bartering with their earthly possessions, albeit at a costly rate of exchange. A $3,000 professional video camera might be good for a tank of gas, or a few days worth of food; what value is there in a video camera without electricity? But it might be accepted if there is some hope that, eventually, power will be restored, or if the parts might be useful to a tinkerer seeking to build something mechanically useful.
But barter can work well, even before a crisis, despite the laws. The laws are there because the barter concept tends to ‘cheat’ government out of taxes. If you buy something with dollars, you got taxed on the income from whence you got the dollars, and the seller is taxed on the income he earned, and there is likely a sales tax, as well. In barter, as originally conceived and employed before the laws existed, you simply gave labor in exchange for items, or traded items. As long as both parties agreed the exchange was acceptable value given for acceptable value received, it was a done deal. Yes, sometimes one side might feel the value was short, and ask for augmentation with a little cash thrown in. Or not.
Barter best works in a network situation involving more than two parties. You have Oranges and want Apples, I have Grapes and want Oranges, and someone else has Apples and wants Grapes. No problem, a three-way swap. But to do that takes an organized network with the means to track what is needed and match it to what is offered and available elsewhere. Barter associations or organizations are set up, and of course, that takes effort and manpower, and a building that has monthly rent, and other things which take actual money.
The other thing a barter group could do, was to accept goods or labor obligations (I.O.U. for work to be done) as if a deposit in a bank, against which the member offering such could make some combination of present or future withdrawal of other goods or services as they became available and needed. This allows conversion of unwanted or surplus items into future barter trade power, rendering the barter group as a kind of retail store and universal service provider. Again, government does not like anything resembling a bank in procedure, and would normally tax a retailer on inventory.
As all these functions take money to facilitate, barter groups would charge a small fee for a transaction based on the dollar value of the transaction. DOLLARS were still used as the MEDIUM for determining TRADE VALUATIONS. That meant creating a corporate entity to facilitate and organize barter transactions, and typically, charging a membership fee to allow access to the system. That was what led government to take interest in and to legislate against barter; such systems could quickly grow in membership and began processing huge numbers of transactions, some of which were themselves huge in valuation.
I, for example, belonged to such a group, and in a single transaction, moved $35,000 in goods, against which I would acquire needed goods and services which enabled me to live more inexpensively for a full decade — until the government passed laws which forced the barter group out of business, and started taxing everyone involved to the point where the advantage seemed lost. But it need not be that way, especially once TSHTF.
You can join an existing barter program, but if you do, you should also form your own local barter group, because the big programs will not be available in a crisis. Anyone do so without formal corporate existence, and without charging fees, and without a retail or banking format. I highly encourage it, though you should check with a lawyer as laws vary State to State (click the above image for the Oregon situation). Yes, there will be some concern about tax reporting, but that is a minor issue unless you start dealing in large volumes of goods and services. Frankly, most people who barter this way report nothing, because unless it is in volume, it isn’t even worth the trouble to track and report it, not to them, or the government. But the VALUE is in HAVING A NETWORK IN PLACE IN A CRISIS… priceless.
When TSHTF, especially if communications are down, it is both difficult and even potentially dangerous to attempt to form a network. Danger stems from the fact that, unless care is taken to avoid strangers, you may offer to form a network, in which case you state what you have of interest, and if they think they have more guns than you, and want what you have, they know where to get it without cost. Moreover, mutual defense is a thing which can itself become a barter commodity, assuming you have the guns and manpower of good use to others; it is, after all, another kind of service.
So to prepare for a crisis, don’t just hoard key supplies, but establish a barter network, even if you do not choose to use it. Doing so amplifies the value of your preferred currency, because you already have people willing to accept it fairly. Consider these words of wisdom:
• “The propensity to truck, barter and exchange one thing for another is common to all men, and to be found in no other race of animals.” Adam Smith, Scottish Philosopher.
My take is that barter is natural to man, and as such, is an unstated free right to undertake at will – to hell with government, or in reverse, if government has gone to hell, what else do we have to trade with, but barter;
• “Capitalism invariably boils down to barter between two willing parties, neither of whom uses force to work with the other.” Ben Shapiro, Political Commentator.
When TSHTF, force becomes the only commodity the weak minded and hapless will have to trade with. To strengthen your defenses, you need something better, as well as a means of countering force with force of your own. A Barter network gives you both, where mutual defense agreements become a thing which may be bartered: If I have superior weapons and more gun bearers than you, an imbalance exists which might be offset in goods or other services.
• “In primitive society, Man produced directly for the satisfaction of his own wants, but with the development of society came differentiation of functions; exchange and barter arose, various trades sprang up, and with the necessity of commercial intercourse, cam the invention of money.” Charles A. Beard, renowned Historian.
This sums up this entire post in the most direct of statements: barter came first, money after. When money fails to function usefully, we must be ready to barter, either with a new currency of convenience, or outright barter networking. Our very lives could depend upon it.
Not fully convinced? Want more information?
May I humbly suggest some further reading about WHY you should worry about flying excrement from an unexpected fan, and also offer some additional valuable resources? Here is a compendium of useful material on the dangers of crisis and the topic of being prepared, not just in terms of currency, but other considerations which are well beyond the scope of this post. These are Facebook ‘pages,’ so you can FOLLOW them for updates. Please consider to Follow my blog, as well.
• The Fema, Martial Law, Revolution Database. Don’t let the title scare you away; its a compendium of articles and posts about the likelihood and risks of various forms of civil unrest and social, economic, or natural disasters, as well as general advice such as found in the above post. It’s sub-name is When All Hell Breaks Loose.
• The Post Apocalyptic Library. A compendium of resources where you can find critical how-to information needed for survival in a crisis. Everything from how to make a torch to how to make a portable generator from a lawn mower. The idea is to visit those sites and print the instructions, and place them in a safe place and in your ‘go bag’ so that you will have them when needed; they won’t be available once TSHTF.
Even our own government, normally blind to problems until too late, has been warning us for years to be prepared for ‘something scary,’ and the list of concerns is very scary. The stakes couldn’t be higher: if even just one thing on the list takes place, being ill prepared can perish whole families and, in short order, whole communities. Here is something that can make a difference, and its free. Its called knowledge.
In this post you will learn…
• What Preppers are and why they exist;
• Why YOU should become a Prepper, and HOW to proceed;
• There are 2 NEW and FREE resources to simplify the effort usefully
Note: I usually well footnote my posts so you can verify what I say for yourself. In this case, the two Facebook pages mentioned at article end, themselves, offer ample proofs for those items not otherwise footnoted.
The wise live for Today, but plan for Tomorrow: uncertainty is the only certainty
The Bible is the oldest source of Wisdom modern Man relies upon, and it clearly echoes that thought; there are no less than 25 places in the Bible which so admonish. A good number of these directly talk about the kind of preparedness this post addresses, while the remainder speak to being prepared for entry into the Kingdom of Heaven. But, if one is not prepared for things which can take one’s life, is not the later concern all the more important to prepare for, as well?
Perhaps the strongest and simplest of these are found in Proverbs (natch):
22:3 “The prudent sees danger and hides himself, but the simple go on and suffer for it;”
27:1 “Do not be confident about tomorrow, for you do not know what a day may bring.”
If we hold onto any one thing in this country, it is the wisdom of our Founding Fathers, and they were almost to a Man God Fearing and, therefore, they heeded such words. But they themselves also spoke plainly and logically about such things, and framed them in terms of the Nation, as well as the Individual and those we each love, to whom we are responsible for their well being:
John Adams, on the risk of overconfidence and reliance upon government: “I give you this warning that you may prepare your mind for your fate;”
Benjamin Franklin: “By failing to prepare, you prepare to fail;”
Alexander Hamilton: “If fortune should smile upon us, it will do us no harm to have been prepared for adversity; if she frowns upon us, by being prepared, we shall encounter it without the chagrin of disappointment. Your future rank in life is a perfect lottery;”
Thomas Jefferson: “Instead of considering what is past, however, we are to look forward and prepare for the future.”
George Washington, on wise use of funds, such that: “timely disbursements to prepare for danger frequently prevent much greater disbursements to repel it.”
Thomas Pain, on being fugitive from tyranny: “O! receive the fugitive, and prepare in time an asylum for mankind.”
The Modern Prepper and Dr. Strangelove
That last quote brings us to the advent of the modern Prepper, a phenomenon brought about by the Cold War and fear of the Bomb. President Eisenhower spoke frequently about the need for Civil Defense Preparedness, and founded what ultimately became FEMA, the ‘Grandaddy Prepper.’ For the rest of us, we were encouraged to prepare for nuclear war in our thinking, and our behavior.
We were taught to ‘Duck and Cover,’ and to plan to flee the cities, or take to bomb shelters. The whole basis of our modern Interstate Highway System was to that end, and so that the military and other aid could quickly flow to any wound in need of dressing. Cold War tensions culminated in the dire climactic confrontation of the Cuban Missile Crisis, and firmly established the era of the Bomb and Fallout Shelters. There were, in fact, enough shelters built to save 100,000,000 Americans, millions being built by citizens in their own homes or back yards: Dig a hole, drop in a pipe and add a floor, and fill it in and stock it.
Why prep today? Darker times > starker threats > greater fears
For a time, I managed a gas station while investigating the Oil Industry. That led me to a face-to-face confrontation with terrorism which rendered the investigation superfluous. For those who do not appreciate or understand the Prepper, or why they do what they do, or for the matter, who do not understand Conspiracy Theorists, Truthers, or Targeted Individuals claiming mind control, I highly recommend working for at least 30 days in a gas station. Why? Because that is an excellent place to talk with a large number and a variety of people in the course of doing business, and elicit from them things they would never otherwise admit in open conversation.
I could ask almost anything, and if well proposed, obtain a deeply personal and meaningful reply. And I did, regularly, on on a wide range of topics. What I learned is that there are more people afraid of more things than the mere threat of global extinction from The Bomb and the ‘Red Menace.’ Terrorism, yes, and for more of a seriously right reason than the obvious, a reason unexpected even by them.
It is to me even scarier than the fact that terrorism exists. Few are aware, but the top ranking U.S. Military General, Tommy Franks (who brought the flame throwing tank to Waco), has warned in a public statement that if there is another 9-11 level terror attack in the United States, the Military will take over the government in nation-wide Martial Law. I, for one, do not want flame throwing tanks on my streets.
And, we are still threatened by nuclear war: China’s top military leader has stated that war with the U.S. is inevitable, the only thing remaining being to decide when and how to be the first to strike. And, we have recently learned, they have stealth subs we cannot detect; one surfaced unexpectedly in the middle of a U.S. Carrier Fleet in the middle of an exercise looking for subs. North Korea is constantly making threats, and Obama and Hillary Clinton have assured terroism-minded Iran has access to the Bomb. We have several times in the last year, alone, come close to trading blows with Russian forces which could easily have escalate to a nuclear exchange. And we supposedly like each other, now.
Moreover, as recently played out in the Press, we have learned that a single well placed nuke high in the atmosphere could cause an EMP wave sending us back into the stone age by wiping out all electronics, including the entire power grid. Just as bad, spurious energy waves from the Sun could achieve the same ends, globally, or for the matter, doomsday rocks from space could effect similar damage, or worse. Movie theaters are awash these kinds of with (Extenction Level Event) scenarios. But there are other fears, and each one seems, in turn, to begat another, often wilder and seemingly more far fetched… which unfortunately, do not seem all that far fetched if daring to explore the facts which are their basis.
Every few months there seems to be another new exotic biological threat, either a weaponized or natural pathogen or virus on the verge of pandemic capability. Each such threat additionally threatens to be incurable and impossible to stop in time because it takes such a long time to come up with defensive medicines. Then there is the risk of financial collapse, which could trigger a global replay of the Great Depression on an unimaginable scale. Civil unrest levels are at the greatest and most dramatic in all of history; the Occupy/99% movement spontaneously fielded many millions of people around the World in the space of days. Our government’s liberal policies and some unfortunate events have fomented racism issues to the point that Blacks are shooting Cops as if at war, and threatening worse.
We see paranoia rampant in our government, who treats us all as if terrorists in the wings, spying on us and taking away our rights, and leading to fears of Martial Law, and/or efforts to take away our guns. DARPA, on the other hand, has ordered billions of rounds of ammo, enough to kill every living soul in North America several times over. FEMA seems to be building large facilities some fear are closer to concentration and even death camps than to shelters. It is at least concretely true that several special inciner-ators have been built, each strategically located, and capable of efficiently destroying hundreds of millions of tons of contaminated materials — which could include human bodies. The fear of Fascism and the comparison of our government to Nazi Germany is commonplace, which brings me back to the dialogs at the gas pump, where these things were said. The most common phrase heard in response to such things was, “When the revolution comes…”
Then there is the dramatic increase in UFO sightings, and much more than that, a growing body of evidence of actual combat taking place. If chemtrails were not already their own perceived threat, consider the latest theory as to their purpose; to weaponize the atmosphere against alien aggression. There is actually some scientific basis for such wild theories, and some to additionally suggest there is an off-world secret space program with Buck Rogers-like Space marines using captured Alien technology. I don’t know about any of that, but the fact that the government is becoming more secretive about the UFO question than ever, before, does not allow me to discount the notion. Presidents Roosevelt, Regan, Bush, Clinton, and Obama, and even Putin, have all alluded to these possibilities, as well as have high ranking military. The recent discovery of a constructed mega-structure orbiting a distant Sun amplifies the possibility: we are not alone. And those at the gas pump agree. More people have seen UFOs or otherwise have reason to believe in Aliens, than not. Don’t take my word for anything in this paragraph; just tune into Ground Zero and scan the archives of shows with Clyde Lewis’ expert guests.
Dare we mention a credible Planet X, super volcanos, global warming and melting ice caps, mega earthquakes, the shifting of our magnetic poles, and any number of scientifically plausible threats and natural disasters capable of inflicting significant regional, national, or global destruction of cataclysmic proportion… or dare we say… Biblical? After all, the other common comment at the gas pump is, “We are living in the End Times.” Indeed, the Illuminati conspiracies, AKA The New World Order, are not difficult to validate with a barrage of demonstrable facts which defy coincidence. This author has made a case in several of his books that the ultimate goal of the New World Order is to form a One-World Government — in order for the Antichrist to have a seat of power, and usher in the End of Ages, the ultimate End Game. It IS prophesied, after all, and many of us fear that as much as anything else.
That brings us full circle, back to the Bible’s admonishments. Being prepared ought rightly be not only for bad tidings, but for salvation. The government agrees, at least with the first part. The last ten years have seen an unprecedented effort by the government to urge us to be prepared for disaster. They have even reinstated and updated the old Cold War emergency radio alert system, and are stockpiling huge quantities of everything from food and medicine, and other supplies, to coffins. And ammo. All they ask you to do, is to have emergency plans and a ‘go bag,’ or store of emergency foods and critical supplies.
It’s simply good common sense. Preppers have been doing this for decades. What’s your excuse? That they are crazy? Better look in the mirror, if you believe that.
Here are two simple and free tools to help you get started
Both are easy to use Facebook pages. One is a kind of compendium of information regarding the possible breakdown in civil society due to the inability of government to respond, or even perhaps government itself has gone terribly awry. It is called the FEMA, Martial Law, Revolution Database (kind of covers all possibilities). It has no subversive intent, despite the scary title. It is very informative, and can help push anyone teetering on the notion of being prepared into taking action. One way it does this, is by telling you what to expect, and what a good action plan/go bag might look like for a given scenario.
The other also has a scary title, but it implies nothing but what it is; a library. In this case, it is a series of links to critical information one might need to survive for long periods without outside help in a serious catastrophe. It is a collection of how-to survival tricks, and how to quickly and easily make common critical items such as water purification systems, emergency generators, and so forth. It is called the Post Apocalyptic Library. The idea is simple: visit the links, download or copy the information, print it out, and put it into your go bag. Instant expert on a moment’s notice! Many of the links will deserve further exploration of their sites, for other good information. There is always more than one way to solve a problem.
Have you ever wanted a certain soft drink? Well, I’m a Prepper, he’s a Prepper, she’s a Prepper, we’re a Prepper; shouldn’t you be a Prepper, too?
Great. Drink deep for best result.
OK, it’s true. There are at least a half-dozen ways the government can ‘claim’ I’m a terrorist. YOU TOO, for that matter. But I have a Record of Arrest and Prosecution ‘sheet’ to illustrate one of the ways I am definitely a terrorist to someone, including people that think I’m merely a conspiracy theorist. I am not ‘mere,’ at anything I do…
What makes you a terrorist when you live in a Police State?
Simple answer: anything you do. There have been so many Constituion trampling Acts of Congress and Executive Orders, all so vaguely worded as to allow the broadest of interpretations, that it is almost just that easy for someone in government to label YOU (and certainly me) a terrorist. That can have very unfortunate consequences, depending on who labels you, why, and what they do about it. You can end up on the no fly list, or some kind of watch list, or even be vanished forever by Men in Black whisking you off in a black van.
One such example is, that being a conspiracy theorist automatically makes you a terrorist according to FBI. That’s bluntly stated, but true, as an article at Public Intelligence illustrates: “A flyer from a series created by the FBI and Department of Justice to promote suspicious activity reporting states that espousing conspiracy theories or anti-US rhetoric should be considered a potential indicator of terrorist activity. ” The flyer, linked in the article, specifically includes 9-11 Truthers (that’s about 1/3 of the U.S. population).
OK; I’m a conspiracy theorist, or if you prefer, a Conspiracy Terrorist. But I am no ordinary ‘theorist,’ because I have a R.A.P. sheet… a Record of Arrests and Prosecutions. And here it is, below the FBI Fellon ID Card (which shows that not even FBI always gets the right man)… but be sure to read the summary text before you wonder why I’m still walking around freely.
R.A.P. Sheet, H.Michael Sweeney
1976 Wire Tapping, 2 counts, charges dropped for insufficient evidence
1980 Embezzling, charges dropped after resignation from company
1983 Counterfeiting, Drug Smuggling, sentenced
1984 Wire Tapping, charges dropped for insufficient evidence
1985 Shoplifting, 4 counts, sentenced
1987 Fraud, Embezzling (pretending to be a Pastor), Bad Checks, charges dropped after restitution
1988 Wire Fraud, 3 counts, sentenced
1988 Smuggling, 2 counts (bioweapons, diamonds), sentenced
1990 Espionage, Interception of Electronic Communications, charges dropped by NSA intervention
1991 Bank Robbery, 4 counts, sentenced
1991 Wire Tapping, 4 counts, cold case due to flight to avoid prosecution
1992 Fraud, 3 counts, Witness Tampering, 3 counts, Withholding Evidence, 2 counts, Murder,
cold case due to flight to avoid prosecution
1993 Breaking and Entering, 2 counts, Grand Theft, charges dropped after restitution
1994 Wire Tapping, cold case due to flight to avoid prosecution
1994 Attempted Murder, 12 counts, case turned over to Internal Affairs, and dropped
1996 Espionage, 3 counts, Violation of Civil Rights, cold case due to flight to avoid prosecution
1998 Wire Tapping, Stalking, cold case due to flight to avoid prosecution
1998 Grand Theft Auto, Operating Chop Shop, 3 counts, sentenced
1999 Possession of Controlled Substance with Intent to Sell, sentenced
2001 Bioterrorism, Attempted Assassination, investigation closed by DOJ intervention
2002 Terrorism, 4 counts, cold case due to flight to avoid prosecution
2004 Bioterrorism, case closed due to lack of evidence
2004 Cyberterrorism, Hacking (of CIA’s Web site), charges dropped in exchange for services rendered
2016 Armed Robbery, 2 counts, cold case due to flight to avoid prosecution
2016 Bank Robbery, cold case due to flight to avoid prosecution
By now, if you actually read the full list, you realize no one person could be guilty of all those crimes and still be walking free… and that there were crimes on the list immediately after incarceration, and no jail breaks to account for that. This is because these are not crimes that I committed, but crimes I have investigated and exposed, or helped expose and prosecute, often working with Police, FBI, SS, and CIA, sometimes working against rogue elements of those and other agencies, even spy agencies of other governments.
Left out of that list, are perhaps 200 Stalking, Wire Tapping, and Torture cases I’ve worked on as online consultant with victims of such affairs (I’ve had contact with 12,000 individuals in that kind of predicament). I left them out because it would have made the post unreadable, and that’s a shame… a disservice to the thousands of victims of this form of abuse of power and conspiratorial corruption of principalities and powers.
So I do not claim to be a mere terrorist, but to have stopped terrorism. But neither am I a mere conspiracy theorist, because many of the conspiracy theories I’ve investigated have put people in jail, or at least shut them down and forced them to run away. One Governor, possibly two, a National Guard General, an elected County Sheriff, two Police Chiefs, a Criminal Investigation Division Lt., a C.E.O. of an international software firm, and a host of lower law enforcement personnel have all vacated their posts (some being jailed) after I finished doing my thing. While I cannot claim every one of them retired or otherwise departed their posts because of me, as I was not allowed access to official internal documents, I’m fairly certain a good number of them grumbled my name under their breath on the way out the door.
All that said, I hope that you, dear reader, have come to understand that a conspiracy theorist is no different than any other standard investigative force of a more official nature. Except for two small things, we all try to fit the available evidence with the environ of facts to determine the truth. We both form hypothetical postulations as to suspect and motive, prove opportunity and method, and try each point of evidence against all others which might disprove the hypothesis (though as we see all too often, many criminal cases are happy to prosecute the innocent if they think they can make a strong enough case and hide the truth).
We both theorize up front. The first difference is that conspiracy theorists do not have the luxury of making an official determination, while the official investigators do. The second difference, and most important, is that we start with questions regarding failures in logic in the official findings and reports; we question government, which is not only the right, but the DUTY of every citizen, always. How else will you ever find a cover up? We know there have been all manner of cover ups exposed in media over the last few decades, and I remind you, you NEVER have a cover up UNLESS there is a conspiracy, because a cover up itself REQUIRES a conspiracy to execute it, and the affair being covered up is always so complex that it, too, MUST by default represent a conspiracy. Guaranteed.
OK, FBI, come and cuff me… unless I’m wearing a bomb like other terrorists,or have run off to Mexico to escape your ‘justice,’ in which case, just have a better day.
Wake up and smell the mushroom food you’ve been being fed since you were old enough to vote, and before. Plug your nose and consider what’s next…
The Two Party System is Suiciding — Too Late to Save America?
Have you not noticed the constant repetitive pattern? Every few years we get disgusted with the last batch of politicians we voted into office, especially at Presidential level, and vote in the opposite party. We are upset almost always for the same generic reasons: they promised one thing (we liked), and to fix what the last bunch did (we didn’t like), but all we wound up with was, ‘the new boss same as the old boss.’ Just like the song, we ‘hope we don’t get fooled, again.’
HOW’S THAT BEEN WORKING OUT FOR YOU?
Answer: It aint’ never had and ain’t ever shall, unless you are big Pharma, big Oil, big Telecom/IT, big Bank, Big Brother, or simply a fascist, globalist, or illuminati player.
The fact is, the Constitution and Bill of Rights, the basis for our whole system of government by, of, and for the People, so scared the elite power brokers in our early years of Continental unification and domination (formation of the 48 states), that they invented the two party system as a means of insuring that ONLY the power elite could run for high office; a complex system of delegates and voting rules which are designed to weed out anyone who is unwilling to run on a platform sympathetic to the predetermined ‘issues’ which suit the ‘party.’
Note re image: talk about disgusting campaigns. But which is worse? 1866 or 2016, 150 yrs. hence?
Issues are selected not so much on the basis of what actually pulls the people’s heart strings, as much as what the analysts and advisors think will ADEQUATELY pull their heart strings WITHOUT forcing any actual cure or change to ‘gains’ made by the party just prior to last being voted out of office — those things the voters got mad at them for in the first place; it is important to insure voters never remember those things, and focus instead on what’s wrong with the current batch of looters and despots, only.
The two party system is also designed to negate popular choices. No matter how many people vote in the primary for a given candidate, the back room deals in cigar-smoke filled rooms between powerbrokers will ultimately determine who the nominee actually is, and that person is going to be that new boss who’s going to fool us, again. Guaranteed. It’s worse, now, because now they can legally hand out Havanas.
Finally, it is designed to quash any possible third independent party contender. They do this very easily by telling you that to vote for them is a wasted vote (true only if you actually vote for other than your actual preferred choice), and by telling you that such a vote dilutes any chance of defeating (whomever they think you fear being elected). We hear that time and time again, and heaven forbid that if such a candidate should actually make decent headway, they will find a way to destroy him before the election ever takes place.
That is exactly what happened when Ross Perot ran against Clinton/Bush. As I had warned the Secret Service based on my ten-year investigation into abuse of power issues by the New World Order, it seemed absolutely clear that an assassination or blackmail attempt against him or his family to force him out of the race was inevitable. Indeed, within weeks of that warning, Anthrax powder was mailed to his family, and according to my SS back channel contact, it was the same as employed against Clinton’s Bodyguard, the man who was set to testify against Clinton over illegal activities undertaken while Governor of Arkansas prior to his Presidential bid. As result, on the very night that Perot won the State of Colorado and was assured a position on the ballot, he withdrew from the election without a useful or true explanation.
Is the Two Party System suiciding?
I believe it is. There are several coincidental forces which are destroying it from within, and they each tend to cross pollinate one another.
- The Democrats have only been able to field a closet Communist and a closet criminal (simplest descriptions). I’d be happy to defend those labels if anyone cares to be shut down by facts not commonly found in controlled media.
- The Republicans have only been able to field a closet fascist (my fear, hope I’m wrong), a batch of Bush clones and other elite same-as asses.
- Both parties have underestimated just how fed up the People are, and have largely failed to elect platforms that we really care about, except for Trump, who unfortunately seems to be more verbiage than substance.
- Controlled Media has repeatedly run afoul of that underestimation by electing to attack Trump when he says something ‘controversial’ or ‘politically incorrect’ only to find the People disagree with media and are beginning to wonder why still shots of Trump are always unflattering as if he is shouting a curse, and shots of Hillary are always smiling sweetly. “What? Us have a biased agenda?”
- The threat by almost all candidates that if not nominated (i.e., the ‘wrong’ candidate is nominated), they will consider to run independently, not only threatens to destroy the party, but also, to split the final election vote in favor of the opposing party. But one or even both parties could end up doing this, which would negate the split and make it a true free for all.
- Should Hilary be indicted (she is under FBI investigation which continues to uncover considerable evidence of wrongdoing, and not under a ‘security review’ as she prefers to call it) after nomination, no one has any clue as to what would happen to resolve the Democrat’s quandary, but the net effect would likely be much the same as in (5), above.
- Should Trump fail to be nominated, no one knows what the Repulisvecan party can do to resolve the problem of how to win the election if he indeed runs independently. Ditto for the Demoncrats shoul (6) transpire.
So my answer is YES, and thank goodness! I’ve harped against the two party process ever since Obama, and should have been ever since I started voting… but I thought I was doing fine on mushroom food, like everyone else.
Is it too late?
Probably, at least in one major way. No matter what happens, we are going to get a President and resulting cabinet we will later wish was merely a Dog Catcher or Postman, and perhaps not even that (no slight intended of those public service posts).
Hopefully not in the more important way; the future of America is, after all, at stake. The true issues we should be dealing with have never been raised by any politician save Perot, perhaps, and even he did not take full aim, in my view. To see what I mean, check out my 24 campaign planks were I running for President.
The chaos which would result with the collapse of the Democans and Republicrats would create a power vacuum the likes of which this nation has never seen. We would end up with countless new political parties seeking to rush in and redefine how candidates got on the ballot: a Constitutional or Populist Party (Hooray!), a Liberal Party (ye olde democrats), a Conservative Party (new age republicans), a Neocon Party (ye olde Republican good fellows), a Moral Majority Party (dazed and overwhelmed by LGBTG and the like), a Nationalist Party (military-industrial-intelligence-media complex), a Centrist Party (big everything), a Socialist Party (dare I suggest ye new Democrats), and perhaps even a Communist Party (Putin for President?).
That might be a good thing, provided anyone can really tell who all the new players really are. That’s because most of them would choose names other than I’ve shown which better describe their true colors, to include someone calling themselves Republicans and Democrats. It might take decades to figure them all out, with many new bosses the same as before along the way. I kid you not.
Nothing in politics is ever what it seems up front, and given the chance to remake themselves, politicians will simply take off one sheep’s disguise and don another, and in this case, there will be secondary disguises several layers deep to make sure we have a hard time finding their true nature. About the only ones that would be truly identifiable would be a Constitutionalist and Communist party, presuming someone else didn’t beat them to the use of the name.
I feel like the half-human Fly caught in the Spider’s web in the movie by the same name…
“Help me… help meeee!”
Once more, we see the Federal Government usurping power in ways which both benefit the big corporations at the expense of personal freedoms and financial viability of citizens. This time, it’s the FCC, and not the BLM, and they want to eliminate any chance for you to watch local television without paying through the nose for it… and suffering de facto censorship.
FTC to Kill Local Television as We Know It
Tuesday last, a little heralded announcement by the FCC once more revealed how controlled mainstream media is. They, more than anyone, perhaps, should have been screaming the news from the rooftops, and complaining about it, as it affects EVERY major and secondary television station in every market across the country. The ramifications are so broad and sweeping as to threaten the very social fabric which defines us as a nation. In summary, the threats are as follows:
- Eliminates all local television service as we know it today, virtually ELIMINATING ALL OVER THE AIR BROADCASTS. No more ‘free TV.’
- All licenses by FCC currently in place are cancelled, and ‘up for sale,’ they want to raise 60 billion dollars which will be unaccountable funds off the FCC budget. This means they can be spent on any black project without any accounting.
- Major stations (e.g., your local ABC/NBC/CBS/FOX affiliates) will be paid many millions from the sale, far more than the stations are actually worth; hush money not to protest, we must presume.
- Secondary stations, including repeater stations or small unaffiliated stations in deep rural markets, and even possibly PBS, will be paid NOTHING, a virtual THEFT, and possibly, a loss of all public broadcasting systems!
- All will be sold to Cable and Web content providers, forcing consumers to get any TV by paid subscription or on-demand purchase.
- Significantly eliminates local news coverage, limiting it to official sources only; the government’s preferred message, a form of censorship which effects de facto mind control.
- Stages the FCC for total control of Web content under the new ‘authority’ it declared for itself last year; easier to censor and dictate what you can learn if there is only ONE resource and it is controlled by government.
It follows the Fascist model: The plan is insidious beyond belief once fully understood. It is perhaps no coincidence whatsoever that it follows Obamacare. If one reviews history of the quiet takeover of nations by Fascists and other dictatorships, those ‘bloodless revolutions’ always start with the complete takeover by government of all health care, followed next by takeover of all media. What follows is usually great financial and social upheaval allowing significant draconian responses, to include something along the lines of Hitler’s Brownshirts and the SS, and a permanent war footing with an expanded military and military police state. But people never learn by the mistakes of history, and there is plenty of that…
It happened that way in Germany, Italy, and in South America, it happened again and again. In each and every case, the takeover steps were quietly initiated and never fully understood even by those involved in enacting the changes. In every case, they inflicted greater hardships socially and financially upon citizens than those woes they claimed would be addressed thereby. In each case, a central power figure emerged who responded with ‘law and order’ and bypassed, neutered, or altered the form of government to a Fascist regime.
Unfortunately, any and all of the current Presidential candidates, save one, could fit that bill in this author’s opinion. Trump appears to be a closet fascist, Cruz appears to be one of the same old gang of criminals who brought us to this point in the first place, Bernie is a closet Communist, and that awful woman is simply a criminal rapist of nations and peoples. But my opinions are unimportant. Even if whomever is elected is not set to be a fomenter of fascist revolution, the power elite who manipulate politics will simply assassinate them or blackmail them to assure the desired outcome.
Naturally, like most draconian moves by government, the official propaganda is worded exactly the opposite in tone to the reality. That’s why we get Bills that actually accomplish the reverse of their title, like ‘Affordable’ Health Care Act. Believe as we say we do, and ignore what we actually do.
Take a look at FCC’s official page, here.
Now, lest you think me simply another lunatic conspiracy theorist, I got my first wind of this plot, to include all points cited herein (save my opinion on SOME of the candidates), from a conservative call-in radio show where the station owner of a secondary market called in to shout a warning and explain exactly how it was rape and pillage of the television industry and the public in favor of Cable and Web bigwigs. I don’t make anything up; I don’t have the time nor inclination!
- Big Brother FCC Plans Internet Tax/Controls What Happens in Homes (universal free press)
- FCC No Longer Just Big Brother, Now Big Parent (huff post)
- FCC Sparks Fears of Big Brother in News Room (fox nation)
When I created the Free Will Society to aid Targeted Individuals, one of the lofty goals was to eventually build some form of Safe Haven community for Tis. That dream now seems on the threshold of coming to pass thanks to partnering with Ascension Arts, a non profit specializing in sustainable life styles, service to others, and increasing human potential. The result is Free Will Haven. iWhere can a targeted individual get help? Free Will Haven; Targeting Free Intentional Community for TIs by H. Michael Sweeney proparanoid.wordpress.com proparanoidpress.com proparanoid.net copyright © 2014, all rights reserved. Permission to repost hereby granted provided entire post with all links in tact, including this notice and byline, are included. Please comment any such repost to original posting. What is Free Will Haven?
Free Will Haven?
UPDATE: April 2016
Thanks to partnering with a person who is expert in tiny homes and intentional communities, we have finally secured property for Free Will Haven in Oregon, near the Idaho border. The site is remotely located well away from any nearby ‘civilization’ and yet within easy drive to markets. It is also extremely defensible against targeting, the primary goal of FWH. However, we now face the problem of actually getting onto the site and establishing utility services, erecting and putting into place the several domiciles and other structures and support goodies we have acquired over the last two years for the project. Springtime access is critical if we are to plant foods for harvest later in the year. PLEASE CONTRIBUTE to our gofundme program: djxbgr3w
UPDATE: December 2016
The site described in the prior update is currently occupied and available for residents to seek application, thanks in large part to the gofundme, which is STILL ACTIVE. We greatly appreciate all those who participated with donations, which helped fund the costly relocation of considerable physical resources and living space, and the first occupant, to the site. These resources were key to making it survivable, including for instance, water treatment, storage, and hot house facilities. The site now also has electrical power.
However, there seems to be a slight rift or division between the Free Will Society with the person who has ownership control of and who occupies and is responsible for the site. As such, it is no longer officially part of the Free Will Haven project via the Free Will Society, though we support it in our hearts and have done so financially, and may continue to do so. Do not misconstrue to think we have abandoned the site, but it is true the person who owns the property has a right to do it ‘their way,’ and we respect that. We see the current site effort as somewhat a Beta adventure, which may very well prove quite satisfactory in the long term, for all involved; it is after all, a first ever and, as such, a learning experience where any negative outcome represents an opportunity learn how to make it better. The skills and knowledge base of the owner should help insure good success.
Meanwhile, the Society is still looking for a site we may establish and manage to meet ALL goals set for it by Society, which we feel will better assure success long term, and ultimately, prove to be more viable. If seeking immediate residency, contact this author for advice on how to do so at the current site, which is in the scenic Hells Canyon Recreational Area of Oregon. Otherwise, please contact me about joining the Free Will Society to help plan for a second site down the road, hopefully in the near future, likely to be somewhere in Idaho. This would give you the option of choosing which site you would prefer, once able to relocate.
Only Free Will Society members will be eligible for the official Free Will Haven site, once available. And, of course, even if you elect the current site, you are still encouraged to join and participate in the Society. The only other update is that I, myself, am currently at another Oregon site which, except for zoning restrictions and cost, would make an excellent location. Living as a hermit, so to speak, and fending for myself in my motor home, I am learning much which should prove (and already has proven) useful to any community next established. The last bit of update: an application for non profit status has been made (it is my understanding such already exists at the first site), and once that is granted, the current gofundme will be terminated and replaced with a new one.
Free Will Haven is the name of the first (likely of several) intentional communities specifically for targeted individuals. As the name implies, these will be targeting free sites, a feat achieved both by Mother Nature and by reliance upon a combination of proven methods and technologies. These will even thwart directed energy and psychotronic signals from satellites or drones. Another feature useful to TIs will be affordability, achieved by the use of ‘tiny homes,’ which are increasing in popularity in many kinds of intentional and green communities around the Globe. Free Will Haven as a concept was first proposed early as 2002 by privacy/security and abuse of power author/consultant H. Michael Sweeney, and is now the active project of The Free Will Society to aid Targeted Individuals (TIs), which he founded for cause. The Free Will Society has about 750 plus members as of Sept, 2014.
Joining in the project by brining funding and expertise to the table is Ascension Arts, a non profit specializing in sustainable life styles, service to others, and increasing human potential. Together, along with recent developments in all the key factors and areas of topical concern which go into intentional communities, as well as enabling defense against targeting, a nexus of serendipitous opportunity is almost forcing it to come to pass. In fact, the forces in play extend to many levels, even to the point including personal matters for those involved. This would seem to be true even for early participants invited for their particular skills and talents; we dare not seek to escape a destiny which envelops us head long! This is their dialog on the project.Where can a targeted individual get help?
Update: Sept. 2, 2014: Something wonderful has happened which has accelerated our plans, saved considerable money (e.g., FREE rental through the winter of space for your RV/camper/trailer/motor home), and many more benefits, including immediate access to existing facilities. It is in ADDITION TO the update cited below. As result, the Free Will Society (Facebook CAUSE) is being closed down and the Free Will Society GROUP on Facebook has been activated, and is now the ONLY place where updates will in the future be posted, and where members of the group ($25 membership) will be able to have dialog with one another and founders of Free Will Haven. Therefore, this is the LAST UPDATE to this blog post. Join us at Free Will Society GROUP on Facebook by sending $25 to proparanoidgroup at gmail com and specifying membership, citing your facebook account name (e.g., mine is H. Michael Sweeney), and make sure you request friendship with me under that name so that you can be invited to the Group. It will also result in your receiving a Helps Kit which includes information on and facilitates application to be a resident of Free Will Haven. I’ve done my part to open the door to a targeting free environment. The actual first step through that door is up to you. YOU are what you’ve been waiting for.
Update: Update Aug. 19, 2014: We have killed our plans for a site in the Great Southwest and have instead selected a site in Idaho, in what is called the Banana Belt, a temperate weather zone suitable to support year-round golfing. The site features a significant creek bed which will help solve both water needs as well as eventually to supply small scale hydro power. It also has access to a nearby landing strip which could be useful in emergency medical situations.
The original post, herein, cites that only a couple of TI’s plus the principles would be initial residents through this first winter, while constructing their homes. This was to be followed by Wave Two occupancy, which would be able to use our temporary quarters while their homes were being built. To be eligible for Wave Two, one had to be a member of the Free Will Society to aid targeted individuals.
A CHANGE: Where an early-bird TI applicant already has access to or can rent an RV or similar (see main text), they may be able to join in Wave One Residency with the founders, immediately, existing Free Will Society membership not required (though advised, keep reading). Send for your application kit, today by emailing proparanoid at comcast net. You should also join the Free Will Society to aid targeted individuals ($25 membership) to access the latest news and community dialogs on topic. That would also put you in Wave Two eligibility if unable to bring your own temporary living space. If you have no RV (etc.) and are not a member of Free Will Society, you must wait for Wave Three. Regardless of which Wave, without your own RV (etc.), you will be put into a first-come, first-serve que serviced as existing temporary quarters on site become available. KEEP CHECKING THIS PAGE (or use the Subscribe button to be notified of changes) for future updates. Something very exciting in additionally in the works. End Update.
What makes Free Will Haven an intentional community?
Wikipedia’s definition for Intentional Communities is a full paragraph long. Simplified, it is a community planned from the start to cater to specific persons of like (interests, beliefs, goals, etc.), typically favoring alternative lifestyles which foster those goals. You can learn more about such communities at sites like tedxblackrockcity.com (informative video), ic.org (a kind of ‘superstore’ of centralized info on topic), and Fellowship for Intentional Community’s Facebook page.
In Free Will Haven’s case, these goals are ecological and consumptive sustainability (not to be confused with the New World Order’s use of ‘sustanability’ when pushing Codex Alimentarius, Agenda 21, GMO foods, Genetic Engineering, etc.); survivability (in this case, against political control technology and methods), and financial and spiritual wellbeing (the unchecked pursuit of happiness through exercise of God’s gift of Free Will). Sustainability is one of Ascension Art’s strong points, and defensive survivability lays at the heart of Mr. Sweeney’s seven books and online consultancy he has made available to TIs for more than 15 years as The Professional Paranoid, the title of his first book.
Both of these major players in Free Will Haven have, by necessity in order to provide their services to others, additionally catered to spiritual wellbeing and pursuit of happiness, which is the primal force driving client participation in the first place. A TI is desperate to escape the emotional and physical suffering of targeting and regain some normal sense of existence, and anyone seeking a sustainable life style does it for the quality of life it enables. And what of the financial affordability aspect? Sustainability itself, and a few other tricks such as tiny homes, make that a natural outcome of the project. Additionally, and as part of the pursuit of happiness goal, Free Will Haven will be organized to foster and support cottage industry; ideally, every resident should have a means to earn money ‘at home’ or by participating in community-based endeavors.
What is a tiny home like in Free Will Haven?
A tiny home generally references any small living space intended to be extremely practical and economical, though minimalist in nature. As a rule, this commonly means either a starter home for a young couple or single individual, or a retirement home for someone without a family, as a tiny home cannot have many rooms dedicated for family functions and individual compartmentalization. The bulk of the TI community is commonly made up of single targeted individuals, or someone living with one other person, and seldom with children in residence, and thus, tiny homes would seem a Godsend, for them. For those with families, we would hope to eventually construct alternative intentional communities in the future, but of course, that will alter the equation for achievement of goals.Sidebar: the true nature of a typical TI, alone, should crucify the notion fostered by media, government, and the psychiatric community that ANYONE who thinks they are targeted is SURELY a paranoiac schizophrenic. For that to be true, they would need explain how the dynamics of such ‘false’ beliefs seem to impact only persons of low financial standing who live alone, and who tend to have been an activist or involved in some form of ties to/with government, military or intelligence community contractors, or the military or intelligence community, itself. How is it that such a combination of things ’causes mental illness?’ Not even Freud could answer that one, because IT DOES NOT. Political Control Technology is REAL.
The original tiny home movement included exotic efforts with costs of $1M or more not uncommon; ultra modern, hi-tech, and with prestige designer labels attached. The grass roots version, on the other hand, has gone wild finding ways to do as well with less, with costs ranging from well under $10K to perhaps an average of about $40K for the higher end; about what one might put down on a conventional home mortgage. This has resulted in an almost unlimited array of possible home design types and, as result, flexibility in meeting individual needs and tastes, like these as found at pinterest.
You can have tree houses, container homes (check these out), domed homes, spray cement (free-form shape) and similar homes (check this video out, and this), underground homes, and more, including homes that simply look like a normal home but scaled down… some of which are on wheels. That brings us to the fact that a motor home, RV vehicle, trailer, or even a manufactured home also qualifies. All of these are on the drawing board/table at Free Will Haven. The ones we favor most are the ones you can order pre built and delivered to the site (look at these, and you can even get an ‘Ikea’ home complete with furnishings), or the ones you simply buy plans or kits for and then build yourself (like these). Google any of these home types for endless solutions to choose from, and when it comes time to actually consider residency options, we will work with you to fine tune or better the ideas you favor.
Free Will Haven will be able to accommodate any needed assembly of a home or placement in the same way that the Amish community bands together to raise barns. That means it is both fast, and, because Free Will Haven will be located in the country where few building codes and regulations exist, little or no required use of professional labor or building inspectors. That does not mean we won’t apply basic sound ‘code,’ ourselves. Naturally, we would hope you would be part of the work ‘crew,’ but don’t worry if you cannot do so for some reason.
Is Free WIll Haven a sustainable community?
Here is an ‘official’ review of a sustainable living lifestyle, but it is not the only view, because residents define the lifestyle. Free Will Haven will produce its own power, have its own water source, deal with its own sewer and waste disposal, which means no costly utility bills. The goal will be for each home to be self sufficient, but also networked to increase supply vs. demand, favorably. There will be enough land for individual residents to have their own garden plots, but there will additionally be a community farming effort which residents may elect to participate in at various levels; no participation, participation as a paying consumer, or participation in both production and consumption. That effort will include livestock, which means it will be logical at some point to have horses which can also be used for horseback riding.
Somewhat related, is the notion of cottage industry; financial sustainability. There will be satellite based Internet access (and TV) allowing residents to make money online. The community itself will additionally evolve community industry to help fund the needs of community ‘commons.’ One such example will be the offering of seminars and other functions open to the greater public, many of which will be intended to address topics of concern to the greater TI community. We would intend to have our own Radio and/or TV shows for similar cause, for the matter. This will eventually mean construction of central community center and overnight living spaces which can be rented out to visitors.
How does Free Will Haven prevent targeting?
Free Will Haven will increase its ability to protect its residents from political control technology. As all neighbors will be certified TIs approved by residents, there can be no conspiratorial persons (perps) among the population who are not quickly identified and dealt with legally. The approval process will additionally be designed to weed out persons who may be truly schizophrenic or have other mental issues causing them to claim to be targeted when, in fact, they are not, as well as victims of the kind of mind control which produces ‘programmable’ people who are capable of sabotage (to include self sabotage) without being aware. Such persons are susceptible to trigger phrases which enable them to carry out actions without memory of it… in the style of The Manchurian Candidate.Sidebar: it is important to realize that exotic application of programmables such as portrayed in movies like The Manchurian Candidate, The Long Kiss Goodnight, and the Jason Bourne series are based on known facts as to the capabilities of specific exotic forms of mind control. However, very few persons entering such programs, typically while a child, ever ‘graduate’ with skill levels and usefulness as assassins, couriers, or other operative status. Such ‘rejects’ or ‘escapees’ as I prefer to call them, of which some estimates number in the hundreds of thousands, tend to be released as ‘sleepers’ into the greater population. They are then targeted to be made to look schizophrenic, and as result, many of them join in with the TI community from where they can effectively, though unknowingly, become Wolves in Sheep’s clothing. The key point is this; while they retain a useful level of programmability for lesser needs than a Jason Bourne, it is important that should they come to realize their true status in life, that anything they attempt to reveal will be discounted because they are ‘crazy.’ Sadly, such persons cannot be allowed into FWH because of the potential harm they could do, unwittingly. Sad, because they need help and safety, too.
In Free Will Haven, we are talking about a gated community with a video security system which can be monitored by all residents; many eyes being better than just those of one or two people. More importantly, each home design will feature incorporation of useful DEW shielding (e.g., Faraday Cage) against remotely aimed signals, even to include Satellite or Drone assaults. Additionally, no technology will be brought into the community unless it can be certified as attack-tech free. Finally, there will be made available a State-of-the-art TSCM (Technical Security CounterMeasures) suite of equipment from Europe, well able to detect, identify and measure, and document any DEW signal and its source.
Where is Free Will Haven?
Location and Logistics?
Currently, there are multiple sites in three states in the Pacific Northwest and Great Southwest being evaluated for suitability. Naturally this entails a wide variety of factors which will impact on the final choice, which will be reflected by an update, here. All are in relatively remote forested mountainous areas with nearby rivers (some with creeks or small rivers on site). Once a preliminary site is selected and financial obligations are established, there is a plan to ‘seed’ the site with approximately four ‘wave one’ principle residents who will arrive in RVs, Campers, etc., and live on site in those temporary living spaces while constructing their own tiny homes in teamwork fashion. This will be a chance to work out kinks in organizational planning and logistics.
Once finished and they have moved in, additional residents can either bring in their own temporary living spaces or rent those no longer in use by the principles. In time, the number of temporary spaces available at any given point will grow, allowing more people to be building new homes at a time, and more quickly growing the community. Rental would also be available for and allow prospective approved residents to visit and explore the full potential of becoming a resident before ever making any actual obligation to do so. This affords a means of seeing what the greater area has to offer, selection of a site, a home design, and making all appropriate arrangements in advance so that there are no nasty surprises or disappointments.
What does it cost to live at Free Will Haven?
Costs and Obligations?
There is a $25 application fee and an evaluation process involving two weeks of online dialogs with H. Michael Sweeney. This is based on the same methods and goals as his Helps Kit program for like consultation with targeted individuals for the purpose of helping them defeat or better resist targeting. To actually become a resident will require an additional investment addressing the cost of a home, either prebuilt or for materials thereof. Once placed and moving in, the new resident will be looking at various options which might impact monthly living expenses.
There will be multiple sizes of properties available, which will determine the monthly cost for land, be it rented or purchased under contract. Ideally, a tiny home with a modest property suitable for a garden and/or a yard area would be in the range of $250 a month, which is less than it typically costs to rent just the property beneath a manufactured home in a trailer court. Naturally, if one elects to have even more land, such as a buffer for privacy, or to protect a viewpoint, the cost will be commensurate.
A resident will have the opportunity to contribute labor to the construction or placement of new homes, which can credit towards the ‘bill’ for the construction of their own homes by such means, if they had so enjoyed. Or, it can be credited towards the ‘cost’ of being a ‘consumer’ of the community farming (co-op) project. In like manner, a resident will have the opportunity to contribute labor to the farming project, as well. By such a means, it is possible to have one’s home built at no expense beyond that of materials, and possible to have almost all foodstuffs at no expense, as well — at least some of the time.
On the other hand, one can choose to pay for such things with money, and be free to acquire them from the community as just described, or from outside resources. That would mean builders and contractors, or traveling to town to buy food and supplies, something likely to be done anyway at some level in order to obtain brand name items and other things not possible to create within the community. While it is not possible to ‘estimate’ the cost of labor to build a given home without knowing all the specific details and design, we do estimate that $250 a month would cover the cost of co-op food.
In summary, it is quite possible that, electing the right home design and options, a TI could easily find their final move-in costs were less than a down payment on a conventional home, and total living expenses should be in the range of $500 a month, if not half that. Even if on a limited SS income, and with no cottage industry, that should mean being able to save hundreds of dollars every month for things other than necessities; it would be a very comfortable financial situation, one many retired people today would find most enviable. But best of all, they can do it with their Free Will in tact, and unfettered by targeting. They can spend their money (or not), as they see fit, and actually enjoy it instead of seeing it all go toward defending or dealing with targeting related costs.
How do I become a resident at Free Will Haven?
What steps next?
If you are a Targeted Individual and would like to consider residency options at Free Will Haven, your first step is to request the application materials from me: proparanoidgroup at gmail com. These will answer many questions and, more importantly, may actually provide unexpected aids to the TI outside of any eventual application. The materials are inclusive within the Professional Paranoid’s Helps Kit, which contains many tools for the TI and provides a basis for consultations. In fact, application will result in a two week online consultation dialog aimed not only at determining residency eligibility, but also, regardless of if being found eligible, or not, it may actually improve the applicant’s ability to endure or defeat targeting in the first place.
To actually apply involves a $25 fee which covers the two weeks dialogs and consultations, a $100 value. It is advised that one should also join the Free Will Society (also $25), which not only provides access to updates and dialogs on the project, but membership can also favorably impact priority consideration for actual residency. So unless a member, an application will most likely end up placing them in a Wave 3 que, where membership allows Wave two access. Use PayPal to the above email addy to so effect.
The actual approval process involves a panel review which can also impact que position. Each member of the review panel can also request to escalate or promote a given applicant one position in the que if that applicant has a particularly needy circumstance (a humanitarian consideration) and/or one position if having a very useful skill or other resource to the project they can contribute. The Panel, by the way, does not have access to personal identifying information in that review, which is judged only on the basis of the targeting scenario and findings revealed through use of the Helps Kit.
Therefore, the process looks like this:
Who can be a resident at Free Will Haven?
1. Request the Helps Kit by email from proparanoid at comcast net. This arrives by email as a .pdf and also a .docx Word file.
2. Use the Helps Kit to decide if you wish to apply. If so, complete the kit and invest $25. The kit fully describes attendant steps.
3. Undergo the two weeks dialog. Expect an answer within 30 days as to acceptance, or not, and initial que assignment.
4. Once applicants are officially being accepted, you would be invited, via the que, to visit the Free Will Haven site to evaluate all options toward your satisfaction.
5. Based on such a visit, or any other means, you commit to become a resident and all arrangement details are set into motion. Or, not. No obligation.
6. Arrive and stay in temporary quarters you rent or bring with you (e.g., RV) while your home is constructed or placed.
7. Move into your new home and become a resident of Free Will Haven, and participate as you are able and desire according to your own Free Will.
What is the Free Will Society?
Joining the Free Will Society:
If you are not yet a member of the Free Will Society, and wish to join, Membership is $25 a year. To join, you can send payment via PayPal to proparanoid at comcast net specifying membership in the accompanying text message PayPal enables, or send any form of payment other than cash payable to HMS at PO 1941, Clackamas, OR 97015, earmarked for FWS membership. A confirmation and welcome email will confirm receipt, and provide links to the organizations resources, which are available to members only. Once more, to be clear, membership will advance one’s application for residency by one whole wave, or que, if accepted.
It is seen by government as a win-win ploy that raises the stakes to unimaginable levels. What we see on the surface has nothing to do with the sinister plot which it enables and portends. This is our last and only chance to save the country, or loose it to tyranny forever, and rush toward Earth’s final demise.
Will Bundy vs. BLM start Revolution 2.0?
copyright © 2014, all rights reserved. Permission to repost hereby granted provided entire post with all links in tact, including this notice and byline, are included. Please comment any such repost to original posting.
What is going on in Nevada with the BLM?
What you will learn reading this post…• government’s actions against Bundy are mere window dressing — something more sinister is afoot; • the stakes are incredibly high, but hard to see — your very life and the fate of the World, in fact; • there is only one logical solution, and everyone plays a role. What can I do to help Bundy against the BLM?
Why BLM vs. Bundy matters regardless of if his cause is just or he has no legal leg to stand on
UPDATE: Same day posted… Oh, so now we find out its really for the oil companies? What Corporate Police State? BLM sells 29 oil, gas leases in northeast Nevada End update.
Government made it matter, and with dark purpose. At one glance it is an effort to usurp power over people, and the States, as well as to empower corporate ranching over private ranchers. It is a form of unfair and excessive taxation without representation against a political enemy of financial convenience to friends of the White House. And, it is an opportunity to make yet one more National Police Force out of the BLM. But, thanks to controlled media/government PR, not everyone sees these points of view.
But even that view is incomplete and misses the mark, if we but look closer. It is a deliberate series of escalations by government over time to garner public attention among and inflame we select people (why it gets little due mainstream coverage — save that which slants as it did at Ruby Ridge and Waco). They know the Web will be awash in the circles of we Patriots, Constitutionalists, Activists, and others who oppose the tyranny and oppression our government has come to represent since 9-11. The Sheeple must not be unduly disturbed until it can have false flag impact of calculated value.
I talk a lot about the need for citizens to draw lines in the sand and be willing to become Minuitmen should such lines be crossed. Now comes government to draw it for us, I write here to tell you that you have no choice but accept the challenge, and act decisively. You may perish either way, but I’d rather perish attempting to control my life and future than to leave it to others less kindly inclined to favor me. If there is to be armed revolution, let it be on our terms, not theirs.
Why so conclude? Because if they work it right, the ‘standoff gone wrong’ is a perfect chance to justify taking guns. By forcing a showdown and a gunfight (what the snipers do best – there is no justification for government deploying snipers unless for this cause, AND to selectively inflame those who stand for Liberty and who remember Ruby Ridge). There are two possible ends, of course, though I think they will insure BOTH transpire.
Regardless, such a battle is win-win for government. The “poor defensless BLM armed only with tasers,’ if loosing large numbers will be seen by Sheeple as an outrage, and given that Militia were involved from multiple quarters, and other armed parties, Obama can order Martial Law with suspension of the Constitution. Especially if also employing agent provocateurs for local violence across the country, as was employed in the LA Riots, where National Guardsmen posed as rioters to prime the pump. This would likely result in orders for the military and Police to go door-t0-door. Who knows, Obama might even order the U.N. in as long-feared and first promoted as concept by Henry Kissinger. Or, he might simply order in the military; A-10s, attack choppers, a Stryker Battalion, and so forth.
They can then conveniently ‘quash armed rebels and terrorists,’ confiscate all guns, round up dissidents and politically incorrect opponents (like you and me — why they have been spying on us so earnestly), and hold a Con Con (they are already staging for it) to pass the Constitution of the NewStates of America, already written, which essentially enables the formation of the North American Union and surrender of US sovereignty to the U.N. in stages. All of this leads, of course, to a one-World Government (that Constitution has also already been written), and provides a single seat of power to enable the Antichrist’s coming to power.Note: The NewStates Constitution is reprinted in my booklet, Fatal Rebirth, along with the World Constitution, complete with analysis line by line (NewStates) to show how draconian a document it really is. Rights become privileges which can be revoked at any time by any agency or party of government for any cause, even retroactively, and almost anyone in government can write law, and again, it can be retroactive. And if you think the two-party system and the FED/IRS is bad, wait until you see what follows. You can request a free copy of the ebook version of Vol I of Fatal Rebirth by email request to pppbooks at comcast net.
THAT is what is at stake. Nothing less than EVERYTHING!
So we must be decisive: regardless of how we view Bundy’s cause or government’s viewpoint, regardless of if an armed and concerned citizen or a dumbed down Sheeple, we all have equal stake in this unfolding globalist tragedy. And, we can all play a role no matter our status, and regardless of if present in Nevada, or not. But about that decisive action…
Why is the BLM standoff against Bundy in Nevada taking place?
What we should prefer…
Should we stand up with arms in hand and enable, if not force, the ultimate showdown? I fear this is exactly what government wants, as already stated. But there is another, wiser choice.
By all means, men of arms should rally, but standing firm and waiting for the other side to blink or blunder is a fool’s plan, and it can only end in bloodshed. What must be done is that which can neuter Government’s ploy. And only one set of steps can do that:
a) anyone and everyone should file court actions against any and every agency, branch, and individual of government involved at every level of government. Any and every cause, grievance, or objection, as allowed by and based on State, County, and Federal Law, and the Constitution and Bill of Rights, should be employed. Bury them in legal actions, EACH OF WHICH includes request for either an Injunction or Stay Order. These actions should not all be done at once, but the flood should be continuous, so that new ones can replace those quickly disposed of. THIS BUYS TIME;
b) time is our friend — it generates awareness and understanding. It buys media attention and gives Sheeple a chance to better understand what is taking place. Just as the 99% movement could no longer be contained by a controlled media, so must this matter be brought into every home. Invite major networks, espcially foreign press, to specifically include RT, to set up broadcast facilities right on the Bundy Ranch, and bypassing the see nothing viewpoints established by government for controlling media in the manner done at WACO (NEVER AGAIN!). Install microwave and shortwave communication systems for the purpose. But also, LOCAL media is the key, as is the WWW; do not rely upon mainstream. Militia and other group ‘spokespersons’ in your community should approach their local news sources with proposed interviews to get the word out. IF EVERYONE UNDERSTANDS WHAT IS TRULY AT STAKE, AND TAKING PLACE, GOVERNMENT’S PLOT IS UNDERMINED AND THEY LOOSE THE SHEEPLE;
c) flood the theater with actors. There should be so many people there is not enough room in the minimal areas intended to contain them. OVERFLOW. The ‘1st Amendment’ area, itself an affront to the Constitution, and should be enlarged and enlarged again, forcing retreat or conflict which will make news favorable to our side. If you have access to a professional camera, start a ‘newspaper’ or ‘Radio station’ and flood the press area and make it overflow, as well. And Bundy’s ranch should become a city of tents, and include as many unarmed persons as possible who wield nothing but baseball bats or the proverbial pitchfork. THIS MAKES THE WHOLE AFFAIR MORE VISIBLE and LESS TENABLE TO GOVERNMENT’S GOALS;
d) involve the local Sheriff and State/County Officials. The Sheriff has effectively stated a hands-off non intervention policy. Fine. Perhaps he is a puppet put into place for the purpose, or co opted by any number of means available to government for rendering him neutral. But the flurry of legal actions should be intended to FORCE HIM to intervene on behalf of Bundy and supporters. If nothing else, he should have a presence on the Ranch to insure armed groups behave (public safety). The Governor and Legislators, and County Officials should called to DEMAND it. Perhaps even the National Guard should be called to stand by. A simple invite, if not enough, can be followed by a media blitz and public demand that such action is needed. Any politically motivated decision to remain neutral should be negated, thereby; a political suicide. INVOLVE THE SHERIFF, as WITNESS and PEACEKEEPER;
e) party! No alcohol or drugs, but good cheer, song and dance. Use loudspeakers. Mix well with speeches and ‘town hall’ dialogs. Use the platform (the nation will be watching) to air ALL GRIEVANCES with government, not just this ONE issue. Give voice to the rest of the 99% in a way that movement never was able to achieve on its own. SOROS WILL HAVE NO VOICE, this time;
e) prepare for Martial Law at home. That means emergency kits and plans (like the one government would not approve). It means weapons. If it is declared, you will have scant few hours to choose to fight, run, or to surrender to your fate at the hands of tyranny. If not taken away, you will need to survive for months without anything like normal civilization. No key resource, including electrical power or communication, can be assured, and will likely be withheld on purpose. Travel will be restricted and many will not be able to work, and there is no shopping, only rationing. BE READY TO BE SELF RELIANT, BE READY TO FIGHT IF THAT IS WHAT IT COMES DOWN TO;
f) if and when the shooting starts, DO NOT ENGAGE! Dead BLM or other Agents will be made into martyrs by mainstream. DO NOT GIVE THEM WHAT THEY WANT. Show restraint, and let the casualties be on your side. Keep putting out a continuous feed of information and video so that media and the WWW know what is going on. IF THERE ARE TO BE MARTYRS, LET THEM BE OUR OWN, and LET IT BE TELEVISED LIVE. If a full-scale armed revolt spontaneously errupts nation-wide, then by all means, defend yourself at the Ranch, and FOLLOW YOUR CONSIENCE AND DEFEND THE CONSTITUTION.
g) petition for redress. Redress of grievances is a key component of our Nation’s Constitutional form of government (this post makes clear, mid post). When it fails, we have no government, only tyranny. It seems today there is NO REDRESS POSSIBLE at the Federal level. ONLY THE STATES stand in the way of total Federal domination, which is part of what this whole affair is about; a means to increase Federal power over the States. But while all this is going on… and while we have media platforms established… we should be seeking redress through our State Legislators, making a series of calls for action to quickly pass laws which…
1) nullify all Federal gun laws, NDAA, NSA surveillance, and forbid Federal drone overflights except under warrant and oversight by State authorities;
2) eliminate Federal arrest and warrant power. If a Federal judge issues a warrant, or an Agency is moved to move against a party (like Bundy), they must instead go to the appropriate local Law Enforcement Agency and have them execute on their behalf. They may go along, but as observers, ONLY;
3) make clear a mandate that your State shall NOT approve a new Consitution if a Con Con is held, nor the removal or neutering by Amendment of the current Constitution, and any existing Federal Law which does so should be nullified;
4) add freely to this list anything which addresses abuse of power by the Federal government, such as militarization of Police, Obamacare, etc. This will be your one best chance to spark public dialog and debate, and to make certain that people, and especially State Legislators, realize THEY are the ones with the real power, and the duty to protect freedom and force the Constitution.
What is at stake in Nevada and the BLM standoff with Bundy?
Government has drawn a line in the sand
Let’s make sure they regret it. Force them to be the ones to cross it, and let them trip over their own power play. Now… go forth and spread the word.
Ten easy-to-grasp but remarkable proofs, both visible and hidden: Illuminati style mystical symbolism and related ancient magical mysteries, calling cards, bragging rights, and Warlock spells cast against America, and the World. Conventional clues, too.
Are there any patterns in mass shootings?
copyright © 2014, all rights reserved. Permission to repost hereby granted provided entire post with all links in tact, including this notice and byline, are included. Please comment any such repost to original posting.
Is there any proof mass shootings are not random?
What you will learn reading this multi-part posting series…• there are 10 interlocking proofs that mass shootings are not random; • they include various kinds of patterns, visible and unseen, and even coded information; • that the pattern predicts itself, and understanding may therefore help stop the murder; • that the codes and clues seem to be like signatures identifying the architects.
Are mass shootings by intelligent design?
Introduction: Ten Proofs ‘Random’ Mass Shootings by Intelligent Design
Is there a mass shooting conspiracy?
Note: This series is not yet ready for full presentation, but the most recent Fort Hood forces me to start releasing the material without delay. The reason for delay has had to do with an inability to provide high quality graphics suitable for proofs. This will be overcome, shortly, I hope.
One thing you need to know about me as an investigative writer or, as media and government would prefer you to think of me, a ‘conspiracy theorist,’ is this: whenever I decide to take a close look at a potential conspiracy or lesser matter, I do it right. If I cannot uncover something no one else has brought to light, I’m either not finished, or I’ve backed out concluding it beyond reach, or a dud. If you read my findings on a given research, you will undoubtedly learn something FACTUAL no one else had previously discovered or brought to light. And so…
In this matter, we find the shear volume of startling new information overshadows and renders original headlines and competing theories essentially meaningless — especially media’s version. It will make you angry. It will scare you. The question is, will it motivate you to do something about it? YOU are what you are waiting for, you know.
But in introduction, there is still one other point which must be made; it is in form of a problematic question. Can I get you, the reader, to override your current belief structures long enough to consider the unusual nature of the findings? This presentation will most assuredly fly in the face of what most people consider ‘traditional wisdom,’ but it also will explain why it is non-the-less valid. Can you handle the Truth, or will you wimp out to the comfort zone of current beliefs?
Area all mass shooters psycho?
On suspending belief structures
I began a ten-year research project for a book, Fatal Rebirth, in late 1989, which also begat a screenplay published on line in 1999 (The Electronic Apocalypse). In the book’s Introduction I urged the reader to suspend their belief structures briefly and read the material as if merely fiction for entertainment’s sake, because many of the concepts within were so new and unusual as to defy belief — likely seen as ‘far-fetched’ by most uninformed readers. I offered over 1,500 footnotes and a huge Appendix section to help them consider why I deemed them factual.
This blog post should be read in like manner, especially if you are content with government’s actions, are a politician, member of a government agency, military, or any part of the justice system, or Media. Especially if you are involved in a mass shooting incident as a professional or a victim seeking to know the truth. And even more so if you are gun owner, or even among what 2nd Amendment supporters refer to as a ‘gun grabber.’ I plead, therefore, that you suspend your belief structures briefly as if reading a political/horror-science fiction piece. That’s what it is, actually, minus the fiction component.
You will, like readers of Fatal Rebirth, I would hope, realize the truth by the time you reach the end. Or, at the very least, you will be entertained for all your reluctance to let the message sink in and take root.
If nothing else, even if you choose to doubt some of the more obscure subtopics (i.e., relating to mysticism) have any factual basis in REALITY, consider this: it matters NOT what YOU think, given they ARE taken as real by persons likely to be behind any such conspiracy (i.e., ‘Illuminati’ Satanists). You MUST also ask yourself, “Can the sheer magnitude of interlocking clues be ignored?” Because at every turn they defy the odds of coincidental probability, as illustrated by carefully crafted control study groups. If thinking logically, you MUST concur that intelligent design is revealed despite what you may think about the logic of the beliefs which lay behind it, or the unusual way in which the evidence was revealed.
Pending you conclusion, by all means feel free to think me mad if you must. Read just for fun, but please read it through to end before you render final judgment as to if madness or truth be present. A logical reader will be converted unless their mind is already so firmly made up that they do not wish to be confused by facts which destroy their belief structures. Judge not what ye know not, but that upon which ye are well informed and have considered fully, judge freely.
Your future and the future of your children could well be at stake, a statement applying to all mankind. Why do I say this? The book mentioned above, Fatal Rebirth, was based on trying to illustrate what I call the Unified Conspiracy Theory; the notion that all of America’s darkest bumps in the night for the last half of the prior Century, forward, were not random oddities by random people for random agenda, but carefully orchestrated by the same core group of people with but one goal for the World in mind.
I termed them Shadow, but they are also known by other names; the New World Order, the Illuminati, the Power Elite, Globalists, and among them, member names like CIA, Skull and Bones, Bilderbergers, Council on Foreign Relations, and many more of like nature. Their goal I termed End Game; the establishment of a One World government, a single seat of power in order to seat the Antichrist upon his throne and bring us to Armageddon.
The Unified Conspiracy Theory, once justified in research and taking shape in book form, led me to realize that their stepwise actions over fifty years of mysteries were indeed leading to one goal. Knowing the goal, I reasoned, it should be possible to forecast the next logical steps. So the book also included within its presentation several terrible event predictions expected to take place in our near future. Thus far, though I do not claim to have gotten all event details precisely correct, many terrible forecasts have already come to pass. Among these were:
a) an assassination attempt on Ross Perot or his family to cause him to drop out of the Presidential Race, a matter which indeed transpired using mailed Anthrax according to a Secret Service back channel contact;
b) the false flag downing of the World Trade Center by civilian passenger jets which;
c) resulted in a series of Middle East Oil Wars. Other predictions include two more terror plots which are part and parcel of this blog post. Those are…
e) MASS SHOOTINGS.
Note: you can get a free copy of Vol I of Fatal Rebirth (ebook) by email request to pppbooks at Comcast (net). You will be glad you did, as it will take you far deeper into the Rabbit Hole than Alice or Neo had ever gone. This pill is black, though trimmed in red, white, and blue.
So, if ready to suspend your belief structure, let us begin. Pretend there is, despite media’s recent attempt in the Cincia shooting to portray anyone who believes in the New World Order as mentally ill and anti-patriotic, that such a conspiracy is actually afoot. Also pretend, if you must, that Political Control Technology in the form of the Manchurian Candidate is real. There are real-life Jason Bournes out there, as my book, MC Realities, and other books on Political Control Technology illustrate more than adequately. Even the Smithsonian channel knows.
This will make the key postulations, testing methods, conclusions, and proofs of the core material easier to accept, especially as they will be offered in the manner of scientific discovery — exactly as I undertook them as investigative writer. You will, in fact, be able to retrace my work to double check it, if you wish — as long as you review the full series of posts and sidebars before you attempt it, lest you make a critical error. Please subscribe to my blog pages to insure you are notified as the remaining posts in the series are added.
Are mass shootings are by intelligent design?
Some several months ago, insulted by media’s misreporting of Aurora and Sandy Hook and outright clues that a disinformation campaign was afoot, I began finding ample cause for concern. But how might one determine if other mass shootings were arranged as part of some kind of sick criminal conspiracy, one which might involve both real and faked shootings?
I started with several basic presumptions of truth, and then set about to see if the logical evidence such presumptions would require were indeed in place. The ‘illogical’ presumptions fostered by the Unified Conspiracy Theory requiring suspension of belief are as follows:
1) That Shadow and their Globalism requires destruction of America, and its Constitution in order to enable forming the North American Union, a matter which in turn requires that the Right to Bear Arms is first invalidated, and arms confiscated or gun owners otherwise neutralized in a manner similar to that of the Australia;
2) That the New World Order, the modern day Illuminati, if you will, would be well capable of undertaking a campaign of gun violence for such cause, but being an Illumined Power Elite lost to Satanic and Masonic mysticism, they would employ mystical constructs which would leave detectible footprints if knowing what to look for;
3) That the principle tool of such a plot would involve a small army of patsies, cut outs, and fall guys, principally from a category best known to the public as Manchurian Candidates. It may additionally involve a small army of blindly obedient members placed within our armed forces, the intelligence community, and law enforcement to aid more indirectly in supporting roles. This would include logistics, psyops, and cover up, or even command and control, generally unaware as to the truth or reason behind their orders. These are the same players frequently found playing key roles in the lives of mind control victims at large.
All three presumptions must be true to make a proper accusation, for they comprise the basic proofs of any crime: Motive, Opportunity, and Means. Normally, we think of opportunity as meaning access to the scene of the crime, typically proven by forensics such as fingerprints, or better yet, actual eye witnesses. In this case, they deliberately left their fingerprints, in a manner of speaking. In fact, the bulk of the proofs fall into this category, perhaps even naming individuals behind the plot. At the very least, we are indeed dealing with the Elite, those involved in principalities and powers.
Indeed: Two names have already surfaced by such clues, and both are billionaires. I also have a dozen other names of likely conspirators, but no names are released; these things are my Life Insurance Policy.
Sidebar Post: On Programmable People. This sidebar post addresses the notion of the possibility that at least some mass shooters are mind controlled patsies, and reconciles their coexistence with truly random shootings — those which are more naturally spontaneous crimes — which can collectively still both be component parts of the same intelligent design. This leads us to the finer details of how shooting event locations and dates lend importance to our consideration, and just how these things can additionally reveal intentional, yet concealed clues.
Here it should be mentioned, that many observers of the New World Order crowd favor the supposition that among their leadership we might find the modern-day Illuminati in spirit, if not in actual blood lineage, even though they may have since assumed a different family name. By way of example, in my research, I have had reason to conclude that the Rotheschild name was assumed; those assuming it being Knights Templar in hidding, their wealth derived from Templar treasure, and not truly Jewish by ancestry or faith, at all.
Many who favor the notion of a Modern-day Illuminati additionally believe, as do I, that there are at least two, and as many as four groups competing with each other within the movement to be the ones ‘honored’ to have one of their own selected to become the Antichrist. Much of what is discovered in this investigative series will point to this being true in one way, or inherently implied in another. It is, in fact, one very good reason to employ symbolisms and other clues which act as signatures of those so bidding for selection.
Such evidence was abundant, even easy to find, and I remain convinced that the trio of presumptions are sound enough to warrant seeking incontrovertible proofs. I sought such proofs both in quality and quantity sufficient to illustrate that ‘random’ was not the right word to describe mass shootings, but rather, ‘intelligent design,’ is.
The path of my continued investigation led to endless shocking discoveries, but there was a problem: to describe the methods and explain findings to the casual reader would, it seemed, require a tedious educational process and boring, repetitious citation of facts. It would be about as fun to read as a spreadsheet or database. Not good.
People want visual sound bites easily grasped. More so if Sheeple content with their Evening News and easily frightened off by words like ‘conspiracy theorist,’ and ‘New World Order,’ or similar. Worse, the investigation bogged because of the real life tragedies each shooting represented. Proper investigation meant exhaustive study of individual events, reviewing endless horrific detailed accounts and sad, brutal media imagery. It was taking an emotional and even physical toll upon my body and mind, and my spirit. Eventually, instead of plodding along 10-14 hours a day as at the start, I found myself barely able to work on it a few hours a week.
I played with several ideas on how to present the story NOW, without completion of the full study, for there is indeed already a mountain of proofs uncovered. But again, the complexities in presentation left me feeling it a hopeless task. Finally, I decided to break it down into about a dozen short compartmentalized components suitable for a series of blog posts. Frankly, I’m hoping it will spur someone to offer useful help; it will take funding and staffing to properly complete the study. Or better still, perhaps some Sheriff or other authority will assume the duty as result of shootings in their jurisdiction.
Follows is a synopsis of the Ten Proofs to be presented. There will additionally be, at appropriate points, companion posts detailing the scientific methods or other analytical procedures involved in select proofs where a doubting Thomas type may wish to challenge the validity of claims. I firmly believe that for my proofs to be accepted, they should be presented in a way such that ANYONE can duplicate my work and verify accuracy and conclusions.
This is a legitimate investigation despite its atypical and unorthodox methods and odd topics involved. NOTE: links will NOT WORK until the various posts involved have been posted. You may click on them to discover their current state. Again, subscription to this blog will notify you when new posts are added.
What are the ten proofs of a mass shooter conspiracy?
The Ten Proofs in review…
Proof One: Gun Grabbers Selectively Ignore Mass Shootings, Conceal Patterns;Any time you find a cover up, you necessarily have a conspiracy to contend with. Gun grabbing groups, including government and biased or puppet media forces, should be using every opportunity to make their case for gun control, but act as if the bulk of gun violence never took place. Why do they employ selective blinders? There is a reason.
Proof Two: Shootings Exist in Identical ‘Magical’ Categorical Clusters;The Illuminati loves magical numbers, as they can translate into meaningful words or names, or leverage ‘spells’. Interesting then, that basic shooting statistics establish set after set in the most magical and potent number of all, one which decodes to ‘Satan.’ This alone reveals dramatic coincidences well beyond the possibility of random chance.
Proof Three: Shootings Exist in Endless Sets of Three Forming Straight Lines;The same Dispersal Pattern Studies method applied by government researchers to UFO sightings reveals Mass Shootings do something UFO sightings allegedly do not: form repetitive patterns with GPS accuracy, doorway-to-doorway-to-doorway.
Proof Four: Straight Lines in Turn Form Complex and Perfect Shapes;When it comes to symbolism, nothing outperforms a graphical shape. Better still when that shape itself has magical properties or relationships to other shapes, or its own hidden or obvious meaning.
Proof Five: Shapes in Turn Form Complementary ‘Magical’ Clusters;It defies odds that perfect shapes should cluster together in ways which share overlapping lines or corners, and be generally both aligned and mirrored in additional symbolism.
Proof Six: Shootings Also Relate or Depict Masonic and Satanic symbols;Select shootings define such symbols with precision. Masonic Symbols are rendered in 3-D. Satanic Symbols are positioned correctly for magical application by Warlock.
Proof Seven: Shootings Form Multiple Lines to Cheops Exactly 500 Miles Apart;Extending select shooting lines finds them bisecting at the ancient Cheops Pyramid to establish a series of lines all of equal degrees of arc. But that just prepares us for a bigger bombshell.
Proof Eight: Shooting Lines Also Depict Cheops in 3-D Cutaway View;The Great Pyramid in Egypt is one of the Holy of Holies to Masons and some satanic cults, and is specifically tied in mysticism to the End Times and historical catastrophic events. This one will scare you.
Proof Nine: Shooting Sets Share ‘Magical’ Data Points Which Decode to Messages;Shooting line sets share three or more identical magical numbers within their data points. These decode to tell us when and where the next shooting will be, name a shooter, or perfectly prophesy some specific outcome.
Proof Ten: Individual Shootings Examined in Micro Duplicate the National Study ProofsTwo examples are offered; Aurora and Sandy Hook. They not only duplicate the ten proofs, but they mirror each other and one points to the other. Why are mass shootings on the rise?
Are you ready of this? Buckle up!
So let us begin. I propose your best bet will be to SUBSCRIBE to my blog pages so that you are automatically notified as new posts are made to complete the series. Please link, share, tweet, etc., and by all mean vote your ranking at page top of each one, and comment with your questions, criticisms, or thoughts. How else will other know this is important?
Do bear in mind as you read, each offered proof individually seems to defy the odds or logic path required for truly random shooting events. Collectively, it is monumentally clear. Also bear in mind that I am human, and I, like any other, am prone to making mistakes. A ton of information had to be entered and copied from one location to another multiple times (multiple database and software applications). Therefore, either because of a mistake on my part, or perhaps because of a mistake in media or other accounts/records, any given individual data point in any given set of proofs may be found invalid.
By all means let me know if you find such a discrepancy, but please remember this: a single error in a single data point does not invalidate all other data points, and therefore, does not invalidate the conclusions or the suppositions, themselves. In order to dispute my findings, you will need to offer proofs that the method is flawed, the entire data set was in error, or analytical logic was faulty. More: such dispute must address and ultimately invalidate all ten proofs, or short of that, offer equally viable alternative explanations which fit the findings and afford a more innocent explanation.
Since each proof tends to defy all possible odds of random coincidence, and does so consistently, again and again, naysayers will have their work cut out for them. More so, because in many cases, control groups have been established to show truly random data points enjoy no such pattern. I have done my homework, and carefully so.
I will demand the same of naysayers.
Go to Proof One: Gun Grabbers Selectively Ignore Mass Shootings, Conceal Patterns
Go to Side Bar: On on Programmable People
How to spot and deal with Trolls, including a clever tool they use in any social media capable of posting images (VERY prevalent on Facebook), and quite insidious with far reaching implications. BEWARE: you betray yourself and your friends if you take things at face value.
What is a Web Troll?
by H. Michael Sweeney
copyright © 2014, all rights reserved. Permission to repost hereby granted provided entire post with all links in tact, including this paragraph, are included.
How does being a web troll work?
UPDATE: Nov. 11, 2014 Perhaps as if to ‘test’ me as result of this article (or not), a Web troll began the process described herein to goad me argumentatively while also employing a good half dozen of the usual disinfo tactics in the 25 Rules of Disinformation (linked below). So I unfriended him and watched: that same day, ‘someone’ created a new FB account and almost immediately friended two of my friends, posted ONE activist post, and ONE peace post, then requested to friend me. Sure. OK. BUT I HAVE MY EYE ON YOU, because that’s how easy it is to get a new identity and hook back up to a target. Not that I care. Trolls are tasty.
Are you being targeted by online government trolls
How Social Network Trolls Target, Track, and Psychologically Profile You
Reading this post you will learn…• That there are three basic kinds of trolls and subsequent ‘missions’ against targets like YOU; • That there are troll profiling and tracking tools or methods which can be recognized; • That there are ways to protect yourself without drawing more unwanted attention; • That the Troll represents a danger in that their ‘assessment’ can lead to escalation in your targeting. Is social media infiltrated by government trolls?
Government and Commercial Trolls
Consider, for example, the friend ranking and layer’s of affiliation tracking tool. A graphic is created containing a simple textual message. It is graphical because there is no easy way to distinguish between two identical text messages, whereas, altering a single pixel’s color by 1 imperceptible shade of difference makes it unique, and allows thousands upon thousands of individually trackable versions. A Troll who has managed to friend a targeted person of interest then posts the textual graphic as if a sincere request. Examples will be shown.
These kinds of posts seem innocent enough and easily get spread as requested, allowing simple computerized search processes by FB’s intelligence community or marketing partners to see not only who is close to the target party, but at what layered level and loyalty or, if you prefer, like minded thinking. In point of fact, ANY image shared with a given political, philosophical, religious, or other belief or emotional message can be so tracked to perfectly define each such poster’s psychological profile, and rank their threat level to the paranoiac governmental powers that be. The same is true of marketing trolls seeking to learn about your product usage or demographic, etc.
The only safe share, then, we might presume, is textual or perhaps the sharing of a URL and it’s image, or an image we ourselves create and have perhaps included in our FB albums. Even with URL’s however, the possibility exists it is still being tracked, especially if a Troll operated resource such as Federal Jack, a known DHS sponsored Sorcha Faal disinformationa conduit targeting conspiracy theorists, activists, and other ‘potential terrorists.’ Their goal is to get you to ‘share’ their links, thereby spreading disinformation while psychologically cataloging YOU and any of your friends’ beliefs; all who click to learn more. They may need to have a troll assigned to them, after all, for being yet another ‘potential terrorist’ — a free thinker, patriot, constitutionalist, etc.
Worse, we have learned from our new Paul Revere of the coming Second American Revolution (Snowden), that NSA is not only monitoring FB activities big time but that Trolls from NSA, FBI, DHS, DOD, and even the FED, and other paranoid agencies, and even corporations who have a strong and growing list of people who think ill of them, like Monsanto and some banks — all regularly maintain false social media identities for entrapment and spying purposes. They even infiltrate online gaming. Snowden’s latest bombshell, according the foreign media analysts, indicates there were so many game Trolls that it was starting to change the character of online gaming, and special tools had to be developed so that Trolls would not end up targeting other Trolls and more easily remain inobvious. We are talking here, about games with chat or other communications capabilities within the game or as part of game support, especially when in a social network manner.
And it is clear that snooping is also rampant among commercial interests, which is certainly true in online gaming, which after all, is a commercial enterprise. FB is perhaps the biggest offender in this area.
How can you spot a social media troll?
Differentiating an innocent graphic from a potential spy tool…
There are several online graphical message generating services. FB themselves seems to be hooked up with one called your-ecards (.com). Another is someecards (.com). Anyone can use these to generate a simple textual graphic with or without use of stock illustration graphics (e.g., a man looking perplexed), typically in silhouette or line art form. They can then easily share it through their favorite social media(s) with a few additional clicks. These can always be recognized because the logo for the creating Web service is displayed at the bottom. An additional hallmark of such services is that the background is almost always colored, and there are scant few colors available. The default color or otherwise most popular seems to be pale blue, pale green, or yellow-orange.
So when you see a colored background, typically with larger or fancier text than a normal posting, you are clearly looking at a graphical text post. The next thing to look for is the logo. If you see a logo, it was likely a sincerely generated message by a genuine human resident of social media. However, if there is no such logo, the message may have been generated by a Troll using his own computerized tools to psychologically target you regarding a select individual hot button. Are you, for instance, a tax protester, pro gun, anti GMO, for or against a given politician or political topic, or simply, who is a good like-minded friend of yours as opposed to some stranger you’ve accepted on the Network. Such messages also tend to be minus any artwork — text only. There is one more defining clue to look for.
Because there may be multiple versions of the same message for targeting different individuals by multiple Trolls interested in gathering information about many someones, there is a need to tell one shared message copy from another, which is exactly why it needs to be a graphic. YOUR version must be physically different from MINE. The simple solution is to vary one or more pixels in a way easy for a software routine to detect, and then match to a targeted individual and their Troll/need. Given the countless millions of users on FB (and other social media) who might be deemed targets, it may mean that many, many dozens of pixels will need to be manipulated. My research shows that, indeed, most of the suspicious postings, in addition to missing the logos, have such visual manipulations. Examples:
So one needs to look for such abberations or flaws in the background, usually darkened pixels along the edge, most commonly gathered in clusters or strips. You have to ask yourself… if going to the trouble to create a custom graphic for a text message instead of simply typing it in, why would they: a) choose the ugly colors used by such as your-ecard if not trying to make you think it such; b) take the extra steps to strip away the logo if using such a service (the point being they did not); and c) end up creating an image with a flawed background (where did the aberration come from, if not deliberate)?
When these clues are present, you are staring at a Trollish spy tool. To then share it betrays and catalogs you and links you and your beliefs with any of your friends who do the same, and theirs, and so forth, on down the line. The proper thing to do is enter into the comments: “I suggest you delete this post because it fits the description of a Troll’s chain-letter spy tool to catalog, track, or psychologically profile and establish links between like-minded persons: learn more here: http://wp.me/p1GyKw-zi” That link goes to this blog post you are reading.
Then I suggest you share the post anyway with a similar message, “Share this to warn others about Troll spy tool chain-letters to catalog or psychologically profile and establish links between like-minded persons. To learn more about this tool, visit this link http://wp.me/p1GyKw-zi.”
Finally, look carefully at the original post. Most social media will have a means to indicate if it was itself being shared, or was a direct post. If direct, it’s YOUR Troll. If shared, the poster was gullible in sharing, and is not likely a Troll… but beware that that could be arranged for as a deceit — so watch to see if the poster repeats the ploy frequently. You might optionally go to the ‘cited source’ of the share and try to find the post on their wall if you want to try to see if they are the Troll, and on to the next if not, and so forth, posting or messaging those encountered along the way who are victims, if you can. But that can be a LOT of work.
Are social media trolls sociopaths or psychopaths?
More Direct Trolls; Psyops and Sociopaths
The real threat to activists and politically incorrect persons online, like myself, is government agents paid to do nothing but sit in front of a computer and pretend to be your social network friend, someone you don’t really know at all, of course. They don’t just post Trollish images, they comment, and even message you. Like the aforementioned tool, they seek to learn everything they can to psychologically profile you, as well as see who ‘likes’ your posts and what THEY comment. But they are also there to play mind games. You are officially a victim of psychological warfare, perhaps even by someone from within the U.S. military, or even the military of another country. They are quite often sociopaths, so chosen because those traits make them more efficient.
Here are some tips on how to spot and deal with this class of Troll, as well as the kind of Troll who is simply out to make trouble for a given collective of people who believe a certain way about a certain topic. You know the type, my favorite example being the warrior Atheist who deems it his life’s mission to ferret out believers in God and annoy them with endless barbs and zings as if they were evil and dangerous for daring to worship. These people will wax sociopathic, too, and even psychopathic, when given enough rope. UNFRIEND these kinds of Trolls.
Hint 1) Trolls work in packs or maintain multiple identities to be a self-contained pack. That way, if you delete one of them, others survive, and then they generate yet another new identity and friend request to maintain the pack. The advantage is that you can suffer a series of ‘In deference to your view, we all seem to believe the same (whatever)’ posts (i.e., you are an idiot on this matter). Sure. You might be an idiot. But at first, the pack is all positive and flattering to your own beliefs so you a) get used to seeing them, and b) start respecting their beliefs and presuming them the same as yours. That’s the worming in stage.
But when it is appropriate for profiling or attempting the role of agent provocateur or disinformationalist, they will all suddenly be believing in something more off the mark, and increasingly so, as often as not. But by now, you like them and their beliefs, and so, your reaction tends to be as they expect; they are pulling your chain, and observing your jerks, evaluating, and cataloging, attempting to modify your behavior through deceit — a form of mind control. Can you be controlled, or are you firmly centered in your beliefs? Are your notions your own, or being foisted upon you?
Hint 2) New Troll requests tend to be persons with scant history on the network, and very few posts, but posts akin to your own in substance. Note that Facebook asks you to suggest friends to them. NEVER do this unless someone you ACTUALLY KNOW in the real World. If you do it, you are giving them a list of new targets. Since I don’t fear and even enjoy playing with Trolls, I let anyone into my friend list, but that does not mean they get what they want from me. But you may be better off simply passing on marginally viable friend requests.
Hint 3) Try posting something deep and yet somehow provocative (in the eyes of the establishment) which requires a bit of reading and thought before drawing conclusions. Look for a pattern in response from the same suspect persons; a) almost instantaneous response in the manner of (Hint 1), and typically emotional rather than logical in nature. This is almost always short and designed to be inflammatory or provocative, a bit testy. This is followed by b) one or more secondary (pack) responses delayed rather a bit in time. These will be more in depth and thoughtful, and validate the former with logical argument, and may contain a link to give further credibility. Other brief pack replies may be sprinkled in for effect. Collectively, they are all in agreement regarding your idiocy (or whatever).
It is when the same people tend to respond in these patterns that you are very likely dealing with a Troll pack. You will find this is true regardless of what time of day or night you post. They never sleep because every psyops Troll is actually three people manning a keyboard around the clock. They can always respond quickly with the first response, but the careful response requires that they actually research and formulate the best supporting answer based on all they know about you and the topic, which they might need to first research, and likely, it involves a supervisor’s approval or must be compared against preset guidelines.
Hint 4) Thick skin, undaunted. There is nothing you can do to make these people not remain your friend, short of unfriending them, yourself. While they may match or even exceed your own expression of ire, they won’t go away no matter how you might choose to argue, or confront with insult. Indeed, they tend never to deal with insults directly, at all; they are irrelevant and serve no usefulness to their goal. A real person has an ego that must be defended, but they are just playing psychological games and feel superior regardless of what you say. But when you argue, watch out for the next hint, which is commonly employed in their responses.
This is also true of the sociopathic/psychopathic ‘cause’ trolls.
Hint 5) They tend to employ the 25 Rules of Disinformation. Easy to spot, easy to deal with, if you know what to look for. Be careful, though, because ordinary people sometimes use flawed presentation style or less-than-thoughtful posts which on the surface appear to fit one or more of the rules, when they are just being human. Watch for repeat performances, to know the difference. Give them rope.
Can trolls lead to real-world targeting?
Dangerous escalations; why we dare not ignore trolls
The real danger in online Trolls is this: their whole purpose in targeting you online can be to determine if you deserve real-World targeting, as well. With a few keystokes you can end up having your entire life put under a microscope; phone surveillance, tails, observation posts, bugs and cameras covertly placed in your home, mail intercepted and snooped, and so forth. Men in Black stuff. Its why I wrote The Professional Paranoid; a how-to book on detecting and dealing with this kind of targeting.
And, it can escalate further: electronic harassment, dirty tricks, political control technology (mind control) to make you look mentally ill to others, destroy personal relationships, wreck your income, and sabotage your life. For that, I wrote MC Realities, another how-to.
But it can also lead to the worst of all possible escalations; NDAA vanishing. If truly a pain in the neck to the government, a threat which needs to be dealt with more urgently… you can ‘legally’ (so they claim) kidnap you and make you vanish without any legal process. They can elect to torture you or give you over to some other country for ‘processing.’ Or, if they want, they can murder you and dispose of your body. This is how we know we are living in a tyrannical Police State, and why, then, government dare not tolerate free thinkers without Trolling them, and trampling on rights and freedoms at every turn, and why fear mongering is their number one justification. ‘Oooh… terrorists are everywhere! We need to TSA and NSA your ass for your own safety.’
What should I do if I encounter a social media troll?
What to do with a Troll
I personally do not mind their presence so much as some might. I enjoy providing them with disinformation, or provoking them to try to chase down a given pathway of dialogs only to suddenly drop the matter as if it never happened, or I don’t really care, or even was deliberately jerking their chain. I even kid them.
But most people would prefer to unfriend them, and there is NOTHING WRONG WITH THAT. Just know they will be right back with a new identity. It may be better to deal with the ones you know than to worry about finding the new ones you don’t yet know.
My favorite thing, however, is to educate them. I like posting factual material which challenges their personal beliefs that their job and their boss are operating on valid or just principles or beliefs, and purposes. I make them ashamed or feel guilt, whenever possible. It does not work with everyone, of course, but it is fun to try.
Are social media trolls dangerous?
Your privacy and personal safety could be at stake if you are in the hands of Trolls. The threat level is determined by how much our paranoid government fears people who fear government’s growing fascist police state/spying mentality, and dare to talk openly about it. The more vocal you are, or the more aligned with or closer in links to others of like mind, or the more active you are elsewhere on the Web, or the more followers you have, and even the kinds of searches you make (that, too, is being watched by government) and certainly, your own original postings… each of these things determine if you might become the victim of someone else’s Troll, or have a Troll assigned to you, and what kind of Troll.
And once your ‘threat level’ has been assessed, that could lead to escalations that you will not likely want to experience. If you get a sense that such escalations are already in place or happening, by all means read my books, because they will help you know for sure, help identify the players, and form defenses. You can also contact me personally for free and for-fee online consulting or direct intervention services.
It’s what I do when I’m not being a thorn in the side of tyranny… and attracting Trolls.
When the stinkiest FEMA kind of stuff hits the fan, anyone who has a business dealing in key resources will find their valuable inventories and property at risk of sack and pillage by looters, or outright theft by government. There is a way to protect such assets while at the same time insuring better chances of survival of families.
How do I protect my business in a disaster?
by H. Michael Sweeney
copyright © 2013, all rights reserved. Permission to repost hereby granted provided entire post with all links in tact, including this paragraph, are included.
What can gun shop owners do to protect against gun consfication?
The Threat to Business Property is significant in a disaster…
In the prior part of this series we reviewed a wide variety of disaster situations that make emergency preparedness an ultra-important concern for families, reasons far more serious and far reaching than mere quakes, floods, or tornadoes. In the second part, we proposed a disaster preparedness plan much more comprehensive and truly useful than that advised by FEMA/DHS, albeit one government will never approve. Why? Because it’s closer to their own preparations and mimics their own capabilities, and removes you from dependence upon them. That means they cannot control you by being your only source for key survival items.
But the previous material addressed family needs from their perspective. And, there were certain aspects of such a plan which would prove difficult for many families without the help of an outside party. Then we have businesses to consider, who have their own unique concerns as to what happens in dire emergencies. Business owners or responsible managers of many kinds of retail and other business with select kinds of inventories or resources, should be every bit as concerned as a family, and looking for a disaster preparedness plan which specifically protects their valuable business assets, both real property and inventories.
There are several key reasons to consider this a critical concern: One, many disasters are deemed Acts of God and are therefore not included under insurance provisions unless, perhaps, paying extra premiums for specific policy riders such as a flood or tornado insurance. No insurance policy provides protection against acts of war, which includes revolution, military coups and similar political unrest, often even excluding protection against riot losses — regardless of the cause of the riot.
And beyond the worry of insurance protection, FEMA’s plan for your assets in an emergency will very likely include confiscation and take over of your property ‘for the good of the community.’ Similar concerns exist in any Martial Law situation. So if you have such a business, you should worry and wonder if there is not some way you can protect your assets from such total or near-total loss or take over. Never fear, the Professional Paranoid is here to help…
What will happen to gun shops in a FEMA declared emergency?
Partnering with Family Collectives
The prior posts in this series dealt with idea of forming multi-family unit collectives for improved emergency preparedness at the family level, as well as why such preparedness plans and kits should go well beyond minimal FEMA advice and prepare for long-term disasters, not just three day fire/quake/flood protection. This involved numerous considerations and plans in terms of organization and supplies, individual responsibilities and more. But for many such collectives as might be established, some items become difficult to come by or store due to cost or special attributes.
The bottom line is, in a serious emergency situation, looting and general criminal activity become a serious threat to any owner of a business handling inventories of critical resources which are also valuable to long-term disaster kits. Often just as important, many such inventories represent a storage problem for long-term home survival kits. Gun shops especially, and even food or fuel can be difficult to store in quantity suitable for a long-lived disaster. Many more items could be added to such a list, as a given collective of families will have their own unique set of limitations and issues to resolve. As result, even a motorcycle shop or car dealership, auto parts store, tire shop, or tool shop, may find themselves in the same position as a gun shop. In some communities, for example, boats will be a key product in need of protection and in demand as an emergency item. So there are many kinds of businesses who can take advantage of the ideas offered here.
My goal in this series of posts was to attempt to find a solution addressing both these concerns by partnering family collectives with such owners. And, the word owners could in some cases mean ‘managers,’ where owners are corporations or persons who do not themselves manage and/or live near enough to ‘take charge’ for the purpose. Such partnerships are simple: the owner joins or heads a family collective, either one they formed on their own (perhaps made up of employee families), or by joining with someone who approaches them with an acceptable offer.
In some cases, such as gun shop owners or owners of vey large facilities (e.g., super market,), they may wish to partner with multiple collectives. This is because in the event of worst-case long-term disaster scenarios, there may be a need for significant armed resistance against third parties, even to include unconstitutional seizure by Federal forces. By unconstitutional, I mean in the event of an attempt to overthrow the government by the military, or armed insurrection to restore the Republic against some other form of tyranny. We will know that horse when it rides into town; mass arrests or attempts to seize weapons door-to-door will be its hallmarks.
We all remember the LA Riots? Even though the National Guard was deployed, it was up to citizens to protect their own property. Neither soldier nor Police and Fire were of much help. Korean family-owned businesses gave us the model we need to consider following; they armed themselves to the teeth and took to the roofs of their stores and residences and fended off looters. Family units can band together in like fashion, and better yet if also joining with a one or more business owners in some mutually beneficial arrangement.
Gun shop owners, in particular, have a serious need. They become the highest-value target in town, and therefore, need many able-bodied people to bear arms — in sufficient number to become a significant deterrent to assault. This works well for the families involved, as well, providing them with low or no-cost access to weapons needed to protect their families and homes. The trick is to find ways to do it which do not amount to simply giving away inventory. Not a problem, given that provisional contractual agreements can be drawn up in advance.
How can we prevent government confiscation of our business assets in a declared emergency?
Making it work for all concerned
I propose that such partnerships might be best approached with a contractual agreement for mutual protection. The agreement should provision for both the possibility of taking possession of weapons and munitions immediately and only after a serious event transpires. It might provide for trade of ownership of weapons deployed once the crises is over for a minimum guarantee of service to the shop owner providing protection of the business property. Weapons can be deemed as ‘rented’ during the disaster with options to purchase afterwards, perhaps with rental applying to the price, or may be considered as ‘payment’ for protection helps rendered, or some mix, thereof. Such items, pre any event, need not be fully deployed to family possession, allowing for normal inventory turnover so that older inventory is sold off and replaced with new, and families don’t need to worry about storage.
Take a gun shop: Only if the family collective partner wishes to take possession (ownership) of weapons for storage at home up front (the suggested kit calls for one pistol minimum), need any money change hands. Once a serious emergency transpires, the families can be issued the additional firearms from shop inventory, and sign for them. They must keep them safe, and must use them on call or by schedule in protection of the store property. It would only take one person from each family unit at a time, given the quantity of family partnerships participating — to adequately defend the store. They ‘pay for what they use’ in the form of a rental/purchase option to be addressed after the emergency ends, perhaps involving payment terms (perhaps involving very small payments pre disaster). There are any number of creative solutions to make it mutually viable.
I am no lawyer, but in a civil emergency, many laws fall by the wayside as a matter of practicality. A gun permit process is not something you worry about when the government is shut down and lives are at stake. However, a wise shop owner might want to check with a lawyer and get some advice and deal with such concerns up front. There is no reason a single individual from each family collective could not undergo a permit process as part of the contingency preparation. What they do with the weapons in an emergency should at that point no longer matter to the shop owner, with reasonable agreements to avoid illegal uses in place. One might also want to address how to safely store key records in order to insure lists of gun holders are not compromised and lead to confiscations, anyway.
Other kinds of businesses? Consumables such as food from a grocery store which have dates of expiration would be lost, anyway, so any financial arrangement to distribute storables in an emergency with any level of appropriate financial reimbursement or property protection services of participants should, IMO, be eagerly embraced. For most shop owners, it converts a disaster where they face the potential loss of all inventory and significant property damage into a situation that more closely approximates the ultimate ‘sale’ where all inventory goes out the door to happy customers, AND the property is protected.
From the family side, a collective should easily be able to field 6-10 adults to defend as many different business sites simultaneously, while still retaining sufficient adults to protect the home base camp. Therefore, they have access to 6-10 different key survival items they might not otherwise be able to afford or store long term. It is a win-win situation for everyone but looters and would-be confiscators.
Upon event occurrence, family members ‘report for duty’ and are issued weapons, sending the appropriate portion back to the family for home defense and protection from confiscation by FEMA/Military. I propose an organized convoy is the only safe way, as otherwise, armed interlopers might dare to ambush a lone person or single vehicle. I further suggest that, if not already the case by natural instinct, a strict military-like organization and rules for command and engagement be established. Such a model should ideally trickle down to the family units as well, if a long-term event is involved.
Therefore, prior military service, especially in combat or involving combat training, is to be highly prized in any collective or partnership. Where such experience is found in a retired Officer (as opposed to an enlisted rank), so much the better. If there is additionally someone with prior intelligence or forward observer experience, or demolitions or military engineering background, better still. Likewise for any medical corps. or other medical background.
In closing, the business itself should have on hand sufficient stores of foods and other resources (as opined in the prior post) to sustain several months of a ‘stand off’ in defensive posture. A key factor will be the ability to communicate with partnering family units that they may be called in to provide force rotation, deliver emergency supplies, or outright tactical relief against assaulting forces. The prior posts cover communications alternatives in a total outage of all utilities.
How can I protect my business as well as my family in a disaster?
- FEMA Preparing Military Police For Gun Confiscations and Martial Law (eutimes.net)
- The Use of Food As a Weapon Against American Citizens (republicbroadcasting.org)
The government has for some time now been turning up our ‘threat perceptions’ regarding emergency preparedness… taking us to levels of ‘concern’ not seen since the height of the Cold War and the Cuban Missile Crises. As discussed in the prior post of this series, we need to figure out what they are NOT telling us, and prepare for THAT, too.
Why should I have an emergency plan?
by H. Michael Sweeney
copyright © 2013, all rights reserved. Permission to repost hereby granted provided entire post with all links in tact, including this paragraph, are included.
What can I do to prepare for any emergency?
What you will learn reading this post:
- That there are kinds of disasters government is not talking about which you should also prepare for;
- That some disasters are best addressed by preparations based on collectives of households instead of reliance only upon one’s own household;
- That the nature of the emergency dictates how long the period of time of distress, which dictates what the emergency preparedness plan should look like;
- That some considerations go well beyond government’s advice, and in fact would not likely be approved by FEMA, DHS, or the Miltary… because they want you dependent upon their help and mercy as a means of political control.
What should my emergency preparedness plan look like?
Government is EMPHATICALLY urging us to prepare
In the first part of this series, we talked about WHY you need an emergency preparedness plan and kit which goes beyond FEMA/DHS recommendations. Regardless of their true reasons for such urgent and dramatic advice — by all means, do what they tell you: establish an emergency plan centered upon a home emergency supplies kit adequate for the kinds of emergencies they imply are of most concern (fire, quake, flood). But do it smarter than that, and cover all the bases, including the far more serious and dangerous possibilities reviewed in the prior post. Here is how best to do that without taking on the whole burden of cost and logistical overhead, yourself. But I warn you, the government will not approve, so part of your plan should include an attempt at quiet preparation and concealment.
What should my family do in a disaster?
A single family household, no matter how well prepared, cannot fare as well as several family units banded together. So much the better when those units are either actual neighbors, or relatives who live not too far away (say, an hour’s walk or less). So if you do not have relatives close enough to meet the need, you should immediately be sounding out the viewpoints of neighbors on this topic (a simple way is to suggest they read this post series, and ask what they think) and cultivating relationships with those of like thinking.
Herein, a ‘family unit’ may therefore consist of any combination of actual blood-related families joining with single neighbors or childless couples who are not related, or may be made up entirely of unrelated persons with no core family, as such. A unit should ideally be in the range of three-five adults, but in an emergency, teens are considered adults. So where most units are single persons or couples, you may want more participating units.
Such a collective of family units, no matter how well each unit is prepared individually, can indeed far better survive a serious matter by their alliance. It makes it possible to spread the need for more costly specialized emergency resources over a broader group; some family units can be designated as special resource parties with everyone sharing the financial burdon. This makes a superior readiness more affordable as well as eliminating storage restrictions which might exist, such as faced by a given family unit in the group living in an apartment.
In the next Part of this series, we will also see that an ideal partner might be deemed a special resource party because they own a gas station, grocery store, gun shop, etc. Many such businesses, in fact, have some special strategic opportunities to consider, which will be the focus of Part III — but you get what I’m hinting at.
How do I prepare an emergency survival kit?
Key Decision Point Factors
Some circumstances alter both individual and collective needs dramatically and will need to be accommodated with detailed planning. The following topics should be fully explored early in organizing the collective, because they may dictate a need to add yet another family unit into the mix, or help define who is a special resource party and what that will mean for all concerned in a disaster event:
Talk about disaster considerations in terms of resource needs and response plans…
a) Categories of disaster events to be considered (i.e., individual events such as fire, plane crash, etc., area-wide events such as flood or terrorism, regional or national events such as Martial Law or pandemic event);
b) Level of availability of, or threats posed by damage to critical services supply lines; water, power, gas, telecommunications;
c) Types of destruction of home and property (i.e., fire, earthquake, flood, assault);
d) Levels of community-wide destruction and resulting third-party threats to home/property/resources;
e) Transportation shut down or impedance to access to home/property/resources, or each other by third-parties;
f) Impact of communications shut down vs. alternative solutions for the collective;
g) Disparate location of individuals (i.e., at work, home, in transit, shopping, etc.) as might impact on reaction and hooking up post event;
h) Estimation of self sufficiency of a given family unit before connecting with the collective;
i) Estimation of time before outside helps become available, as will vary according to the above considerations.
j) Fully review FEMA emergency guidelines and their pitiful performance in actual disasters such as Katrina, as well as the shameful role of military and police. In Katrina, they came for the guns and gunned down blacks to keep them in their own area. In Hurricane Andrew, the National Guard deployed a psychological warfare unit who set up detention camp-like relief centers and set up telephones which were 100% monitored by the Defense Department, and CIA, etc. You need to know what frightening provisions the government has made in preparation for total control of your lives ‘in an emergency.’
Such factors are most simply addressed by establishing multi-level options for individual family unit’s responsibilities to the collective, as well as event response. Each individual’s plan/options should deal with each such contingency, and consider where the individual might be at any given time (i.e., at work). Resources should be redundantly distributed over as broad a range of storage points as may be practical — a key reason for multiple family units. Examples of determinations:
a) A family without good storage capabilities may need to focus on an ability to relocate or hookup with one who does;
b) A family without good financial clout may need to focus on an ability to provide special skills or manpower, or deal with relatively low cost special resources such as communications or transportation;
c) A family with inherent special resources already in place (e.g., owns a gun shop) will likely get a free ride, financially speaking;
d) A family with many adult males will likely be the best collective leader, though clearly, other factors also come into play. Such determinations may vary according to event type being addressed, so a different family unit might be deemed a better leader or resource for one type of event than determined for another event. Military experience, for example, would be of great value for long-term, regional, or political upheaval events, but less important in a short or localized events.
Where can I get advice on emergency preparedness?
Term of Survival without helps dictates needs…
A key factor in planning is knowing what constitutes a minimum level of stored resources (emergency preparedness kit) per household for each event type, as well as kit content details. Again, distribution of resources will likely be required, and there should be some level of redundancy to accommodate the total loss of a given family unit’s houshold kit. More: because FEMA’s draconian powers extend to cover broad powers of confiscation, and by their wish is to control ALL MANNER resources, they deem HOARDING to be a punishable crime with significant penalties to include arrest.
Hoarding generally appears to be defined as no more than a week’s supply, but some things are even more tightly controlled, such as gasoline storage. So plan on hiding long-term reserves, and likely, on protecting your weapon’s and munitions in similar manner as well; gun confiscation by military is highly likely in a long-term event.Below find a minimum suggest level of supplies and their dispersal. Naturally, your own thoughts may yield improvements based on your own skills, location or environment (e.g., lakeside = boat), and availability of special items (e.g., scuba gear):
A) Localized and single unit events will likely require no more than 1-3 Days of self sufficiency: Food, water (1 Gallon per day per person*), blankets, three changes of clothes each for normal and extreme weather conditions, three sets of rechargeable batteries for all devices, portable lighting, one flashlight per person, multiband radio, propane stove and 3 propane refills, sleeping bags, rainslicks, first aid kit, bagged clothing, and about $250 cash. Matches, newspaper bundles for kindling or insulation. Local storage should be sufficient even in an apartment situation. Each person can keep a ‘go bag’ in their room, or at least a flashlight, if using centralized bag location, only. Regardless, the bathroom or other storage point for prescriptions must be raided along the way*.
* Each of the levels below can impact prescription and water issues negatively. It becomes increasingly difficult to store large quantities of water, and thus some form of water reclamation or source should be considered, as indicated. Prescriptions can run out in mid event and would be near impossible to refill, and it is difficult to obtain a long term supply, and even if possible, long term storage of many prescriptions may be a bad idea as drugs degrade with time and sometimes even become dangerous through chemical changes wrought by oxidation. Since some prescriptions can be dangerous if forced to stop cold-turkey, you should consider the side effects and warnings on each prescription to see if weaning off gradually might be wiser. Fortunately, Diabetic and other select medical problems rely upon supplies and treatments which can be acquired and stored for long term needs. A final comment: each person with a significant medical need should keep on their person a card citing such concerns, medications, etc., in case they become incapacitated and found by third parties. The card should include information on any alternate location the collective is using as the emergency ‘address’ if different than that on identification, as well as names of key persons to be sought out, which should likely include more than direct family.
B) Wide area events may require 4-14 Days self sufficiency: Add one pistol per household and box ammo, and walkie talkies locally retained by each household. Globally augment food and water appropriately, and add a store of gasoline, axe or chainsaw, shovel, generator, rope, tent(s), hammer, propane torch, handsaw, nails, screws/eyehooks, canvas. Sewing kit, 1 or two GPS devices, hand-held multi-band radio scanner, water reclamation kit (and supply of filters), road flares, pepper spray, motion alarms, binoculars, $1,500 cash. 2 additional boxes ammo per household. Secure storage facilities are a must, especially for weapons and fuels, with no exterior access to unauthorized parties. One person must jump through gun registration hoops to acquire the gun, unless given them as a gift.
C) Regional or national events could easily require 3-12 Weeks sufficiency: Globally augment Food, water, consider augmenting a base station home with defensive modifications*. Note that GPS accuracy may be downgraded by government action from 50’ to several thousand feet. Add 1 rifle w scope per family unit, 1 pistol per adult globally, 1 or more night vision device for guard duty/firefights, short wave two-way radio, surgical kit, hiking/fishing/camping gear, flare gun, wheelbarrow or cart, 1-3 pairs binoculars, $5,000 cash. 3-5 boxes ammo per weapon. It may be advisable to bury some items or provide external hard and secure storage site(s)*. No additional gun registration applications by secondary parties should normally be needed, especially if the primary purchaser applys for a Dealer’s permit, which can additionally allow purchase of fully automatic weapons.
D) Longer Term events such as revolution or Martial Law, invasion – Base Station only: 1-2 Shotguns, 1 or 2 targeting lasers for tactical pistol use, 1rifle per adult w or w/o scope, 1 crossbow and sword per household, Seed bank, military survival/combat protective gear, welder, expanded took kit, block/tackle, smoke grenades, flash bangs, salination system if near seawater, still, bear traps (for perimeter defense). 25 boxes ammo per weapon. 3 dozen bolts. Hardware nuts/bolts kit. Bolts can also be used to make spears. Burried and external storage sites much more important, to include off site and well hidden locations. Here is where you want to have dosimeters, Geiger Counter, and Potassium Iodide tablets in case of radiation concerns.
E) Regarding Vehicle kits, all levels: spare ignition cables and parts, full set of spare fuses, serviceable spare and jack, snow chains, tools, 6 flares, 1 gallon water, blankets, first aid, 1 days food per person in family unit, 1 box ammo per type of weapon (pistol, rifle, shotgun), 6 bolts. Pepper spray, sand bag, matches, newspaper. First aid kit. External of vehicle, spare set of tires, anti-freeze, case of oil, two cans each of brake, power steering, transmission fluid, service manual for vehicle. Car alarm advised.
*In my book set, Fatal Rebirth, specific advice given on how to reinforce a home or other structure, conceal critical items, and other tactical considerations, including home-made weapons. You might want to read some books which specialize in such topics for an even better insight. Also included is tactical advice for possible conflict scenarios useful to militia or other armed defenders of the Constitution. A free ebook copy of Volume I is available by request to pppbooks at Comcast dot net. Learn more at proparanoidpress.com.
What happens if government does not respond quickly enough in a disaster?
These considerations, with a properly organized dispersal of resources among cooperative family units, along with a good understanding of responsibilities and event responses according to event type… assure a far better defense posture against the unknown than FEMA or anyone else in government would seem to wish, even to the point of their being the actual problem against which you must defend.
If guns are to be acquired in quantity, it is imperative that all adults (including teens) take firearms safety/operation and care classes for the specific weapons. Target practice and practice breaking down and cleaning, reloading, and dealing with jams are just as important. Self defense courses in martial arts are also advised: if a long-term event comes along, all manner of problems will originate from third parties seeking to take valuable resources from you by force. Be prepared to fight with skill, and thereby hopefully deter violence, or be prepared to die.
In Part III, we look at how owners of gun shops, grocery stores, gas stations, and other key resource businesses can be incorporated to both the benefit of the collective, and to assure the owner that their resources will have the best possible chance of survival without sack and pillage by looters, and possibly even withstand government seizure. It also better explains what is meant by the last point about who the enemy might actually end up being: Gun Shops, Grocers, and Other Retailers Key to Survival in Major Disaster
What can I expect when a disaster happens?
- Emergency Preparedness Guide | Business Disaster Planning (thehartford.com)
- House bill calls for emergency preparedness for schools (newsinfo.inquirer.net)
- Emergency Preparedness Month (foodiefriendsfridaydailydish.com)
- Military Police Leak FEMA Gun Confiscation Plan (wemustknow.wordpress.com)
- Six Steps For Creating A Workplace Emergency Response Plan (safetysourceontario.com)
FEMA and the rest of government seems quite paranoid about disasters of late, but clues suggest there are hidden reasons behind urging preparations — not the earthquakes, floods, nor fires they talk about. Conspiracy theories based upon dialogs by geophysicists, astrophysicists, and politicos seem far more likely the cause, and that puts a whole different face on what ‘preparation’ should involve and mean for you.
Why is government pushing emergency preparedness?
by H. Michael Sweeney
copyright © 2013, all rights reserved. Permission to repost hereby granted provided entire post with all links in tact, including this paragraph, are included.
Can we really trust FEMA?
Reading this post series in three parts you will learn…
- That there are significant reasons you absolutely should have an emergency preparedness program in place;
- These reasons go well beyond natural disasters FEMA implies of concern;
- There is a logical preparedness program that accommodates all concerns…
- A program which should be considered by privately-held businesses as well as families:
- It is NOT approved by FEMA, DHS, the Military, or other elements of the New World Order
What is the history of the emergency broadcast system?
I very clearly remember the ‘Red Scare’ spillover from McCarthyism which translated to ‘fear the bomb’ in the 1950’s and 60’s… starting with the Eisenhower White House: Air Raid sirens were tested weekly or daily, typically at a fixed time of day as if a Church Bell announcing Noon. I was a teen during the Cuban Missile Crises under Kennedy, when talk of the day was the home Fallout Shelter, and at school, we had ‘duck and cover’ drills as often as fire drills. But the scare wore off by the 70’s, and sirens and shelters were no longer in vogue, though every downtown building tended to have a well marked public shelter. Yawn.
Fast Forward, Bush I White House: For no visible or announced reason at all, the Emergency Alert System (EAS) and CONELRAD Radio alert system which had in evolutionary form driven those sirens for two decades was turned back on in the 90’s, and updated for improved use with TV. But rarely was it tested, and then typically late at night between late-show snoozes. Just fire drills at school. No more sirens, unless there was perhaps a fire or other actual emergency. Very unobtrusive. No problem.
Fast Forward, Bush II White House: Suddenly, somewhat synchronous with the formation of Homeland Security, these alerts started increasing in frequency and were randomly interrupting all manner of broadcasts at any time of day. They now had the ability to actually take over newer televisions, even if turned off or in use with a VCR at the time. Somewhere along the way, it was expanded to include hazardous weather condition reports and the AMBER ALERT system for missing children. Schools still worried about fires. OK. Well, perhaps.
What kind of threats should an emergency preparedness plan address?
The current threat assessment
Fast Forward, Sorento White House: Suddenly, and synchronous with DHS seeking to buy 1.4 billion rounds of ammunition (that’s several Vietnam wars worth), all over and above military orders… not to mention a long list of equally disturbing purchase efforts involving coffins, ‘emergency housing’ which more closely resembled prison camps, food and water stores, vaccinations and anti-biotics… numbering in the millions more often than not — the tests started increasing in frequency and in duration. Annoying. Suspiciously omnipresent, excessively foreboding.
What bothers me most is a synchronous rush request for proposals on delivery of emergency preparedness items and relocation and readiness orders to military to FEMA Region III (Atlantic Seaboard States near D.C.), all with a date of October of this year. In fact, much of FEMA’s promotional material is geared to 2013, specifically. Most of the darker things cited in this post are happening right now in 2013 or otherwise generally depicted as an immediate potential threat.
Worse, both DHS and FEMA have started multiple high-profile media campaigns suggesting we all need emergency kits and emergency plans. This is also all simultaneous to a bit of mainstream news and much suppressed facts being revealed on the Web regarding an approaching Planet X, approaching comets, several near misses by planet-killing asteroids, and a flurry of unusual meteor activity to include nuclear blast-strength explosions in our atmosphere (the Russian meteor injured nearly 2,000 people and caused significant wide-spread structural damage over hundreds of miles). And there is more…
Also simultaneous are geo-political and financial threats the likes of which have never been seen in the history of the planet, each threatening dire unrest to the point of forcing Martial Law. While this goes on, the sun is spitting gigantic record bursting electromagnetic pulses at us and the pole is shifting, Fukushima is continuing to increase its threat, not to mention shifting weather patterns and an increase in seismic activities of Biblical proportions. Dare I mention strange phenomenon like objects orbiting the sun, mysterious loud and scary sounds heard over thousands of square miles, two suns and other oddities in the skies day and night? Endless wars somehow always tied to terrorism and oil keep being announced. No wonder large numbers of people are actually starting to think End Times might actually be around the corner.
The end of oil supply as we know it indeed approaches. Extremist terror groups pose theoretical threat of biological, chemical, or nuclear WMD. Criminal nations threaten to attack us with nuclear weapons. China is on the verge of surpassing the US as super power, and their top military leader has said war with the US is inevitable; their only answer to that being to strike first. Man-made bio weapons, nanotech, and even genomic weapons are being developed daily by all modern military powers, and we get cover stories expressed as worries of a natural pandemic outbreak of catastrophic proportions. The Center for Disease Control has even gone so far as to talk about preparation for a Zombie apocalypse, and there is some evidence it is not as tongue-in-cheek as they profess. Don’t forget chemtrails and the feared NWO depopulation plot.
The worst part is all the talk about a possible military takeover, martial law, a new Constitution and a North American Union. Why, that’s nothing short of saying the Antichrist is coming to power… and some say that’s the case, too. Agenda 21, GMO crops, Codex Alimentarius, the Small Arms Treaty (goodby 2nd Amendment), etc. All these things tie in one to another as if all by some organized conspiracy (Illuminati?) After all, they say, the Norway Spirals were likely a test of Project Bluebeam, to simulate with a kind of holographic event the Second Coming in the Antichrist’s name. And what about those tens of thousands of ‘State of Martial Law’ warning/instruction signs coming into the US from foreign sign makers in convoy manner? Really, really not good.
Almost everyone has some kind of foreboding sense that SOMETHING bad this way comes. Armageddon Online has a more detailed summary view. And just as someone chooses to discounts all of these things as ‘baseless,’ something like this comes along to make us wonder all over again: a lot of people are saying there is a purge of the military taking place, and that usually portends a violent overthrow of government.
So, quite naturally, some of us are taking the DHS/FEMA advice to heart, or at least considering it. But I fear most of us are preparing for the wrong thing in the wrong way. Its one thing to have food, water, medical, and key supplies stashed away for an earthquake or flood… and another to truly be prepared for upheavals of the political or Biblical sort… the sort government advice is NOT addressing, because if you were prepared for that, government looses the ability to maintain political control through dependency upon government for survival.
Never fear; the Professional Paranoid is here to help you find your way through it all… in part II: A Logical Home Emergency Response Plan: The Government Does NOT Approve
Why should I hide my emergency preparedness kit and weapons?
- FEMA Preparing Military Police For Gun Confiscations and Martial Law (eutimes.net)
- What’s This FEMA Video Trying to Tell Us? (politicaloutcast.com)
- Dave Hodges ~ The Use Of Food As A Weapon Against American Citizens (shiftfrequency.com)
- FEMA REGION III – OCTOBER 1st – OFFICIAL FEMA DISPATCH! (prayingforoneday.wordpress.com)
- Is the FEMA Region III Alert a Red Herring? (activistpost.com)
- “Martial Law is Now in Effect” Signs: Why Would These Signs Be Printed? (solidarityintruth.wordpress.com)
Though a controlled media is suppressing the story, 40 tons of GMO crops were torched, prompting an FBI investigation. We The People do NOT WANT GMO, and if the Monsanto Congress does not watch their step, arson will become outright violence, and from there, even lead to revolution.
Why were sugar beets set on fire in Oregon?
by H. Michael Sweeney
Who is Oregonians for Food and Shelter?
Update June 22, 2013: Additional research reveals some interesting things about the who and why behind the $10K reward offered for the beet burners… at document end.
Are Monsanto and Syngenta GMO criminals?
What you will learn reading this post…
- People are taking the law into their own hands to kill GMO production[
- There is an apparent media blackout, even on the Web;
- The government is ramping up for what may end up being another WACO/Ruby Ridge standoff;
- We may be looking at the Boston Tea Party of 2012 just before the next American Revolution.
Who is the earth liberation front?
Rebirth of the early Earth Liberation Front?
I Can’t Believe I’m the FIRST and ONLY one to report this on the Web.
NOT ONE MEDIA OUTLET outside of local circles has dared to mention it, perhaps because government fears that if the public learns that other people are getting fighting mad (literally), they might join in, and become an actual revolution. It was only reported locally live on KXL Radio and echoed by the Oregonian, where the ONLY Web mention exists, hard to find because the headline wording is carefully avoids the most likely keywords for a search — took me rather a while to find it. Here’s the scoop — PASS IT ON!
40 Tons of GMO Sugar Beets were set ablaze in Eastern Oregon, yesterday. FORTY TONS — the entire acreage of two full fields of crops IN THE GROUND were set ablaze over a THREE NIGHT PERIOD OF TIME. That means ARSON. And I have to say I am cheering! The only way could feel better about it is if I had dared to do it myself — which to be clear, I would not: I don’t look good in prison orange, and would be too worried about possible loss of life if things went terribly wrong.
Evidence is that 6,500 plants were destroyed BY HAND, ONE PLANT AT A TIME. That, in turn, implies A LOT OF PEOPLE were involved: would you want to stick around once a fire was going and wait to be discovered? No, someone (many someones) probably wanted to move as quickly as possible. WE ARE TALKING ABOUT A MOVEMENT, a kind of ORGANIZED REVOLT — and this is exactly the kind of retribution I’ve warned was coming; when lawmakers and corporations refuse to honor the Constitution and instead engage in ‘legalized’ criminal acts such as enabled by the ‘Monsanto Protection Act.’
This is all shades of… well, the BOSTON TEA PARTY. Instead of throwing tea into the harbor to protest taxes, someone was throwing flames onto crops in the ground to protest New World Order shenanigans. We are a long ways from Boston, but more recently we have the Earth Liberation Front, a group which also had its roots in Oregon (I love my State and our people; we have core beliefs and fight for them). The ELF, in 2000, burned the offices of a GMO research project at the University of Michigan, a project funded by the Federal government and Monsanto at the time.
The ELF, or ‘Elves’ as they are sometimes called, is an ad-hoc group with its actual origins in the U.K. But forest mismanagement caused splinter cells to be established in Oregon, and subsequently, Michigan and elsewhere as new corporate wrongdoings became evident. Like the IRA, they have an official, public side, one not associated with criminal adventure, and instead focused on educating the public on the issues, such as the Gulf oil spill. They are a kind of militant Green Peace, perhaps.
But ELF cells normally come forward immediately to claim responsibility, because to them, its all about publicity to educate the public. Since there has been no statement, I’m deducing it is simply Oregon Farmers who have said, ‘Enough!’ Another clue that may be the case is that this comes on the heels (two weeks) of Japan’s rejection of the entire Oregon Wheat crop for the year (a tremendous financial blow because over 80% of Oregon Wheat is exported) because ONE report said ONE field was contaminated with at least ONE GMO plant.
The rightful fear is, because of pollination processes, once you introduce a GMO crop of a given variety ANYWHERE, the wind and insects will spread its genetic contamination to non GMO fields, and thereby ruin the ENTIRE INDUSTRY for a region. In fact, Oregon farmers have tendered a multi-billion dollar class action law suite against Monsanto, joining a long list of states doing so. Monsanto has experimented with GMO crops before they were approved in 16 states. They were supposedly all destroyed, but state after state is finding out the hard way, that Pandora’s box has been deliberately left open.
But while other governments in Europe and elsewhere are passing laws to ban GMO crops, and burning entire crops themselves, in America, our government is passing laws protecting Monsanto from legal repercussions, and therefore, it seems, farmers are forced to burn the crops, themselves. This means that where in other countries, citizens are being protected from corporate crimes, in America, citizens are forced to become ‘terrorists’ to survive. That’s how blatantly corrupt our corporate police state has become, I’m afraid.
Can GMO spark an armed revolution?
First Blow For the Revolution?
In this case, both fields belonged to the same Corporate Agricultural giant known for embracing GMO, though trying to do so quietly, another reason perhaps big media has kept the story from reaching the Internet. We are talking about Syngenta. Nowhere on their US Web site will you find mention of GMO, but that is exactly what the company is about. They have even lied publicly in writing on this issue with a public declaration. Yet their very corporate name shouts GMO.
But the FBI, and local media knows better (and now, you)… because apparently someone from the Syngenta operated farms mentioned the fact as a possible motive for the arson. This is a serious matter in many respects. It throws down the gauntlet and says, WE ARE MAD AS HELL AND ARE NOT GOING TO LET YOU GET AWAY WITH THIS BULLSHIT ANYMORE! But it also raises the stakes and put lives and property at risk, and if it goes wrong, could end up sparking an armed revolution.
Imagine the likely scenario: the FBI identifies a particular non GMO farmer as being participant and puts together a 100 man assault team to surround their homestead, land they’ve been farming for generations. What do you suppose would happen if they stood their ground? You would have another WACO standoff, another Ruby Ridge. Do you suppose that the other several dozen participants in the crop burning would stand by and let them pick them all off like that, one by one? I doubt it.
They would muster every rifle their families could carry, and call in farmers from adjacent counties, and likely be joined by some number of citizens from the local communities, and surround the FBI and other local authorities. They might even be joined by local Sheriffs, if not out of sympathetic understanding and general GMO angst, then in hopes of defusing the situation. I’m telling you, this can easily get out of hand.
And in a way, I’m hoping it does. Because I think WE NEED A DEFINITIVE EVENT to send a CLEAR MESSAGE and draw a line in the sand: NOT ONE INCH MORE — BACK OFF! It would rally the informed to action, stir the Sheeple to understanding, and FORCE THEM to take a side, lest they end up in a possible cross fire if shooting breaks out everywhere GMO crops and corporate properties exist, and their executives live.
Even though it could easily spark a full-scale revolution, I’m still for it. That threat is not lightweight, either — it is incredibly easy to start and carry out a successful revolution. I’d be tickled pink to live in America, once more, a country based on a social contract called the Constitution and Bill of Rights, where government was BY THE PEOPLE, FOR THE PEOPLE, of the people, and not a fascist police state in the making BY CORPORATIONS, FOR THE NEW WORLD ORDER.
GMO? Burn, baby, burn…
Mongressanto? You may just be next.
Who are Oregonians for Food and Shelter?
Update: The Who and Why of the $10,000 Reward
‘Oregonians’ for ‘Food and Shelter’ sounds like a charity that provides food and shelter, but that’s not right. Their Web site describes themselves in terms which, after thoughtful consideration, would leave you believing them a non profit NGO, a special interest group (SIG) of professionals seeking to educate their peers in the latest timber and agriculture technologies. Closer to the truth, is that they are a Political Action PAC, putting out their own Voter’s Guide, and involving themselves in political matters impacting timber and farming.
Their members are a who’s who of AG and Timber, but with a specific bent toward biotech… specific biotech. Their Boards and Chairs are well peppered with people from Monsanto, Syngenta, and other firms with a vested interest in GMO, and firms they do business with. In fact, there are even two firms represented who have had consensual dealings with Central Intelligence Agency fronts. One of these was harmless and related to fire-fighting, but the other (Portland General Electric) was tied to much darker matters, though I’m sure they were not quite aware of such details. But then, those same folks also went to bed with ENRON (also a CIA operation), didn’t they?
The OFS founder is one Terry L. Witt, who cites himself as a professional Manager of Non Profit Groups, as though you should go see him if you have one in need of management. Really? The Web site was founded in 1999. Within a few months, Terry was writing in support of Monsanto’s patent infringement suit against a farmer over GMO crop migration (contamination) such as faced by Oregon Wheat growers. It would not be the first time he would play hatchet man for GMO, additionally using op-ed in the Oregonian to disinform on behalf of (again) Monsanto.
Indeed, if you look at the one and only truly informational page at the Web site (despite the fact they list three topics to choose from – the other two have no links provided), the topic is… you guessed it; pro GMO. So what is the real agenda, again? But perhaps we should overlook this narrow view, because they do point out their Web site is still under construction. What?
Established in 1999, and still under construction? Could it be because the Web designer is (whois information) Troy, Terry’s son, operating out of their $700,000 home in Tigard? Hmmm. Troy has his own business (he is a photographer and ‘lead designer’ at a ‘design studio’), and his Web site is even more under construction: it consists ONLY of a logo (ergo, my use of quotes). There is not even a statement on being under construction since created in 2005. “Focused Marketing, Messaging, and Design,” the logo claims.
This could be the trait of (choose one):a) someone not very good at what they do; b) a CIA front; c) a corporate front for money laundering (e.g., payments from Monsanto); d) a front or over billing a client (e.g., Monsanto); e) a clever ploy to distract conspiracy theorists and waste blog reader’s time; f) all of the above.
I’m sorry, but I come away with the distance impression OFS is nothing but a surrogate for GMO interests, and thinly veneered, at that.
That’s the WHO and the WHY of the $10K reward.
Frankly, given these facts, I’d rather someone offer a $100K reward if they would all simply go away.
- Monsanto Video Revolt: Global anti-GMO online rally launches – RT News (2012indyinfo.com)
- Monsanto Killing U.S. Agriculture (personalliberty.com)
- Monsanto Declares Defeat In European Market (fastcoexist.com)
- Belizean Activists: Illegal Planting of GMOs an Act of Biopiracy (foodfreedomgroup.com)
For nearly a decade I’ve been trying to get media and the public to examine some simple proofs of a conspiracy we call Flight 800 Friendly Fire; the downing of a jumbo jet killing 230 souls with a Navy missile fired in a war game exercise gone wrong. They only wanted to call me ‘just another conspiracy theorist.’
NOT ANY MORE.
Was flight 800 shot down by a navy missile?
by H. Michael Sweeney
NTSB admits Flight 800 shot down
Seven years is a long time in Sheeple years (1 year in Sheeple years = 40 years of apathetic stupidity) and most Sheeple don’t even remember what Flight 800 was about, and some readers here may be younger and simply have no clue, or wish a refresher. In simple terms, Flight 800 was Trans World Airlines 747 jet bound out of New York late evening on July 17, 1996. Twelve minutes later, the plane and all 230 on board were lost in a fiery crash into the sea just off of Long Island. No one knew why, but rumors quickly sprang up that it was shot down by a Navy missile. Even military witnesses said so.
Even faster, the Wag-the-Dog disinformation engine of the U.S. Navy, Department of Defense, CIA, FBI, and the rest of the Federal Government launched one of the biggest criminal conspiracies of all time to cover up the truth. From the very beginning, I quickly involved myself as investigative writer because I quickly spotted traits of disinformation at play, and because I was compelled by a very credible claim that friendly fire was to blame by a revered source.
Non other than Pierre Salinger, former Press Secretary for Presidents John Kennedy and Lyndon Johnson, and former ABC Newsman, said that he was calling a press conference to reveal information from a CIA informant confirming the fact. But he had been set up for a fall with one of the oldest tricks in the disinformation handbook (as result, I wrote the 25 Rules of Disinformation to expose such tricks — my most famous and most read work with over 25,000,000 downloads); he was to become a strawman sacrifice to quash the rumor and associate it with ‘an untrustworthy Internet.’ Hence, the Salinger Syndrome. It destroyed him, but he is a hero for it.
I won’t explain the details of that, here (there is plenty of detail at my Flight 800 pages), nor much else about Flight 800 or the three-year running battle with Federal agents I and other civilian investigators had to endure to simply seek the truth and justice. I will only say that they used every dirty trick to shut us up they could muster, including sending out whole teams of FBI agents to intimidate us in person, Naval Intelligence people to pump us to see what we knew (pretending to be ordinary citizens), and I even got death threats from a foreign agent. Surveillance? You bet, including multiple vehicle tails, various aircraft, high-speed chases, and literally having to walk around Federal and local operatives to get from one side of a public venue to another. They wanted us to know they were dogging us.
But the one OTHER thing they did universally was to discount us by calling us ‘conspiracy theorists,’ and then ignoring anything we had to say. When the NTSB report finally came out, I personally had a field day combing over it and pointing out the obvious lies. They had falsified evidence, concealed evidence, and manufactured evidence to prove it was an electrical short which exploded a fuel tank. But that was also clearly impossible as even their own report showed. For each such point I’ve just mentioned, I was easily able to offer three different proofs. See my Three Simple Proofs (look for the small image of the gold NTSB CD a ways down the page).
But I was merely a ‘conspiracy theorist,’ and so, they still ignored me. Not one local news director would air my material, and the Oregonian flat refused my editorials. Of course, every major Network at the time was owned (controlling interest) by a major military contractor making Navy missile parts. Never mind that the proof was easy to illustrate. I was a conspiracy theorist, and THAT, was that. “Don’t confuse us with the facts, our minds are made up for us.”
Fast Forward a little.
The report finished, only one thing remained. The head of FBI, who personally monitored material I posted to my Web site (I cannot tell you how I know this without someone at FBI getting into a lot of trouble), and the head of the NTSB investigation, all resigned their posts at the end of the affair (publishing of the report), literally walking out on a scheduled meeting with a waiting collective of fellow civilian investigators, family members, and other ‘conspiracy theorists’ who were refusing to buy magic fuel tank explosion as ‘fact.’ They could not bear to look them in the face and lie to them in person, it seems.
With their resignations, NO ONE had ANYONE they could officially speak with, no one who would listen to, much less answer questions or challenges regarding the lies and blatant evidence of same. This was true in the halls of government, and in the newsrooms. We were all once more easily dismissed; conspiracy theorists are political and social zeroes in government and media circles. That’s why government loves to label dissenters. Pick a label, any label… in a political storm.
Fast Forward a LOT.
TODAY! On the radio today I heard that several NTSB Investigators have come forward and publicly admitted that the official report was doctored, stating flatly it was impossible that the fuel tank was responsible, and that there was indeed (as I had not only been saying, but showing) evidence of missile fire; it was a massive cover up.
What this means to YOU.
It means that conspiracy theorists (the good ones, like me – if you will permit me to so claim) are merely investigators forced to wear a label. It also means that many conspiracies are REAL, and self evident by the conflicting information in the official stories, and the cover up efforts and disinformation which follow. A cover up is itself proof of a conspiracy. You cannot have a cover up unless there is something to cover up, and its existence proves not only the crime is real, but it cannot even be undertaken except by a conspiracy of multiple parties to effect cover up; two interlocking conspiracies in one.
The lesson is: QUESTION GOVERNMENT, they lie. QUESTION THE OFFICIAL LINE, it has holes. QUESTION MEDIA, they are bought.
I urge you to read about Flight 800 at my Web site. There, you will learn things no other investigator has revealed. I was the only one to discover and illustrate the actual fraud in the NTSB Report. I was the first one to identify the ship most likely to have fired the missile (and subsequently visited by a foreign Agent making a death threat on behalf of their country — which should tell you something about the accuracy of my claims).
It will show you how easy it is to pull the wool over a Sheep’s eyes, and make us all into Sheep. It will show you how easy it is to fake it, and to make the public believe an unreal thing. It will reveal how easy it is to have a controlled media. It should leave you with a much greater respect for Truthers, and for conspiracy theorists, in general.
But why should I care, you might well ask? After all, I’m no longer a conspiracy theorist now that my theory has been proven FACT, and the conspiracy proven REAL, right?
WRONG. As long as Mr. Sorento and his crew run government, or others of like mind succeed him, there will be fresh lies to expose, new crimes to investigate. In fact, I’m working on a backlog, because that man and his cronies, like all Globalist Presidents, has more dark plots and evil deeds to dare than one conspiracy theorist, alone, can keep up with. Pray for me!
Care to help me out in other ways? All it takes is to pay attention, ask questions when facts conflict, and challenge government and media when they don’t get it right. And challenge the guy standing next to you when they don’t get it, because Sheeple are a terrible thing to leave running around loose in a Wolve’s playpen. If you ask me, that’s just plain good citizenship.
Or is that yet simply one more way of saying ‘terrorist’ in D.C.? Move along, Citizen, nothing to see here. Move along.
- Former investigators ‘break silence’ about NTSB cover-up of TWA Flight 800 crash (nydailynews.com)
- TWA Flight 800 Crash Not as Reported: Documentary (newser.com)
- Conspiracy Confirmed! TWA Flight 800 Whistleblowers Speak Out – NTSB Told Them To Lie (fromthetrenchesworldreport.com)
- Six NTSB Investigators Claim the Official TWA Flight 800 Crash Story Is a Lie (ajmacdonaldjr.wordpress.com)
What you believe determines how you react under and are able to defend against targeting. That’s a key reason that targets are psychologically profiled before targeting even begins; the enemy needs to know what chains best to jerk. Turns out, there’s a simple way to jerk back.
Free will: a Tis greatest asset, oft hardest to employby H. Michael Sweeney copyright © 2013, all rights reserved. Permission to repost hereby granted provided entire post with all links in tact, including this paragraph, are included.
What can you do if you are a targeted individual?
What you will learn reading this in-depth post…
- That belief structures define us, establish our psychology, and our responses to stimuli;
- There are many ways targeting both takes advantage of and yet alters beliefs to weaken the will to resist;
- Will power equates to Free Will, the greatest gift of God to Man short of salvation through Christ and life, itself;
- The pitfalls of targeting psychology as it relates to Free Will, and;
- How to use Free Will to thwart targeting and run psyops on the perps.
Where do you get help if you are a targeted individual?
Challenge][ As author, lecturer, and consultant on personal privacy and security, and abuse of power, I invite the reader, especially if a Targeted Individual (TI), to make a comparison. Compare the nature and content of this post with the typical posts or emailed materials by other persons offering insight into targeting methods or technology, and/or defensive tactics. Then decide which closer resembles the reality of your experience, and which plays instead to the very fears and results ascribed herein to be unexpected weapons. You become what you believe: let’s take an in-depth and lengthy examination, and see…
Is the information offered insightful and helpful, or more likely to lead the victim deeper into the proverbial Rabbit Hole of dread. There is a difference between education and helpful advice through understanding (what a consultant or educator tries to provide), and the rhetoric and trivial dialogs of technospeak or psychobabble offered with questionable veracity, something closer to beliefs and opinions, or even mis- or disintormation than well-sourced facts — regardless of if offered with good intent, or ill.
Topic][ We are talking about TI’s, Targeted Individuals, of course; persons harassed endlessly by organized groups using Political Control Technology (PCT), which can mean any number of things from gang stalking to electronic weapons, and much, much more. PCT is military and intelligence community developed technology, so if one is targeted, the perpetrators (‘Perps’) are almost always from those quarters, or from parties with whom they interact, undertaken for political or criminal purposes.
We should be grateful, in a way, for PCT. Prior to advances in PCT made since WW II, when a person became a roadblock or threat to a political agenda or criminal plot, they were simply done away with; murdered, typically a ‘wet job’ assassination or, if time allowed, dealt ‘an accident,’ or what we call ‘heart attacked.’ PCT, however, allows a whole new way of dealing with ‘inconvenient’ person who are not quite an immediate threat, thus avoiding the pitfalls of murder investigations and unwanted publicity they entail, and dangerous questions they raise.
When the target is a person of wealth and power, or public influence, it is less likely to be used. PCT works best on those unable to afford exotic defenses which would render it near useless, if not completely pointless. Those in the public eye may be too well observed already to risk deployment of useful PCT methods without risking detection by third parties. PCT only works when no one believes it is being used except the target. So unless they can first financially destroy or socially discredit such persons, they may elect instead a good old fashioned murder. Ask Vince Foster, Ron Brown, or even Marilyn Monroe or Princess Di. People with high credulity working for them can’t answer hurtful questions once they are dead.
Perps often fear victims][ It is fear that such questions might be answered by the target which drives any consideration for either assassination or PCT. When someone is thus targeted, it can be said they actually fear the target, fear them enough to justify ‘self defense’ and pre-emptive action. Thus the TI may actually hold an ace up their sleeve and simply not know it.
Part of my job as consultant is to seek to see if that is the case, identify it, and wield it as offensive weapon. For such victims, PCT was elected as a preferred method not just because it seems safer, but because of the way it works; the goal of PCT is to render the target into a social, financial, and political zero. No one pays attention to a zero, it is nothing of value to them.
This targeting achieves by making the victim seem crazy; no one wants to believe in the Boogeyman, so when they start talking about being targeted, they are presumed paranoiac and/or schizophrenic, and discounted. Once they achieve this status, of course, neither will anyone believe any information they may offer which caused them to be feared in the first place, even if they have evidence which might otherwise raise eyebrows. But that does not mean the information has no power over perps, if realized and properly used.
Other reasons for targeting][ This is not the only reason for targeting, however. One cannot deploy technology without training users on the methods and devices involved, and that requires live, unwitting subjects. In like manner, one cannot develop devices and improve method without experimenting on human Guinea Pigs. This is all fact, and even found in the Congressional Record (Church and Rockefeller Commission Reports), but for some reason, we still can’t quite believe in the Boogeyman enough to consider the possibility that someone is telling the truth when they complain of targeting. Finally, one can also be targeted for joy riding (psychopathic pleasures) or vendetta — both forms essentially an abuse of power through access to the technology for personal reasons.
The reason one is targeted often defines the entire game, including best defense strategy. But that is beyond the scope of this post, and indeed, inappropriate — because every situation, though perhaps similar in generic description to another, will have sufficient variables in play such that strategies should be tailored to the individual circumstance. Environmental, social, and personal matters all come into play, and more.
Why won’t people believe it when someone says they are being targeted?
It gets tricky
Self as a weapon][ The first step in targeting is surveillance from afar and the development of a psychological profile, which is the definitive ‘self.’ The goal is to calculate the victim’s likelihood of being responsive to an array of attack options. It also seeks to uncover some key ‘theme’ for the attack psychology. For some it will be guilt, trying to make the person feel they are targeted because they are bad. Others might come to think the theme is to suicide, or to undertake a specific course of action. It can be almost anything, or it may be completely generic harassment without a theme, because we all different psychological makeups.
Now, while more than one assault method is available, only one will likely be brought to bear at a time, and fostered until it achieves a certain level of success. I call this a calibration phase. Additional targeting methods are brought on line in a sequence designed such that the success in the former better aids the progress of the next, which in turn ideally augments or reinforces the former. While that is not always the case, doing so is a high-value procedural goal; it is important to achieve as prompt a negative impact on the psyche and behavioral responses as possible, so that responses to attack will be seen as being due mental aberrations — rather than the actions of a Boogeyman.
Disbelief as a weapon][ Such disbelief as to true cause by onlookers is, thereby, almost guaranteed. Paranoiac responses (e.g., looking over one’s shoulder to see if being followed) are natural when one is targeted, but do not mean the target is actually paranoid. But they immediately seem paranoid to others, even as the process begins. Yet in time, they wax toward true paranoia, as fear and assault from general targeting starts them to questioning more and more events around them in fears they might be connected to targeting.
Soon enough, even innocent things are indeed so judged. It is this same mechanism which renders professional spies less than useful, in time, because they start to over react to their daily dread of discovery. Intelligence agents are, by retirement age, generally speaking, quite paranoid. But there is more such as this, to come. This is not mental illness as some count paranoia to be, but rote conditioning; paranoia by reflexive repetition.
Imagination as a weapon][ Part and parcel of MC is to make the victim believe in a false reality as to their circumstances. They seek to create a belief that the problems they face are beyond their ability to resist, and other than they really are. Clearly, any onset of paranoiac beliefs will play to this, and create opportunities to put the ploy into full play. Once achieved, when they fight back defensively, they fight the wrong problem with the wrong solution, further cementing the notion that resistance is futile when the effort fails.
This ploy is also used another way; to make them think the wrong people, or at least additional people, are involved, but who are not. Targets are goaded into lashing out, if not verbally, more dangerously, that they might get into trouble, and have key support relationships sabotaged, even face arrest or other legal entanglements — or ideally, be forced into mental evaluation and perhaps even institutionalized ‘for their own protection.’
Mistrust as a weapon][ On the flip side of this tactic, they often approach persons close to the victim and attempt to subvert them with lies hoping to induce actual participation. They may present credentials or badges of trust, and talk of child pornography or other criminal behaviors, even terrorism, and sow seeds of mistrust and ‘patriotism.’ Once a victim begins to experience such mistrust, they in turn, feeling betrayed, begin to mistrust others close to them. The net result is that they can never be sure who the players and helpers really are, again fostering whole new paranoiac fears.
Fear as a weapon][ The above fears are very effective. Yet some PCT is so fearsome, such as bioimplants, that even suspecting it is in use, heightens paranoia. There are many tricks which can cause victims to assume implants in place, or some other dread, when not true. However, this is more commonly the case with long-term victims who have already been well along the paranoiac response path, and have had their beliefs altered well away from the true nature of their enemy. The longer one is targeted, the closer to this state they tend to become.
At such a point, paranoia can naturally grow to the edge of schizophrenia in appearance, perhaps better described as the form of hypochondria in terms of ‘sensing’ symptoms (such as where the implants are thought to be placed, or whatever the dread may be). Fear and imagination, when combined in an unending onslaught, can manufacture new false realities of any construct.
Once that transpires, or where implants really are in use, it is almost impossible to work one’s way out. Doctors will refuse to inspect for implants, and X-rays won’t reveal them because they are set for tissue examination, and not dense matter. The latest generation of low-cost implants are indeed fearsome: they are far too easy to place without the user’s knowledge (thought to be an insect bite) while they sleep, are extremely small in many cases, and are designed to bond with and look like bits of flesh if uncovered with scalpal. It takes a good magnifier to see signs of man-made tech.
Who is responsible for political control technology?
Consequences of false beliefs:
To be a helper first of all and foremost requires no preconceptions of what is true or imagined by the target. For the very reasons described herein (false beliefs), alone. But also because even if truly schizophrenic, that does not mean the person is not ALSO targeted. In point of fact, the class of victim who is a test or training subject is often chosen exactly because they are already schizophrenic; there is no possible way for anyone to believe that they are targeted no matter how badly a trainee or test goes haywire. And paranoia, being natural, is actually closer to a proof of targeting than a reason for disbelief.
This is exactly why it is so hard to get good helps from the very people who should help (e.g., Cops, Lawyers, Doctors, Politicians), and why I do not prejudge based on ‘wild’ or implausible claims or implied clues that something is wrong with their facts. If, in the end, if the person is schizophrenic, I’ll eventually come to understand that, and deal with it. If they are ONLY schizophrenic, I’ll by then be in a better position to guide them to the proper psychiatric helps.
But also, if schizophrenic and actually targeted, the illness will not deter detection of that truth, nor prevent me from addressing it — though it makes it more difficult. And I will still try to help the victim obtain the helps for the chemical imbalance causing their aberration, as well. And that is all it is. It is not being crazy, and if it did not have such a scary sounding name, people would realize it is not that big of a deal to so suffer.
This approach is also critical because it means I can ignore (mostly) any obvious or even inobvious false beliefs held by the victim. They are inconsequential to the true nature of targeting unless I myself also rely on the false facts, but I do not, or at least try not to so rely. Ignorance in this case is bliss. However, at some point, any errors in belief structures must be repaired or, perhaps, tested. It may, for instance, be me who has false perception. A good test can teach whomever is wrong the true nature of things, provided their minds are not sealed to logic (that can be the case).
The logical path][ Were I able to go into a TI’s home and install pickproof locks and facilitate true site security, render their computer and phones secure and defeat surveillance devices, make various targeting method tests, set up defenses in response, and do the appropriate investigations and analyze victim history — I can make ALWAYS make progress. It may not be total victory, but if not, the resulting shift will see the targeting closer to an annoyance than a trauma.
I’m talking about all the things I advise my client Tis to do, of course, since I cannot do it for them at distance (while I do offer direct intervention, it is generally too costly for a TI to afford, as it usually involves securing other professional specialists or services, as well). This is what I do: play 20 questions, give assignments, some of which are tests to undertake, and figure it out as we go. Repeat as needed.
Rationalization as weapon][ But victims tend not to follow my advice even after agreeing, or fail to undertake steps correctly, or misconstrue the results, or even reject the advice or conclusions out of hand — all generally because their current belief structures (as to the nature of the beast) will not allow them to yield fully to my advice or to the possibility of another reality. Their minds are closed to logic, and they rationalize an excuse for the subconscious decision.
Strangely, this is often even true when the instruction is a test which would make that very determination. My best successes have only been possible when the victim was relatively new and had as of yet had no such strong false belief structures to struggle with. Long term victims tend to have a ‘been there, done that’ not-going-there again approach even though they haven’t, yet, really (at least not in the manner as prescribed).
And understand, I’m not saying I’m always right, by any means. I’m frequently wrong; since I am not there, I must rely on the information I’m given, but it comes from people who are not consistently capable of giving me the correct information— because it is all filtered through their belief structure born of targeting falsehoods. Even if I were on site, I myself might be misled by clues or symptoms, or miss something key, or simply make wrong conclusions. So imagine how much harder it is for the Victim, alone in a stressful environment.
Desperation as weapon][ It leads to desperation, and in that state, victims do things they ought not. They almost habitually (mix and match) ‘hook up’ with other Tis, seek sexual encounters with strangers; move into places indefensible, write to authorities in an inappropriate manner, spend serious money on foolish or fraudulent defenses, and more. They rationalize wrong choices via hope instead of choosing carefully with logic, and by that same rationalization, discount failures and thus end up repeating the same error, again.
Speaking to my introduction paragraph, they tend to believe at the drop of a hat most any technical or tactical explanation or offer for help (especially if a new or unusual method, and for too many, even if seeming nonsense) — especially if it in any way reinforces a false belief already held. And they tend to reveal too much information when in dialogs, further aiding perps in psychological profile and targeting fine tuning. These things they do in hopes it will somehow at last lead to something that does help.
The path unwanted][ All this further exaggerates their false beliefs, and then typically in the end they call those same people (with home they hooked up or from whom they obtained information or helps) Perps when things don’t work out as expected. Regardless, seldom will they toss out the newly acquired fears or beliefs about tech. There is such a desire to ‘understand’ the problem, that they consume and eagerly share information constantly, even if there are logical signposts that it is incorrect. Eyes are raised if anyone dares point out such flaws, and their honest appraisal becomes circumspect. Of course, sometimes, the objections are indeed false, perhaps from a perp.
Division as weapon][ Thus in the end, the victim community ends up bickering and fighting and being suspicious of one the other. Even though it is sometimes absolutely true one is a Perp (or just as bad in net result, a true schizophrenic believing themselves a victim), way too many thought to be, are not. For those wrongly accused, help is subsequently even harder to come by, as they tend to isolate themselves defensively. Victims end up torturing victims unwittingly in a mass self-reinforcement of victimization.
This is why I no longer participate in group dialogs, polls, petitions, etc.
And why was false advice given in the first place? When not because the giver was a perp, it is most likely a false belief structure which allowed the giver to sincerely think it would help, perhaps because they used it in their own targeting. But they failed to realize the perps took steps to make it seem like it helped. This takes us back to the opening statement: part and parcel of MC is to make the victim believe in a false reality as to their circumstances. They giveth and taketh away after it has led to more division in the TI community.
How sinister the weapons are][ But even when the advice or information is good, if filtered through false belief structures, it will not be useful to the victim as a rule, and for the reasons cited already. It matters not who is giving the advice; me or a TI, or some third party. False belief structures still get in the way, and perhaps, for some individuals, pride contributes; they do not wish to admit they’ve been wrong all along.
I can sometimes make decent progress with a long-term victim suffering false beliefs, but seldom as much progress as desired. Regardless, and this is almost always true for all clients, when even a small level of progress is made, the victim gains strength and the will to continue fighting. They become a Survivor, and are no long victim, and that alone is worthwhile. If I can get that far, there is hope that more progress can be made, and in time, it usually is, but every new gain tends to be hard earned… but with luck, at some point, there is an opportunity to suddenly break away altogether.
But you often dare not tell a victim they have false beliefs (as I attempt, here) or a key to truly understanding their problems, even once a survivor, because it will probably be rejected along with other advice. They have to somehow come to realize it on their own, and start from zero; that’s when good advice and helps can actually work. Even then, they must also have the will power remaining to force themselves to stop the bad practices which deter helps and neuter advice, as well as the bad habits born of desperation.
What is political control technology?
But then there is FREE WILL
Free Will, the Survivor’s weapon][ Exercise of Free Will, the gift of God which no other can take away unless freely given in submission, is the greatest weapon a TI has: only if they CHOOSE to allow an attack method to have emotional impact, will it be so. Street theater, V2S (voice to skull), and even pain generating tech becomes little more than a bad joke when one is able to simply decide it has NOTHING TO DO with their ATTITUDE and emotion, or their psychology and philosophical approach to daily life.
A Cancer victim in constant pain who CHOOSES to continue to live and enjoy life… such a person in such a state is a wondrous thing to behold, because we see they can be truly happy in life, accepting their fate and enjoying life even MORE than someone uninflected because of it. So why cannot a TI do the same? Only because they CHOOSE to suffer the very psychological effects the targeting pushes them reflexively into. But unlike cancer, there is a cure for that.
Never REACT][ Instead STOP, THINK, and consciously ACT; stop yourself from reacting, think what your reflexive instincts were telling you to do — and consider if that was not what was expected of you. With that in mind, then ACT contrary to it in some manner, doing so as if an actor in a play. In the beginning you will have to act like an actor, because it will not seem ‘normal,’ but in time, you will find that things get easier, and eventually, reflexive, such that targeting no longer has any control, not even to force you to stop, think and act. THAT will be true freedom; the day you no longer automatically respond as predicted by your profile — because you have created a whole new profile, one which is targeting resistant, and one they cannot understand or deal with.
To me, the real beauty of this method is that it is mind control in reverse; the perps become confused, and are rendered victims of your psychological warfare upon them. The accuracy of their psychological profile is diluted and eventually becomes useless and meaningless. The lack of progress and success causes underlings to get in trouble with superiors on up the line. People get ‘fired’ and replaced.
They even start replacing equipment, thinking it defective. And from that fact comes a warning: expect attacks to intensify, either as punative response, or in experimentation to see what’s wrong. But they will not want them to get so intense that they damage tissue or leave other physical evidence, so if you start getting microwave burns, for instance, go to a Doctor and get it documented, and photograph them for evidence, and as always, update your log of targeting events with great detail. They will back off if this starts to happen, almost always. If they do not, let me know. I have thoughts on that, too.
- Gang Stalking – We targets are alone. (neverending1.wordpress.com)
When peaceful change does not correct a tyrannical government, what remains is armed revolution — or — docile subjugation. History shows revolutions are slow to come, but when they do, swift to take hold. Yet, there is an important difference between being able to say ‘this government is tyrannical…’ as opposed to ‘This government is Godless…’
Does God ever approve of deposing tyrannical governments?by H. Michael Sweeney copyright © 2013, all rights reserved. Permission to repost hereby granted provided entire post with all links in tact, including this paragraph, are included.
Does God approve of revolution?
Reading this post you will learn:
- Citizens of any nation may believe there is reason for armed revolt
- That the Antichrist cannot come to power until there is a massive Global revolt
- That God commands we not revolt against authority
- But that there may be some forms of government where revolt is not revolt, but just punishment in the eyes of God
Who is really in charge? Who SHOULD be in charge?
In a prior post we sought by means of two polls, to determine who the real authority and source of power is in America, currently, compared to who is the RIGHTFUL source of authority. If you have not read that post, this post will likely be more valuable to you if you first at least review the Poll, and hopefully, employ it. Now, while the answers are specific to the United States, the question posed in THIS blog post, remain valid for any country under any form of government, even if Islamic.
The reason it applies globally, and as many of my posts point out, we are in a life and death battle with the New World Order, then we are up against powers and principalities who seek to seat the Antichrist. Even if not so, if we feel our government tyrannical and evil, we may be predisposed to considering armed revolt if we see no peaceful choices working.
But also as pointed out, if we resist properly, we can delay the unpleasant and totally fatal End Times that go along with that scenario. That means a Righteous (right-use-ness) fight to assert our right to God’s gift of free will as opposed to an evil (vile-use) motivation.
Scripture clearly tells us that we are to submit to authorities, even if they are oppressive, the example given being Caesar; the Roman Empire, eventually headed by an ungodly man who thought he was a God, and which literally enslaved most of the known World at the time. There are several verses which we should consider to see if there is perhaps any exception or justification for rebellion:
Hebrews 13:17 and Romans 13:1-7 are the primary establishing commands we seek to question, saying, “Obey them that have the rule over you, and submit yourselves: for they watch for your souls, as they that must give account, that they may do it with joy, and not with grief: for that [is] unprofitable for you.” “Let every soul be subject unto the higher powers. For there is no power but of God: the powers that be are ordained of God.”
1 Peter 2:13-14 echoes, “Submit yourselves to every ordinance of man for the Lord’s sake: whether it be to the king, as supreme; Or unto governors, as unto them that are sent by him for the punishment of evildoers, and for the praise of them that do well.”
Thus if we are faithful to God, it seems we must presume even tyrants were given authority over men with God’s blessing for some reason known only to him, and that their authority serves Him in such hidden cause. Yet it also sounds like it is based on the assumption that there is at least some degree of responsibility to protect and care for the nation, to specifically include spiritual care for their souls. And it is true, that even Caesar allowed the captive Jews to worship their own God. How odd was that, when such as he would soon claim to be a God?
So two questions come to mind which may alter the equation, and deserve further consideration.
One: What if the authorities actively seek to destroy God by advancing the Antichrist?
That is, after all, the primary premise which is in play up front and which drives the new World Order movement at its inner-most core. It is one thing to revolt because of tyranny and loss of freedoms, which is certainly a motivation in any revolt. But it is another to do so because the authorities seek to destroy men, destroy their spirituality and lead them to sin, and destroy God. What does scripture say about that?
An answer may exist in the complex story of Nabal and Abigail. Overly simplified, perhaps, for the sake of focus to topic and the limited space of a blog, Nabal was a powerful man of self-assumed authority at a local level who, when some of David’s people came under his power, was harsh with them, and took actions which were a threat to even David’s life by denial of food, offering instead great insult. Nabal worshiped Belial, a name for Satan.
David responds by gathering 400 men in arms to confront and deal with Nabal in reprisal. But one of David’s men warned Abigail, Nabal’s wife, explaining the problem. 1 Samual 25:17 is his conclusion and of interest to answering our question. “Now therefore know and consider what thou wilt do; for evil is determined against our master, and against all his household: for he [is such] a son of Belial, that [a man] cannot speak to him.”
Is that not how powerless we feel in the face of the NWO and their ceaseless crimes against us, plots all against God? Do they listen to our reasonable pleas?
But rather than justifying David’s intended battle, which we might deem rebellion, Abigail intercedes with great wisdom on behalf of and in acting authority of Nabal’s houshold. She brought food to David, and pleaded that there be no battle. David agreed, and Abigail returned to Nabal saying nothing. In the days that followed, Nabal died, God’s judgement upon him.
The story would seem to have no true relevance if that were the end of examination, for there is no Abigail likely to intercede on our behalf within the construct of the NWO (if one exists, please email me, and let’s fix this!). But there is one more passage which does apply. David, as God’s servant in the passage, thanks Abigail for stopping him from attacking Nabal, an act he himself describes as, in afterthought, evil (unrighteous). In part…
1 Samual 25:39 “And when David heard that Nabal was dead, he said, Blessed be the Lord, that hath pleaded the cause of my reproach from the hand of Nabal, and hath kept his servant from evil: for the Lord hath returned the wickedness of Nabal upon his own head.” In other words, had David attacked, it would have been wrong. He indeed should have left the matter to God, who in the end did take care of it.
On this, then, we see the Bible remains adamant that we not ‘fall away,’ the term for rebellion, even when authority is clearly Satanic and seeks to harm us. And yet, I still wonder… there is the one other question…
Two: What if WE are the authority, and it is our servants that we need take to task by force of arms?
This is one reason why the poll was offered in the prior post. One may find there is a distinct difference between a government based on divine right as addressed by the above Bible admonishments to submission, and government based on a social contract; the Constitution and Bill of Rights. If, in the polls, We the People or the Constitution/Bill of Rights were seen as the ultimate authority, and especially if the poll also showed that the darkness of the New World Order was the true current power, then divine right would no longer seem a valid component.We would not be rebelling against authority, for we are that authority.
We would instead be rebuking those assigned the task of executing authority on our behalf, our public servants. Restated, if We the People deemed to grant the power of governmental authority to those in Congress, the White House, the military, and so forth… by means of a document we (our Forefathers, anyway) penned and signed as their charter of such powers, then they serve us at our pleasure, and should they err and refuse correction, we ought be justified in using force to end the matter, per Thomas Jefferson’s beliefs and intent; the whole reason for the 2nd Amendment right to bear arms of like capability as the military.
Biblically, that would be a Master-servant relationship, and we would still be in compliance with God’s Word to punish our errant servants. A master does not fall away from a servant in rebuking, punishing, or even killing him for just cause, nor does he do an evil thing in the eyes of God. Indeed, it is the servant that falls away in violating the will of the master, and punishment of any kind may be in order according to circumstance.
Luke 12:47 “And that servant, which knew his lord’s will, and prepared not himself, neither did according to his will, shall be beaten with many stripes.”
And one more thing…
If the poll would seem to insufficiently justify the above reasoning, or you otherwise find it unacceptable, the Bible does specify one, and only one other just reason to fall away and not obey authority. That singular reason is when authority commands something which is contrary to God’s commands. You are to obey God, and not man, in such a case.
Acts 5:27-29 (and similar in Acts 4:19) makes clear: “And when they had brought them, they set them before the council: and the high priest asked them, Saying, Did not we straitly command you that ye should not teach in this name? and, behold, ye have filled Jerusalem with your doctrine, and intend to bring this man’s blood upon us. Then Peter and the other apostles answered and said, We ought to obey God rather than men.”
Therefore, we must seek and define just cause for rebellion; such deeds or laws or deciets which prevent or thwart obedience to God. How can we judge if this be the case, or no? Start with what God has commanded, and compare. Look to the Ten Commandments, and we only find two which may qualify.
One: Thou shalt have no other Gods before me. Unless and until we are commanded to worship some other God, this is no justification. If the one-World religion is forced upon us, we might justly revolt, but that is something not expected until after the falling away and the one-World government is established. It is yet for a future time.
Six: Thou shalt not kill. Now we start to wonder if this is not a basis. Wars fostered by deceit to steal resources and confound the God of Abraham by putting Satanic sects in power (Hashemites – see prior post) would seem to be commanding our soldiers to kill for unjust cause. Depopulation efforts such as Chemtrails, Agenda 21 and Codex Alimentarius, and GMO crops is asking us to submit to being killed, and if we do not submit, to aid in the killing of our own children.
Indeed, the laws have already been written to enable and essentially require that we unknowingly allow the State to guide our unwed teens to kill their children by abortion. The 1.4 billion rounds of munitions ordered by DHS likewise seems destined to be used against us. Must we submit ourselves and our families unto death?
Suppose they do at last come for the guns? To do so is the final step in their revolt against our authority. Once they have the guns, they become the Master, and we become the servents; slaves, really. From that moment forward we are forced to serve Satan’s desires of any and all manner without recourse, and no longer have any means to resist. The Antichrist can come to power, and it is End Game.
Does God intend we should serve Satan without a fight, or is that a sin. There are more than a dozen verses on this but the one with the strongest and simplest clarity perhaps is Matthew 4:10 “Then saith Jesus unto him, Get thee hence, Satan: for it is written, thou shalt worship the Lord thy God, and him only shalt thou serve.”
Only Him shalt thou serve.
And how do we do that? Do we grab our guns and start shooting? It is, after all, relatively easy to start a revolution. I hope not, unless perhaps it is in defense of the guns, that final signpost, that final straw… or perhaps if some cold, hard proof of genocide or like atrocity toward depopulation. But then, we each draw our own lines in the sand, and choose how to resist. I’m thinking there needs to be a way to fight back which does not require violence, one which can be applied more safely, and immediately… by anyone… today. This moment.
It’s available to us all, and has been all along.
It’s called the 1st Amendment; free speech, and when combined with an even more powerful tool, God’s gift of Free Will, it is all powerful. Become activist and use these weapons, or the entire Constitution and Bill of Right have no meaning for you, and perhaps the Word of God as well, for you may end up being doomed and unable to obey it when it is found to be, for you, too late. You can always just opt out of the system… and drop off their control Matrix (take the Red Pill).
The Mark of the Beast, or death may be your only choice, then — or armed revolt. But if you ever end up deciding the time is ripe for such revolt, I pray you do so in agreement with God’s view of your actions as being righteous (right-use-ness). That is one reason for having two polls to compare one to the other: if we be the rightful authority, than it is not revolt, at all, but due punishment, and not just our right, but our obligation in the eyes of the God.
- Devotions: I Samuel 25 (spiritualgym.wordpress.com)
I really don’t think we can answer that so easily. Is it Mr. Sorento and his Executive Orders? Congress and their unconstitutional laws they don’t even read? Bankers and the FED? The Military and Arms Industry? The Individual States? The United Nations and their Treaties? The Council on Foreign Relations? The Illuminati, the New World Order? Or… is it We, the People and the Constitution?Update: May 14, 2013 Preliminary results indicate 75% of us think the rightful power in America should be We the People and the Constitution/BIll of Rights — but only 6% of us think that we actually achieve that ideal. More than 70% think the real power currently in force have nothing to do with government, at all. IS THAT RIGHT? I hope not, and thankfully, the sampling is fairly small (only 21 votes). WE NEED MORE VOTES to truly get a handle. TELL YOUR FRIENDS TO TAKE THE POLL! by H.Michael Sweeney Copyright © 2013, all right reserved. Because this involves a Poll, it makes sense not to allow normal reblog. Permission hereby granted to reproduce this blog in full with respect to commentary, including this paragraph, but WITHOUT the pole, itself, using instead links to this blog at the appropriate point. All other links and text must remain in tact. A Poll: Who Is the Real Authority and Power in America?
What you will learn reading this post and answering a Poll…
- That there are many possible answers to the question;
- That each is supported by useful argument;
- That each is arguably false by countering logic;
- That God has given us signposts that we might choose wisely;
Who is our true Master in America?
I’ll start by saying I’ve been the fool, as I think have we all. Nothing anymore is black and white, it seems, though most of us operate as if it were. That’s how we make mistakes. The visible things on the surface of matters which guide our opinions and actions are more and more subverted with falsehoods and concealments, and manipulation, and yet like the Ostrich, we prefer to believe what is apparent without question. Look where it has led us:
Never before in history has there been so much talk about the end of the World… about global revolution, wars, and rumors of wars… about religious beliefs and disbeliefs, and bitter differences between them. Or about the New World Order, which can only serve to seat the Antichrist and lead to Armageddon… about powers and principalities, plots and conspiracies.
Count me guilty of all such talk. It’s on my mind almost every day, if not the forefront, then nagging at me in the background. There are simply too many news events where things simply do not add up to equal the facts offered in the telling. Things are rapidly becoming Biblic in scope, things forecast in that very book. The signs are everywhere, even as also forecast. I cannot help but consider, and write. I think we all need to consider, lest we blunder into oblivion. Of course, that may just be me being paranoid, again.
Is it mere paranoia as some say, even hope? Or is it a growing shared consciousness coming to the surface? Or is it simply proper attention to signposts and the very Word of God?
When have we had so many signs in the heavens? So many serious earthquakes and mega disasters? Dieoffs of large numbers of people and animals? So many people in unrest simultaneously? So many wars and rumors of wars? So many sightings of strange creatures, UFOs, odd visions and even noises of no tangeble explanations? So many rare events in and from the stars? When has the Earth been so polluted and ecologically threatened? NEVER. All these things have been forecast.
Ought we not heed them? Moreover, when has there been such a fascination in our entertainment with the occult, witchcraft and satanic things, zombies, monsters, and other dark things including end-of-the World scenarios? Are we being conditioned to accept the Antichrist’s rise to power, that we may yield to the Mark of the Beast more easily?
When in history have there been such vast schemes forced on the masses by a handful of powerful people with questionable agenda? I speak of Agenda 21, the sustainability movement which would deny you the right to own property, have a car, choose where you live, and work, and if you can have children. I speak of Codex Alimentarius which makes natural herbals and vitamins illegal, and forces you to rely on big pharma drugs, and to be subject to inoculations. I speak of the plan to establish a one-world religion which melds everything from Shamen to Buda to Christ and Mohamed and even Satan. I speak of HARRP and mapping the brain so that mind control weapons can regulate thought and mood on demand, and of chemtrails, GMO, and Seed Vaults and race specific pathogens (gene-guided bioweapons) which enable depopulation. There is more such as this which could be added.
The answer as to who is the true authority in charge is a serious question not easily answered, but one which is critical to trying to answer and deal with the rest. In the end, there is probably no useful concensus given multiple ways it can be thought of, born of differing perspectives, and that is why a Poll is being offered. But it is critical that we know, because we are at a crossroads in history which will determine the fate of the World, though most of us are asleep to the matter.
If we are truly at such crossroads, the Bible warns that before the Antichrist can come to power, there must be a ‘falling away,’ a revolt. 2 Thessalonians 2:3 “Let no man deceive you by any means: for that day shall not come, except there come a falling away first, and that man of sin be revealed, the son of perdition;” In the text of King James, ‘falling away’ means ‘rebellion,’ and the day spoken of is the End Days, the ‘son of perdition’ the Antichrist; the rise to power of Satan.
It does not say who wins, and indeed, it may not matter, because the Antichrist could rise from either side of such a battle. But as I’ve said in my prior posts, I believe that if sufficient numbers of people are found to be righteous (right-use-ness) as opposed to evil (vile-use) in application of Free Will, God will let the World continue. I believe Armageddon comes by the dictates of our own actions, that there is no set time for it as Men consider time. And if that is the case, I’d rather have more time than less.
How about you?
Who is the real authority and power in America?
Who truly rules us, right here in America?
Is it Mr. Sorento? The presidency, regardless of who sits. But I refuse to use the other name this man claims, for he is indeed a man of questionable legal authority to hold the Office of the President. If he is legal ruler, why did the military allow troops to decline assignment to combat if stating they did not believe him their lawful Commander in Chief? There is a significant chance he will be proven a fraud in court by some accounts. If a fraud, his Executive Orders and Bills signed into law are null and void. But the real question is, is any President the true power?
Is it Congress? All they do is propose and submit laws to the President. They don’t actually tell us what to do in any direct way. Worse, they don’t even read the laws they vote upon, and never seem to question that massive bills thousands of pages long are ready for their consideration within days of most ‘needs,’ things otherwise unexpected. The Patriot Act was written well before 9-11, for instance. The body is widely viewed as corrupt and acting against the best interests of the country and those who elected them.
Is it the Military? They are supposed to answer to the President, and civilian authority. Yet they have threatened Martial Law, suspension of the Constitution, and a military form of government. They now presume the right under NDAA to murder, vanish, and torture any American without due process. They raid our cities in mock drills. Their documents indicate they intend to shoot Americans demonstrators who protest (they already did so at Kent State), if confronted. Others define a new form of warfare most likely to be faced in the future as ‘Peoples War,’ where the enemy is a group of ‘Ex military, Constitutionalists, patriots, religious extremists, the poor and disenfranchised.’
They have approved a plan (the blueprint of terrorism we now face) called Operation Northwoods, which we find duplicated almost to the letter in terrorism: it was to blow up American ships in harbor (the USS Cole), blow up American buildings (US Embassy Bombings, WTC Bombing), assassinate Americans on our streets (DC Sniper), shoot down remote-control airliners thought full of Americans (9-11 attack), and blame it on (in the plot, Cuba, but it can be used as a tool against any group or nation with the right operatives) in order to justify a war. All of this is detailed in Fatal Rebirth, right down to the circuit boards employed. Want a free ebook copy of Volume One?
Is it the Supreme Court and Court System? They are only called into play as a kind of last resort, and only indirectly tell us what to do on select things which come before them. And yet, they are supposed to be the final, ultimate authority in the scheme of checks and balances which define the construct of our government.
Is it the States, and States’ Rights? The Federal Government is limited in what it can do to force compliance at State level. International treaties cannot be signed and entered into without ratification by the States. It is by agreed upon Union of the States which formed and empowered what we call the Federal Government, for the purpose of doing their bidding for the collective good.
Only by coercing State compliance voluntarily with Federal funding programs are most Federal mandates found sufficiently ‘convenient’ at the State level. But if it is the State, then the question of the Military comes back to haunt us, because there is hardly a standing Army as such; the bulk of the Military outside of the DOD is in the form of National Guards (Army and Air Force units), which are State militia. The Navy, Marines, and Coastguard are the exceptions.
Is it the County Sheriffs and local law enforcement? If there were large-scale civil unrest, and/or a move by the Federal government to enforce gun controls deemed unconstitutional, who is the true local authority over you, when so many Sheriffs have unified themselves to tell Sorento they would not enforce such laws and would even arrest Federal agents if they attempted to do so. So important is this issue, that we now learn that in response, Sorento is asking to form a whole new Federal law enforcement agency (itself thought unconstitutional – a National Police) to arrest Sheriffs who take such a stance. Who will side with whom, against whom, when push comes to shove?
Deputize me, and Barry will find out. And know this: it will take only One Governor to order his National Guard into D.C., and one Constitutionally loyal General to arrest and detain anyone guilty of treason as result of such forced confrontations.
Is it FEMA and/or DHS? A state of Emergency was declared because of Sept. 11 attacks. It has not been lifted. The FEMA Charter under law gives them absolute authority over almost everything in such declared emergencies, including the Military. If you read the list of what they control and can do, you would say Hitler would have envied their absolute power. Yet we see no visible signs this is being exercised… unless you are observant. Their vehicles can be seen driving our streets, and Police-like uniforms are being worn here, and there, with FEMA patches. They are too quiet, methinks…
Much the same can be said of DHS, which was created by the Anser Institute, a shadowy military-intelligence think tank. It was formed exactly two years prior to Sept. 11 attacks, almost simultaneous to the Project for a New Amrican Century’s war plans for a series of domino wars in the Middle East to gain control of natural resources, and give power to puppet governments run by what they called in their PowerPoints, Hashemites. The Hashemites are an ancient Satanic sect predating Allah that involved opiates in their religious ceremonies, and are brethren to the Assassins, of like construct. Their historical trails will lead you to the Knights Templars, to Rosecrucians, witches and warlocks, to Masons/Freemaonry, and to the Illuminati. DHS has ordered 1.4 billion rounds of ammunition and is doing all manner of things dark and sinister which cause many people to think them planning a war with American citizens.
Is it a Secret Shadow Government? Unseen string pullers. I call it Shadow in my book set Fatal Rebirth. Some call it Illuminati, perhaps in the form of the so-called Round Table Groups (evolved from Knights Templar meetings), like the Bilderbergers, Council on Foreign Relations, and even Rhodes Scholars. Some say it is the high Freemasons, Skull and Bones, and the like. Others think it the Jewish Cabal (bankers, mostly, primarily due the Rothschildes influence, but I maintain they were Knight Templars who assumed Jewish identities to avoid persecution by the Pope). Such forces do exist and make themselves felt, and all those elements cited can be seen as a collective. But do they actually rule, or are we grasping at paranoiac straws? Do they really control all power in order to seek the New World Order, and to seat the Antichrist, as first suggested?
Is it the FED and Banksters? Wallstreet & Culprits, Inc. This rightly belongs in the Shadow category, but it is such a singular force in American life that it deserves to be listed separately. What one giveth, the other oft takes away, resulting in yo-yo financial forces which define our economy in ways which in turn define our politics and national policies. Attempts at to police them tend to be negated with ease by these institutions, who repeatedly bring us to the brink of fiscal doom and then propel themselves forward with profits galore, often out of thin air. But seldom do we gain or recover our losses from wealth redistribution to their favor.
Is it the Corporations? Big Pharma? The Oil Companies? Military contractors? The Board Rooms of legally defined living entities seem to hold sway over Congress and even the President. Monsanto writes laws which give it a blank check, submitted to Congress by their pocket Congressman, and Monsanto backed PACS contribute to other Congressmen to insure passage. Then the President not only signs the Bill into law (deliberate lower case, I refuse to believe his signature lawful), and appoints Monsanto kingpins to guide the FDA to ‘oversee’ Monsanto. We see the same thing in Big Pharma, in the Oil Industry, and in the Defense Sector. The fix is in. The public trough is for sale to the highest bidder; it should be renamed corporate trough, because the Public cannot access it — we just pay for it.
The Constitution and Bill of Rights? This is the very charter which defines the organization, operation, limits and authority of all branches of our government. Without it, there is no authority of the President, Congress, or the Supreme Court. And yet, it does not actually rule us, as such. And most certainly, it seems to be loosing its power as both Congress and the President continually issue laws and executive orders deemed to violate and negate it. This is why so many people deem our leaders to be outlaws, and why Sheriffs are starting to say ‘NO!’ It’s why many people are buying guns, and talking about Revolution being a real possibility.
It’s the primary reason I write, in fact.
We the People? We are, after all, the ones who authored and empowered the Charter. It has no power except that which we gave it by our signature (Founding Fathers), which means neither does the President, Congress, etc. have power but that which the charter affords. We are supposed to be the ones who control government, giving it limited powers to manage our nation for us. Government is supposed to be a tool which works for us, not the reverse. They are supposed to fear our anger should they err, we are not supposed to fear our government, which is more and more our sad state.
Who really rules, as opposed to who is the rightful ruler?
The Poll, in two parts
So please use the Poll so we can see if there is consensus as to who is the RIGHTFUL ruler, vs. who truly rules at the moment. There are, therefore, two parts: who is the PROPER final authority in the power structure; and who do you think really controls us, currently? These two answers will define much of what follows; our fates, and as I fear most likely so, our judgment by God, and, more to the point, how soon it comes to pass. Will that be two o’s or three (SOOON!)?
Please use both polls; you may vote for any THREE choices in each (e.g., the three branches of the Federal government, the three most conspiratorial choice, etc.). The closing comments show why it is important to answer both polls, and will lead to the first of two analysis posts which logically result.
And here’s why it’s critical we know the answer to BOTH polls, as we will explore further in parts II, and III… if there is a dichotomy in the two Polls’ results… where the current power resides not in the hands of the rightful authority, then should not that be rectified? If, for example, the rightful authority is We, the People or even the Constitution, and we find any other in power instead… then ought we not be seeking in earnest to change that?
And more to the point, if we see there is no peaceful way to effect such change, there is a more key question we must ask (part II):
Part III will be a specific analysis of Poll results once sufficient votes are cast.
- One in four Americans fear Barack Obama is antichrist (metro.co.uk)
- Poll: 1 of 5 Republicans Believe Obama is the Antichrist (atlantablackstar.com)
No matter how simple the weapons and tactics of war, you need a checklist; an action plan which is your method to the madness which is war.
by H. Michael Sweeney
How to drop out of society
Continuation of prior post: a checklist on how to drop out
In the prior segment we introduced the notion of going to War with the New World Order by defining the problem, the underlying mechanics and principles involved, and getting a good look at our enemy. If you have not read that, and especially if you are skeptical that such a War MUST be waged, please read it now. We closed with Step Two of how to take the War to our Globalist enemy: Drop out of the System. That, in turn, opens up a series of possible tactics from which one might choose to employ, offered here as if a checklist for customizing your battle plan.
To repeat an important consideration, don’t expect to jump in with both feet, but rather, ease into those things which seem easiest to accomplish, and then expand upon them as opportunity and ability allows, and in like manner, move into other areas. Unless one simply happens to have the needed resources and capabilities in place, it is not likely even possible to undertake all of the ideas simultaneously: Some of them you simply might not care for, or accept as viable or workable with respect to their goals or your personal circumstances. Don’t feel you need to follow these suggestions any more than you need to ‘play their game.’ After all, it is about free will choice; God’s greatest gift to Man short of life itself.
And that’s exactly what we are trying to stop the New World Order from ending. Free Will.
What do I do to drop out of the system?
❑ Don’t buy into the system: Don’t rely upon credit of any form. Debt is control, a thing admitted through history by bankers themselves. They sell credit to you with the promise of instant gratification and convenience, and even ‘perks,’ but the price is not mere interest, but firm control which locks you into their system. Once there, they own you and are assured you will not easily revolt. The banks and lending institutions, and the retail creditors, oil companies all… all rely upon credit to trap you into a Debtor Control System some call the Matrix, or the Grid.
Then there is the endless electronic transaction trail it generates which is of great interest to TIAO (Total Information Awareness Office — since renamed Terrorist IAO to make us think we are not the true targets of interest) to track your every movement. TIA is designed to eventually detect and record any and all forms of social transactions where information, money, or property changes hands, and even to calculate psychological profiles and future actions based on that information.
If enough people stopped using credit religiously, the banks would falter and interest rates would be less artificial and manipulative. The shockwaves would have a negative, inflationary impact on the economy, especially for MIIM corporations, because the dollar would falter against foreign competitors, seeking its true value (0).
Since the bulk of the National Debt is held in the form of Bonds owned almost entirely by the wealthy elite who make up the NWO, their financial power base is eaten away from within by the very stuff they covet most, which dwindles in value and usefulness. While a bad economy also has a negative impact on personal situations, it also hastens the general public’s realization that MIIM’s system serves them more than us, and will lead to more converts over time, and lead to victory and the chance to rebuild anew. That is the long term effect.
In the short term, forgoing credit and relying instead on alternatives herein not only saves you interest (money), but allows you the freedom to choose what you will pay with. In essence, it makes it easier for you to survive a bad economy by relying instead on an underground economy, ignoring fake Federal IOUs in favor of the truest currency of all; value given for value received, in a transaction where each transactional party dictates what is of value, and its worth.
For instance, there are barter institutions which allow you to trade goods and services for other goods and services — no money or little money needs be involved at all. They act as a kind of ‘bank’ trading ‘credits’ used in such barters for a small percentage of the transaction — much less than would be the interest in a credit-purchase situation. But of course, you can also effect barter with individuals directly, often providing increased flexibility in coming to an agreement.
Be careful, however, when using services, because there are tax issues which generally force such services to report at least select transactions, and that may be undesirable. The System is trying to make barter unworkable, even illegal. But in an underground economy, such concerns are no different than highway speed limit signs when hurry, you must. You can simply offer to trade directly with those you personally do commerce with most often. Offer to trade excess items or items you make, or services, for whatever you want. There are people who live completely by this method, not even paying rent with cash or credit, though such is rare. I could tell of wonderful outcomes with barter, personally.
Somewhere, if you ask around with persistence, you will find someone who is willing to trade, and in such a case, you mutually agree upon values and no one, not even Uncle Sam, gets a cut in the ideal circumstances. Enter Craigslist, and the like. Of course, there will be things you cannot easily barter for, many of them essential, such as certain foods, rent, and utilities. We will address such needs elsewhere.
❑ Don’t fund the NWO brand names: Determine what companies belong to MIIM, and boycott their goods and services, and do not buy their stocks. That means some hard decisions. If the company is a military contractor, or a multinational, or owned or controlled by one (a subsidiary), it is a company you should avoid doing business with and one worthy of constant public condemnation in activist style. Also, avoid purchases of any precious gems or metals, since the great bulk of the mines are owned by the NWO — else why to think they push these commodities so hard by selling fear and uncertainty?
Unfortunately, this means doing without certain goods altogether, such as new cars and appliances as technology advances. It IS OK to buy used, if it is not going to be financed. I drive a six year-old car and use a six-year old computer — and they work great. I am not so far behind the technology curve as to ‘hurt.’ I might spend more on repairs but have no monthly payments and the original cost was well below new — so it costs considerably less to give up a little prestige or performance, or whiz-bang feature. Doing so means the system is not profiting by my presence — I am not participating. You can amplify upon this by growing your own food (to be illegal under Agenda 21 and Codex Alimentarius), making your own clothes, and similar self reliance.
❑ Don’t buy the advertising: Boycott the newspapers, magazines, and media outlets owned by MIIM. Obviously, you will need to keep up with the news, somehow, despite the fact that you know you cannot fully trust any such source for complete honesty. I suggest TV can stay, or perhaps radio, but NEVER select ONE news source (channel, station, commentator).
But whenever you hear an ad for a product on ANY mainstream source, or see one in a magazine you happen to read despite your strategy (e.g., waiting rooms), take a moment to write a letter, even if a form letter, to the advertiser(s). Do not use Email for the purpose, for only a written letter will have impact — and then, only if it is business-like and polite. Don’t wax as politically indignant as might I; “Dear Fascist: Regarding your sinful and shamless partnership with XYZ Media in their evil plot to…”
Better idea: tell them you do not trust the media source which aired their ad and believe it biased, because it is owned by (insert the appropriate military contractor or megacorps, here), and thus, you refuse to buy their products because they are paying for disinformation to be disseminated. If enough people did this religiously, advertisers would be more careful, and Media would falter, its income stream hampered and profitability down. It might even wax honest.
❑ Don’t be tracked by purchases: Demand retailers destroy or remove RFID chips on products you buy, and protest their use. Most will have no clue, so educate them at the register, perhaps forcing a call to a Manager… simultaneously educating those waiting in line (no angry rants — just calm explanations and politeness). In the end you will likely need to destroy them yourself (microwave oven for tiny ones, scissors, shredder or burning for larger ones).
Items where removal and destruction is not possible should be kept in a foil pouch when not in use (this includes some state drivers licenses, passports, and other chipped items). Pull clothing tags and similar, and destroy them, shred purchase documents unless you are desperate to be allowed a return or warranty remedy in event of a defective item, in which cass.. Simple discarding may not be sufficient for such items if you think you are being sought or surveilled; trash is not your friend, it is a data mine. Don’t pay by debit card unless it is prepaid and not tied to you by name (one reason many places don’t accept prepaid). Cash is King of safety, though it labels you a convenient ‘terrorist,’ in FBI retailer snitch programs (one reason we need to kill the System; its insane paranoia creates that which it fears in self-fulfilling cycles).
❑ Don’t work for the system; Do not allow yourself to be employed by a member of MIIM or one of their subsidiaries unless willing to use that employment to their disadvantage. An example would be seeking to find and expose information damaging to the company, especially if exposing wrongdoing. I, for instance, took a job working at Shell Oil, where I uncovered a terror plot, by chance. More likely, it would simply be better to take a job with a smaller firm, one more likely to itself be a struggling competitor to the larger MIIM players in its field.
Help them to succeed, remembering that a small firm is more nimble and creative, and can often fare quite well compared to a megacorps, which relies mostly on boardroom antics and bookkeeping tricks to advance its position. If enough people did this, MIIM firms would not know which employees they could trust and it would likely force them to be more honest and less conspiratorial for fear of being exposed. And, they would need pay more to attract better people, driving the wage base upwards for all workers, instead of conspiring to beat it downward.
❑ Avoid the paper trails: Avoid seeking permits and licenses where at all practical. Consider doing so under an alias, and using bogus addresses. An illegal extreme might be completely false ID, or multiple IDs, which I’d not advise as wise unless there was a shooting war. Remember that an alias is legal, as long as it still ties to your true identity. It is where and when you allow a given tie (i.e., your correct phone number) to be used or established that will help limit the usefulness of the paper trail.
If unsure, check with a lawyer. If enough people did this, the tracking systems would bog down in duplicated efforts and be confused by the alternatives, increasing your true freedom; paper trails that go nowhere. You literally route paper trails to alternate addresses or phone numbers. These can be real-World addresses/numbers where you have access and discovery regarding any attempt to use them (by the system), or PO boxes or similar mail drops (i.e., blind drops, double blind drops).
Examples might be relative’s addresses, or unused mail boxes such as where an apartment complex of 44 units has 45 mailboxes (slap a number on it), and so forth. Keep your real world address only for those things which you wish to receive mail for — and I don’t mean bills. They should go to one of the alternates. Have many such alternates, and establish a list of parameters as to the type of material you allow to be sent there. This is how to deal with utilities in a way that reduces trails. There is a difference between a physical address where the service is delivered, and a billing address.
Another very valuable tool is a lawyer or bookkeeping service, or any professional service that is willing to hold mail for you. Another tool is to swap addresses with trusted friends, or to take select mail at work, if you have access to it in a way that is not obtrusive or invasive to your employer. This is an even better way to deal with utilities: send the bills to your lawyer for collection. You can establish a trust and put the bills in that name, or pay directly through a lawyer. There are similar arrangements possible through financial management services available through banks and elsewhere, though they keep records and report to government. Think outside the box, and get some expert advice about alternatives.
❑ Avoid communications traps: Avoid using mainstream communications channels. Use disposable prepaid cell phones you replace frequently, donating old units to groups who give them to battered women and others who need a way to dial 911 without having a monthly bill for the privelege of safety. Read this about cell phone privacy and security issues. Create and employ a steady stream of free Webmail accounts and abandon older ones as you go, keeping perhaps three active at any given time, and using alternatives for varied purposes. I use one for Real-World contact in key transactions (let’s call it the ‘official’ number), one for my most important confidants, and one for things between. Consider mail box services, blind drops, etc., if needing secure and neutral mail delivery, such as described in my book, The Professional Paranoid.
❑ Don’t fall into the insurance trap: Avoid insurance whenever possible, to the extent your strategy allows. This advice can be very bad advice for some people, so be sure to examine the option carefully before you decide. I only suggest some alternative logic paths may increase the choices available to you, which are these…
Insurance is a bet between you and the insurance company and like all good casinos, the odds are stacked in their favor. The bet is this: They bet you and others like you will face problems which requires insurance pay outs which are collectively less than the monthly premiums paid by you and others like you. In the meantime, they invest your payments in stocks and other business deals and earn interest or dividends on your money while waiting to pay out any claims.
You, in turn, are betting that you will benefit by having a problem which exceeds your personal ability to cover the expense yourself. Who cares? Only those who fear the odds should care. The insurance company knows they will win, or they would not make the bet. If enough people did not take that bet, the cost of insurance would rise (because of fewer participants increase their risk to profit ratio) to the point that the system would fail; only the rich could afford it, and they don’t need it.
Take medical insurance. If you don’t have it, hospitals must still accept you and treat you. So you end up owing them a big fortune? Even a three day stay can cost between 12 and 100 thousand dollars! The insurance wouldn’t have covered it all, anyway, and you would still end up owing them a small fortune. If you are reading this, likely, you could no more easily pay back a small fortune than a big one. So let the debt stand, as either way, they would have no means to collect it if you have dropped out of the system.
Regardless, the hospitals (the big ones owned by MIIM) will write off the debt or work with you to cover it. There is also bankruptcy as an option, if they press you, as discussed later. I’ve used that one, myself, and while it had its down side, it had many benefits. Yet in the final analysis, if you don’t pay, and have no assets which can be attached, and don’t care about your credit rating… let them go fish! Bankruptcy is not needed, just toss the bills into the trash, and don’t talk to them on the phone.
Likewise with home or renter’s insurance. If you don’t have it, the worst case scenario is that you are homeless and without your possessions. All the insurance company would do for you, after an endless battle of paperwork and legal moves designed to avoid paying, is help offset some of your expense. With insurance with the same firm for nearly fourty years, I had some $40,000 in computers stolen, and never saw a dime, for instance. But gee, they were quick to pay off a $1,600 repair bill… and increase my premiums to compensate. Good neighbor?
In the meantime, you would still be depending on charity and the mercy of relatives or friends. You can go that route all the way and fare just as well in the end, avoid the legal hassles, and the insurance payments. Sure, for many of you that’s probably untenable advice. But tell me, what are the odds of a total casualty loss? If truly concerned, stuff that money away in your own investment methods against such a need; self insure. Some states have Self Insure laws which make it easier to do that effectively and safely, a bit like being Bonded.
Auto insurance is another problem. In many states, you cannot get a license or buy a car without it. So, perhaps you should not own a car, or have a license. If you choose to drive without and get caught without a license or insurance, the vehicle will probably be impounded or even permanently confiscated depending on local law, so the risk may be great. Or, you could just drive a junker and abandon it to the system in such a case.
But if your identification does not well track to you (per the earlier suggestions), you may care little about the fines and courtroom proceedings demanded by traffic tickets and fines which result. If your car was a $200 beater, as suggested, you may consider it expendable and cheaper to have lost it than paying the insurance and tickets over time.
On the other hand, remember that part of auto insurance is liability, and you probably don’t want to wind up being responsible for another citizen’s financial woes because you did not have insurance. Of course, one can buy just liability insurance and minimally be in the system. But if you are in a ‘no fault’ state, the other fellow’s insurance would cover it, and if he was uninsured, like you, then that was by his choice, making you de facto partners in suffering.
Doing without a car altogether may be the best bet — relying instead on public transportation. In fact, overloading public transportation will tax the system greatly and hasten good results, because it is inordinately expensive infrastructure which never quite pays its own way. Convenience isn’t everything. A Monthly Pass, $40. Watching the transportation system go bankrupt, Priceless. Moreso because they CAN’T shut it down, but will instead ‘bail it out,’ and that will cause more people to join with you, in the end.
❑ Don’t feed the system: Avoid paying taxes where possible, always vote taxes down if given a chance (unless something you just can’t resist supporting), and always demand more services which require tax funding. If enough people did this, the system would be forced to raise taxes to cover the need against the will of the people; more and more citizens will come to realize the system is not working, or not working to meet their needs. The movement grows.
There are many ways to avoid paying taxes, and most all of them are legal, though they represent a significant exposure to harassment and punitive response. It only takes courage to use them. I won’t waste the reader’s time with the details, because there is a wealth of material on the Web about the tax protest movement. Here are a few to get you started, including some eye openers which addresses the tax protest movement in historical and practical terms, as well as religious — many of them (those critical of ‘schemes to avoid taxes’) being created by the system to protect the system (use a grain of salt). On the flip side, some advice is just plain wrong, even fraudulent or criminal (take care).
One can simply decide they are not going to pay taxes, and opt out of the IRS’ system. This is fraught with danger despite claims in some quarters that there are legal ways to do so, per several of the links found in the pages cited above, so I’m not suggesting it is a great idea for everyone. One could further rely on multiple IDs and poor tracking to addresses, and frequent change of jobs (if we had a better job market), declaring tax exempt status each time. You get to keep more of your pay until such time as you feel you are being closed in upon by the system demanding you comply or account for yourself, and then move on, and reinvent yourself once more.
Taken to the extreme, one could obtain false ID under the Social Security number of a deceased person. This would be illegal, and is not being advised — but CIA agents do this all the time, even multiple times for a given assignment. At some point, if a shooting revolution begins, this would be a more logical step, one we should all consider for personal safety. But by then there may be a National ID and chipping in place, rendering it an unworkable alternative. Preemptive moves may be wisest of all.
But if you can seek income from self employment or be legally considered a ‘contractor,’ you become responsible for your own taxation, and that offers opportunities to deal with taxes in a more useful manner. But it would take a book to discuss all of the many strategies involved in a good tax game plan. The Web links provided mention more than I’ve covered, here, including such books. And, of course, it is always true that you should seek every legal deduction or tool you can to simply reduce the taxes actually owed. You shouldn’t need to be a disenfranchised activist to see the value.
❑ Know what the system knows and help them unlearn it: Make a list of every business and governmental agency that likely has information on you. Contact each of them and ask for a complete hard copy of what they hold on you. Invoke FOIA if you must with agencies, and rely upon various consumer laws for the business sources. Force them to expend the hundreds of hours (in many cases) and other resources it takes to comply. If enough people did this often enough, their cost of doing business would skyrocket.
Take the care and time to review information carefully, and fight to have errors corrected. Demand that businesses do not share information about you with others (specifically forbid them to sell your name or information to others). If possible, ask to be expunged entirely from their electronic records. Many laws or corporate policies require them to comply, unless you are talking about data on contractual or financial obligations, or other legal histories of like importance.
❑ Don’t bank with the system: Avoid checkbooks and savings accounts. If possible, arrange to sign over your paycheck to a relative who does bank and have them cash you out. Of course, you can also go to the check cashing services, but they will demand ID and charge a hefty fee. The less paperwork, the better, but if dealing with a relative, have a written understanding between you so that the IRS won’t claim all your money is income they have not paid taxes upon.
The best arrangement would be an employer or work situation where cash payrolls were involved, ideally with no reporting to the IRS. Illegal migrant workers are often paid under the table and don’t get taxed, and thus working for less than ‘minimum wage’ may mean you still have almost the same spending power as if getting the minimum. So, perhaps joining them is better than fighting them for service jobs. That would truly take you off the grid.
❑ Consider Bankruptcy as a tool and a weapon: Do not fear bankruptcy, but do not blindly embrace it, either. Study and know the full ramifications of a bankruptcy as it would play in your specific circumstances, before deciding on its use. For many people, it is a valuable tool for exiting the system. Not only does it allow a fairly clean exit, but it can do harm to the system in the process where the creditors are of the MIIM variety.
I know of some people who deliberately build up large debt with MIIM institutions and firms, and then go bankrupt. Even though they may have hundreds of thousands of dollars in such debts, this is actually only a minor inconvenience and a drop in the bucket to most MIIM players. Still, I suppose, if enough people used this approach, immoral though I rank it, it could add up rather quickly. It is a dirty war forced upon us, and thus such immorality is not mine to judge, but yours and God’s.
Just know that while bankruptcy provides certain protections and allows the complete elimination of commercial and private debt, it does not protect against taxes and may not prevent repossession of some goods. The exception can be one’s home, car, and tools, but laws vary from state to state and even case to case — and the government is trying to make it so hard, it is almost impossible. A lawyer should likely be involved, and that is yet another expense to consider. Even a simple bankruptcy will mean many hundreds of dollars out of pocket up front.
❑ Don’t Educate Within The System: Take your kids out of public school and put them into private school or home school programs. The quality of education will rise (as will the cost, because you will still be paying taxes for schools unless you have dropped off the property tax roles). The moral teachings and principles of leadership and responsibility will once more be included as part of education. If you remain in the system, don’t be shocked when you learn your underage daughter has an abortion without your knowledge, or if your kids start being put on Prozac or similar psychotropic drugs without your consent. They will certainly be dumbed down politically, and have no useful grasp of history for preservation of America’s true heritage and core beliefs.
This ends the overt or outward steps one can take to drop out of the System. There are many other good ideas out there. I’ve tried to focus on the mainmost effective steps to start you thinking outside the box. In the next section, we will look at COVERT steps you can take, thinks not outward in nature, things which will increase your defensive posture should things turn nasty, even to include a shooting war. They remain none-the-less critical to your ability to well live off the grid, in or out of a shooting war, as they leverage your personal abilities by allying with others of like interest.
That will be Step Three, the final step: Establish and underground network
❑ Network and establish an underground: There is already a large network of ‘underground’ players which you may choose to rely upon. For a more trusting relationship, it is easier to start your own. Find like-minded people in your area and establish relationships based on keeping to as many of the below advised procedures as can be achieved. You will find that you can help one another in immeasurable ways.
One of the most valuable may prove to be bartering amongst networked peers, and learning from one another what works and what does not, or how best to apply a given tactic. My wisdom is miniscule compared to someone who is in your exact situation and who has already tried and discarded, or tried and refined a tactic. Make their experience work for you.
One place to look for established networks is public access television and radio, and underground newspapers. You can also find allies through bulletin boards at local colleges and places frequented by modern society’s ‘les miserables,’ such as head shops, book stores, music stores, secondhand stores, and so forth. Political rallies, especially for more Constitutional issues or controversies, is also a good place. While it is preferred that your network be closely aligned politically, remember thaty the enemy of your enemy is your friend, even if they be an Anarchist or Communist at heart.
Start up conversations and be friendly. Find common bonds (music, books, news topics) and get started just like any other attempt to make new friends. Then pose a question or offer a sentence which suggests you are dropping out of the system for political cause, and state your concerns. If they don’t know what you mean, educate them. If they do know, or after hearing your explanation, you will know almost immediately if they are kindred spirits. Develop such relationships with appropriate caution and reasonable paranoia towards possible betrayal. With a little time and patience, you will find some real gems. Discard the losers, and attempt to rehabilitate fence sitters.
Another way to network is to directly use Public Access radio and television resources, or the underground presses, yourself. You can (for free) learn to use broadcast equipment and create and present your own public access programs, or simply be a guest or participant in someone else’s show. Such shows are a wealth of information relevant to a broad array of social injustice and crimes or other victimization, and how to fight back. You will find allies, and you will make converts. In short, you will become an activist if not one already. That is what the system fears most — someone that pricks them, and they can’t reach out and correctively scratch back.
❑ Establish a Personal Network: Within the broader network, set up your own, smaller core underground support group using methodology similar to that used by the intelligence community when setting up an organization or project. This raises several sub topics, to include information as well as personnel issues. First, figure out who is the primary authority for the group (group leader). It need not be you if you don’t have a head for leadership or a desire for the tremendous responsibility it can represent.
Compartmentalization is a key intelligence community tool, and it would serve organizers to read up on that methodology, as well as other methods intelligence spooks employ. A hint of these methodologies is offered in these general guidelines or ‘talking points.’ As you seek to establish your group, these should indeed be discussed among you as issues to be addressed and decided upon.
Terms like covert, secret, and sensitive as used herein could be misconstrued to imply the purpose of such a group is clandestine or illegal in nature. That need not be true, but could be so, to a degree, yet still not be dark in purpose. For instance, you may wish to barter or trade services or goods privately in deference to what the system would prefer or considers legal. You will need a network of people with like interests in order to do this at will, safely. You will want to protect that network from discovery or the system will move to squash it (and you).
Of course, if a shooting war erupts, you will then have everything in place to escalate to darker needs as you see appropriate in defense of your family, country, and the Constitution. Everything will be illegal, then, but the true criminals are the ones judging it so. A network can easily be adapted for true intelligence gathering and black ops against any usurper of power, or formed into underground combat units, were that to become your collective wish. That is the real reason they won’t like the existence of networks. Here are some basic covert network guidelines:
❑ Categorize information: Identify material as being either sensitive (controlled) or public, (uncontrolled) and determine who has both a right to know (authority), and need to know (required to do their job/assignment) for access to controlled information.
Establish a formal means for controlling (restricting) and tracking (recording) both access and the ability to make copies. Never give both access and the ability to copy unless the copies and the process that generates them are also controlled and tracked. You need to be able to reconstruct any possible leak of sensitive information based on who accessed it, when, and how. Eject from your group any violators of protocols, even if accidental or seemingly innocent. The Network’s integrity is more important than risking it further to an uncertain loyalty.
❑ Safeguard information: Where possible, insert dummy information into sensitive information as a further tool for tracking leaks. Dummy information should be ‘detectible’ in terms of identifying the nature of the leak and ‘neutral’ in terms of impact on those accessing it (it should not cause them to alter their legitimate use of the information). It should be unique to a given or limited person or group of persons in terms of access, to better identify the leak source; a given person knows a given thing no one else knows, something which seems important and rightfully sensitive, but which is not, and something which would be easy to detect if leaked (cause visible actions as result). Establish ways to test such loyalties and detect any betrayal.
❑ Control access to information: Organizational members (family, fellow dropouts, and trusted friends or coworkers who support you in any way) should be categorized as protected or visible in terms of identities and operations. Protected individuals will be given and referred to only by code names, and only their operators or handlers (i.e., group leader) will know who they are and how to contact them. A protected person may assume a cover as a visible person, or may prefer to be seen as completely unaffiliated with the group. A good example would be a liaison with another group. A visible person might be a spokesperson, or a Lawyer, etc.
❑ Likewise with operations: Things you plan to do should be categorized as sensitive (covert) or open (overt) in nature. Only team leaders assigned a given operation will know all details. Even the assigning authority (team leader) might not need to know all details, though they will need to know those required to accomplish the goal and the general plan, that they might pick the best team members, and properly monitor the outcome or status of the effort.
Team members (operatives) may or may not need not know precise plans, timetables, operatives, lead-in event details, actual objectives, and so forth. Individual operatives will know only their individual assignments, restrictions or other parameters, and goal, but not have an understanding of the nature of the project or the identities of others involved unless part of the same interim goal.
❑ Form network alliances: The primary authority (group leader) will likely wish to establish special relationships as part of an ‘intelligence’ network for seeking out and sharing of critical information useful to the needs of the group. This should likely include counterparts in similar groups located elsewhere, where such trades of information can be mutually useful. But it might include ‘insiders’ positioned within non underground businesses, agencies, or groups able to provide useful information, persons considered friendly to your cause for whatever reason.
The usual formal first-contact means is a simple presentation of needs/interests and possibly the exchange of bona fides (proof of identity, purpose, and sincerity of beliefs based on prior accomplishments). It is better to rely upon gradual building of trust and bonds. Don’t show all your cards up front; it can backfire and get you into trouble, or scare them away.
You will want to establish simple tests of fidelity for the alliance partners, too, and conduct these with a subtle degree of covert manipulation, being careful to insure you can demonstrate, if caught, any deceit was not intended to be harmful to the other side and was necessary for your satisfaction of their integrity. Restated, give them something which seems like it could be used against you but which would backfire if they do (a trip wire, of sorts), and yet, which you can explain as such should they detect the deceit.
❑ Protect alliances: This creates a network of networks and amplifies the power base and resources for each group. It is acceptable to define limits of operation, mutual goals, etc., each group is willing or interested in working on. It would be dangerous to assume anything about another group, as there can be ‘guilt by association’ complications if something they do causes too much attention. Likewise, whatever you do can cause problems for others, so be sincere and honest when presenting your beliefs and intents, or you may find yourself cast to the wolves by an angry cadre. In essence, you live or die as a group by what you say as well as what you do, so live up to your own stated expectations, and hold everyone accountable for failures so there are no mysteries as to why they failed.
❑ Establish a Recon Team: The primary authority should find persons with skills and real-World resources, contacts, etc., suitable to establish conduits of reliable covert collection of information (intelligence gathering) about key strategic matters relating to persons or groups deemed a threat or activism target of the group. All group members should participate to the extent possible in overtly safe ways, but some individuals would excel in covert application, and their assignment to duties in this regard should not be known to the group. Special skills such as investigative or research skills, photography, locksmithing, communications technology, and computers are good starting points for considering who to assign.
This function is critical in a shooting war, but even if just trying to survive as an underground community, there will be threats which will require attention, and activism toward preferred reforms will need to continue in ways which do not threaten group integrity of operation. To fail to have such team in place as an underground group could be a significant risk if matters evolved to a shooting war.
Additionally, omnipresence in the greater community is desired with respect to information access. Therefore, project leaders and even group members may be asked to separately recruit ‘operatives’ who will contribute to the project or goals of the group without necessarily having allegiance to it, or even be aware of its existence. This is ‘recruitment’ which may involve any of the inducement methods used by the intelligence community itself, provided such methods have been approved by the group leader (some might be seen as illegal or immoral, such as bribes or blackmail). Not everyone will be good at recruitment, but those who are become good candidates for inclusion in the Recon Team.
❑ Establish a security team: The primary authority will also wish to establish a small team of persons who covertly address internal security — counterintelligence. They should be active in various projects as if ordinary team members, but would additional focus on internal security matters (watching for security leaks, infiltrators, etc.) Only the most trusted of persons should be members of this group, but all members should share the responsibility of watching for and reporting signs of security threats, external and internal.
❑ Use a consistent model: Each project leader will wish to mirror the organization of the group in small scale with respect to networking policies and layout, but bona fides will not be an issue, nor will they need their own security team, but rather, one individual would be assigned internal security matters. They will likewise wish to mirror the group leader with respect to operatives who will report directly to the project leader, only.
❑ Be discrete with all communications: Communications between various covert components must be established such that contact, sharing of instructions, information, and reporting, can be undertaken without anyone within or outside of the group being the wiser. The use of code names, code words or phrases, and flag actions (i.e., placing an object in a certain place or position), covert meetings, blind drops, and so forth, will be called for in almost every instance.
❑ Delegate where possible: These operational guidelines create a certain project management overhead which should be delegated downward so that a higher level is not overly involved in the operational details of a lower level. Upward/downward reports or downward group- or team-wide presentations keep leaders and group members informed as appropriate. The group leader should not worry about how the project leader communicates with his operatives, etc. Everyone with a special skill should seek to clone themselves by training a possible replacement so that the loss of any person’s would not seriously harm the group’s operational integrity, and delegate tasks to trainees to test their abilities and grow their confidence.
❑ Weapons of war: Early in the formation of the group, a consensus should be sought regarding definition of what weapons of war are deemed acceptable or required to meet group goals and maintain operational integrity. It is presumed and hoped that such weapons will be limited to the same weapons as used by any activist outside of an underground group (words, public protest, etc.). But given that Homeland Security has placed bid requests for 1.4 billion rounds of ammunition for use outside of the military, it seems clear that someone intends or expects there to be a shooting war, soon.
Therefore, a ‘policy’ should be calculated to everyone’s satisfaction regarding actual weapons and munitions which may be needed if a shooting war erupts, be they intended for self defense or for offensive operations against forces of oppression, be it on an individual or group basis. Considerations should include: a) access — will there money available to purchase, will there be a market in tact which can sell? If not, get them while you still can and stockpile for future need — you won’t want to wait until your only option is a criminal black market under Martial Law; b) choice — is there someone in the group who knows what weapons are good for what uses? If not, assign someone to find out; c) training — is anyone able to shoot a weapon or even comfortable doing so? If not, they should take courses while they still can; d) storage — where will they be kept until needed, stowed by individuals or the group? A secure place safe from deliberate detection efforts will be required.
Thus ends our review on how to drop out of the system and form your own underground. These are fairly basic in nature, and yet may simply be too much for most readers to contemplate. But sooner or later, the way MIIM is heading, we are all going to have to make a tough choice: do we stay within the system and be controlled by it, or do we break away from the system and seek its destruction, or at least be ready to do so at some strategic point before it is too late to do so?
Our survival as free-will individuals and citizens, and as a free nation, will likely depend on that decision. Better to make the decision sooner, than later. Better to do it methodically and with good principles of operation than by spontaneous guesswork. When MIIM makes its final moves, the warning may be mere hours before they start going door-to-door and results in shooting, and it will be too late for decisions, much less planning, then.
Do I hear someone knocking at your door? Better check your political watch and peek out the window before you open it.
- 20 Key Ways to Defeat The New World Order (thedailysheeple.com)
- New polls on N.W.O beliefs and need for Revolution are in! Truth is rising in the light! (notesonthenwo.wordpress.com)
If you are no fan of the notion of a fascist, satanic World government ruling a depopulated World with all the power of the Antichrist, you may want to know there is one simple weapon we hold that the NWO fears we will discover and use, one more dangerous than guns.
How to War with the New World Order (a Primer)by H. Michael Sweeney copyright © 2013, all rights reserved. Permission to repost hereby granted provided entire post with all links in tact, including this paragraph, are included.
How to war with the New World Order
Any enemy can be defeated if you know their weaknesses
Follows is an abbreviated collection of excerpts and updates from my book, The Professional Paranoid Defensive Field Guide, which includes many more such tactical advices, many being useful in any kind of war the New World Order force upon us, even a shooting war. But this post addresses a war that we can more safely bring to them, one non violent, perhaps forestalling the need for guns altogether by stopping the NWO cold.
Regardless, it also undoubtedly gets me listed officially as a ‘financial terrorist’ with evil Men in Black (or Army green, Police blue). Who cares? We are all treated as terrorists anyway, pending a moment of convenient political gain for actual ‘attention’ to our particular branding. Screw them and their paranoiac need to so label free thinkers, of whom Thomas Jefferson says government should rightly fear (for cause of making them BEHAVE RIGHTLY).
They can NDAA-vanish me at anytime, if they dare — just as they can any of YOU. That’s the whole point, isn’t it? If one man is not free because government violates its own Constitutional Law, then no one can rightly claim to be free. And so, given Homeland Security has placed bid requests for 1.4 billion rounds of ammunition for use outside of the military, the threat of an outlaw government seeking or expecting a shooting war with Constitutionalists forces me to write. If they so expect, so must we.
I must write, if for no other reason than personal self defense, which depends in turn upon the successful defense of others, give such advice. It is the collective WE, The People, who must survive, not mere individuals. Governments can come and go, can fail and be reconstituted, overnight if need be. But if freedom dies and We the People become a historical footnote, transformed into mere chattle as manageable individuals for feeding the profit grist mill of a corporate state (that’s fascism, by the way), something precious and extremely difficult to replace is lost for a long, long time.
The advice of which I speak consists of three simple steps, each with multiple topical elements, options, or ways to grasp and effect them. This post details Steps One of three. Collectively, they would allow us to be effective in the effort, and better assure individual and collective safety even if armed conflict is forced upon us.
And there are other resources online, some of which I have linked as you read. There is, for instance, fightthenwo.org, numerous sites promoting an effort called ‘global noncompliance’, and illuminati-news.com, where one finds an article somewhat like my own. Just type in the appropriate search terms to amplify your knowledge base, and your options, and to cement your confidence if daring to stand against the machine as do I.
You and I are not alone, given the broad range of topics which stir people to activisim in causes with which you should become familiar, for it makes of such persons a thing called allies. You need not agree with them all, but we all should stand together, for all such activists become targets of the NWO. I’m talking about things like Agenda 21, Canamex Highway, gun bans, Codex Alimentarius, Digital Angel, TIAO Dataveillance, RFID, NDAA, the FED, Political Control Technology, Chemtrails, Animal Rights, Occupy, Anonymous, and on and on and on.
Often, we should consider allying with both sides, perhaps one more than another if so moved — but ever mindful that the enemy loves to divide and conquer by fueling our disdain for one side over another. Fighting amongst ourselves means we don’t even see the real enemy. All these groups, save moments of manipulation, should be ally and enemy to the Globalist agenda, and not enemy, mine. To steal from another anti-NWO group’s slogan… which I essentially endorse, and again for which the operative word elected is WE…
“We are Anonymous. We are Legion. We do not forgive. We do not forget. Expect us.”
What can we learn from Anonymous? The most obvious lesson is that invisibility equates to an invulnerability to retaliation. Sure, they have losses, but the group is getting stronger and gaining in popularity in pop culture and elsewhere, and doing some real good as it goes, as some count good (no movement pleases all its supporters all the time). But by and large, their integrity as a working force against evil is unchecked because of their anonymity. They are off the Grid, beyond the Matrix (though hiding within and manipulating it), they have gone Underground.
That is were we must be to be both safe and effective in battle; underground.
So begins our review on how to drop out of the system and form your own underground — which is also to say, how to more covertly and safely defend your country from enemies foreign and domestic. These are fairly basic ideas, and yet may simply be too much for most readers to contemplate actually undertaking, at least wholesale (easing in may indeed be easier). But sooner or later, the way MIIM is heading with insane abandon, we are all going to be forced to make a tough choice: do we stay within the system and be controlled by it with no recourse, or do we break away from the system and seek its destruction through violent confrontation, or at least prepare for that eventuality? I think dropping out is a better, safer choice, one which also serves as preparation for a possible violent day; it covers all bases.
Our survival as free-will individuals and citizens, and as a free nation, will likely depend on our decision. Better to make the decision sooner, than later. Better to do it methodically under a plan and with good principles of operation than by forced into spontaneous guesswork on the fly by sudden, unexpected perils. When MIIM makes its final moves, the warning may be mere hours before they start going door-to-door and shooting erupts, and politically incorrect persons are vanished. It will be too late for decisions, much less planning, then.
What can be done to stop the New World Order?
Step 1: Understand the Problem, Know Thy Enemy
One must realize that the New World Order movement, with its roots going back to the Satanic Illuminati in, perhaps not so coincidentally, 1776, was a centuries-long plan to form a one-World government that their might be one World leader; the Antichrist. Believe it or not, we are dealing with powers and principalities, a relentless and seemingly unstoppable force which never sleeps, has countless minions of dark allies and dupes like forces to work with them unknowingly, and employs clever deceits and sinister plots to lubricate its machinations. Most of the battle is invisible, as often is also the outcome; we can loose significant ground and not even be aware until much later — the price of forgetting or pretending there is no Satan or Hell… or even a God, for too many of us.
It is not the United States Federal Government, or the United Nations, or the initialed Agencies or Department of Defense, or local law enforcement that we face. It is not globalist corporate giants, the FED and Jewish or international bankers, or the Military-Industrial Complex or the oil companies who are our enemies, nor their boards of directors, foundations, religious and charity fronts, or their political action groups. It is not the modern-day leadership of Illuminati philosophies inherent in the Power Elite round table groups such as the Bilderbergers, Club of Rome, Council on Foreign Relations, Tri Lateral Commission, Rhodes Scholar disciples, or even the infamous Skull and Bones/Thule Societies and their counterparts, or even the Freemasons from which sprang the Satanic Illuminati. Neither is it CIA, FBI, NSA, DHS, DEA, ATF, ONI, DIA, or any of the endless initialed investigative and enforcement agencies.
No. It is instead all these entities combined, and much, much more, who make up the face of our enemy. To define or limit the enemy to any one group or several, short of the whole, will miss the mark, and fail. It matters not if they participate knowingly in support of Illuminati goals, or by coincidentally by coincidentally aligned or secretly guided agenda. They are the collective wall of hardened, massive stones which lay between being free in all pursuit of life, and being a slave dead to God. Those stones form the Pyramid upon which sits the All-Seeing Eye, which is the symbolism of the very Antichrist and End Times; the ‘eye’ of Lucifer taking up the key-most position (where one should instead find a stone referred to as the frustrum), thereby frustrating the placement of the capstone, the return of Christ.
The question then arises, what chance does the individual (YOU, me, all of us who prefer FREEDOM and LIFE to slavery and death) against such a vast array of forces? What chance would we have to make a difference in what essentially appears on the surface to be prophecy being fulfilled, day by day, regarding a predestined final-day battle between God and Satan? Who are we that dare intercede in such contests between Titans of Biblic proportions, and what could we possibly hope to contribute of any value or impact in a battle of such scale; that which leads to and includes the showdown at Armageddon?
The answer is, in my humble opinion, EVERYTHING.
It is not simply God vs. the Devil. It is God and the good sought and achieved by Man through God’s gift of free will vs. Satan and the evil done by Man by subversion of free will. It is about righteousness (right-use-ness) vs. evil (vile-ness), both effected by our own individual choices. I believe that to the extent that there remains sufficient good will and righteousness in Man in his time on Earth, the date of Armageddon, and those things which lead to it, are delayed. Scripture refers to this as Grace.
This whole notion is reflected manifold in scripture, for those willing to heed a rather short Bible lesson, which is an all important part of Step 1 — to fully understand the stakes involved and the true unseen mechanisms which guide outcome…
Jerimiah 5:1 regarding God’s Judgement upon Jerusalem for failing to honor God and his Commandments says “Go up and down the streets of Jerusalem, look around and consider, search through her squares. If you can find but one person who deals honestly and seeks the truth, I will forgive this city.”
Genesis 18:26 regarding Abraham’s prayers beseeching God not to destroy Sodom, God says in respose, “If I find fifty righteous people in the city of Sodom, I will spare the all the place for their sakes.” Abraham negotiates the number down to 10, an important number spiritually.
Romans 2:4 tells us why the forbearance of Grace is offered (though all-too often sadly betrayed by Man’s delight in sin) with “Or do you show contempt for the riches of his kindness, forbearance and patience, not realizing that God’s kindness is intended to lead you to repentance?”
2 Peter 3:9 is more to the point with dialog on the coming of Judgement Day, and Christ’s return. “The Lord is not slow in keeping his promise, as some understand slowness. Instead he is patient with you, not wanting anyone to perish, but everyone to come to repentance.” Being patient, he gives us time (a period of Grace) in which to work toward salvation. What we do with that time is our own choice.
But if we make no effort on behalf of good in the face of evil, no matter how overwhelming it may seem, then we deserve the fruits of evil, as spelled out in Ecclesiastes 9:3 “This is the evil in everything that happens under the sun: the same destiny overtakes all. The hearts of people, moreover, are full of evil and there is madness in their hearts while they live, and afterward they join the dead.” More such as this can be found.
So let us also heed God’s advice and enter into battle. Ephesians 6:13 tells us how: “Therefore put on the full armor of God, so that when the day of evil comes, you may be able to stand your ground, and after you have done everything, to stand.” Much more is also available on this topic, as well. But hey – this video says it in an extremely beautiful way.
The number 10 in the Bible (and elsewhere), for instance, represents fullness, full measure, fulfillment. Thus, as long as Good can be seen sufficiently ‘full,’ as in ‘full of Grace,’ which is God’s forgiveness and forbearance, there is no reason for Judgement Day to come to pass. Should Man drop below a rating of ’10,’ Judgement is enabled and will come to pass. Thus, I argue; it is all up to you and me, to decide that moment — perhaps why ‘No man knoweth the hour,’ of that day, for we cannot take self measure.
The Bible offers more and better advice, than this feeble attempt at presentation. I simply offer how you might apply it using specific strategems. Let us consider:
Short of armed revolution, and in the absence of any seeming control over our government through the traditional election processes, the alleged system of checks and balances and for obtaining redress in the courts… as illustrated by the failure of Congress and the Courts to ever address crimes of the White House, or to curb the military or intelligence communities when they go awry… and surely their failure to quash NDAA, the Patriot Act, the outrageous acts of TSA, ICE, and all such madness — is the option to undertake another kind of war with the NWO; a guerrilla war fought on our terms, not theirs. I speak of an offensive war, one which effects a defensive posture, as well.
It may be time we take the battle to them, and use their own System to ensnare them.
Let’s face it. The enemy, as it otherwise stands, holds all the cards: We must use their money, follow their laws and suffer under their court judgements (for most of us, relying upon their lawyers appointed on our behalf — unless we are wealthy, in which case, we are more likely part of the problem), are subjected to controls by their police and military, must depend on our news from sources their Military-Industrial-Intelligence-Media complex (MIIM) controls, send our kids to schools in an educational system they manipulate, and use their insurance to visit their Doctors, hospitals, and take their drugs, etc. All the way we foot the bill for these things which define our limitations, and profit their machine.
At every turn, they hold control over our lives: we cannot get a job without identifying ourselves using their number. We cannot keep that job without giving them a huge portion of our wages as taxes, which they then frequently use against us, along with other monies they manage to extort, steal, or siphon from us through societal forces of their design. We cannot well protest our lot because they own the media by which we would have our say, and we use an Internet rife with their control, censorship, and eavesdropping (there is a better Web alternative in works, however — take a look).
We cannot ‘vote the scoundrels out’ because they control the voting process and the choices we are to be given. Ergo, Dog and Poney shows replete with hanging chads or worse, and if not that, assassination of candidates or death threats against them or their loved ones. In short, the terms ‘Republic’ and ‘Democratic Process’ have become a sham, as no matter who we vote for, the same old policies are continued toward NWO domination.
As bad, ‘redress’ is a word no longer in the American political lexicon; the System is rigged at every turn to defy it except in the most well-funded of battles, it costing millions for instance to employ media to advantage, or prosecute a case through the Courts, and the Internet is so controlled by cyberwarrior tactics that most organizational efforts there are easily derailed through infiltration and sabotage. And now they want to take the guns, which if allowed to come to pass, will mean all doors for redress can be permanently shut tight against us.
No thank you. Gunfire before gun grabbing, for me.
But the purpose of this post is to avoid the need for that eventuality. We must realize who MIIM is, and deal with them accordingly. MIIM’s arrayed forces and allies are by and large fascists and racists, and even Satanists, or some combination thereof. They tend to be psychopaths and sociopaths who wield immense wealth and power in all areas of societal and governmental structures. Their collective is hundreds of years old, and thus, they have had ample time to calculate and think ahead, to plan for every contingency, and tend to easily defeat a defense before we can think to undertake it.
But there is good news in all this.
Despite their position of dominance, it happens that there is one thing all principalities and powers fear, something which we possess… something they fear we will discover as the weakness or flaw in their plan. And it is such a simple thing, and defines Step Two. The beauty of it is, that implementing it now not only weakens their hand and strengthens ours, but if at some point the war becomes a shooting war, we will stand a much better chance of being able to either run and hide or to stand and fight. Either way, it will be harder for them to find and manipulate and destroy individuals, and thereby, the whole.
You can do neither if they collect you, first, or already control you outright in their System, what some call the Matrix. The solution? That’s the next post…
What scares the New World Order?
Step Two: Drop out of the System:
To explain that first requires that we understand what the System is. The System is two infrastructural parts; the commercial side and the government side. The commercial side sells itself to you every day. Advertising for products and services creates desire. Desire leads to purchase. Purchase yields profits against cost, and is a two-edged sword used against you. Part of the cost is payroll, which is used to pay you less than you are actually worth. They reap the GNP at your expense; you provide both the labor and the capital which drives their machine, so whatever they pay you, they get back by the resale of your fruits (you effectively work for free by giving them back their own money in exchange for very little of true value).
All along the way, taxes are levied to fund the other part of the System. They win-win, you loose-loose, but you get (something) they’ve convince you that you can’t live without, despite the fact that the World did just fine without it since the beginning of time. Everything from better deoderant to cars that talk, from perfect pills to pornographic movies through your cable company. And let us not forget GMO produce and foods so processed and full of additives that ants no longer eat anything in our kitchens but raw suger. As Dr. Phil has said, “If it wasn’t food 100 years ago, it probably isn’t food, today.”
Lucky you to have it so good, at long last. Whatever happened to happiness; the contentment that comes from simply living and enjoying nature and the company of others, and the fruits of our own labor? Who decided that these things had to be purchased in newly constituted forms, and that we should have no other choices? And, I might add, who can believe anything they tell you about what is good for you when every few years a new study reverses a previous finding, and perfect pills result in class action law suits for the harm they do?
Oh, but the System cares not for trivial details as these, because we are so dumbed down we don’t see the problem, and buy the next new thing.
Meanwhile, the government part of the system tracks and manipulates our participation in the first part in many ways. Your social security number, as mentioned, plays a major role. Your credit rating and banking numbers further track your every move financially, and government’s FINCEN (Financial Crimes Enforcement Network) and the Total Information Awareness Office (Department of Defense) are both gearing up to access every transaction from birth to death for every citizen. As the Bible has predicted, you already can hardly buy or sell without a number of some sort, a de facto Mark of the Beast by some accounts. But that yolk has not yet come to pass in its bitter fullness (Digital Angel awaits you).
The money itself also has tracking systems built into the bills (the little embedded strip you can see holding the bills up to the light can be sensed by special equipment), and FINCEN will be able to track cash as easily as credit once it is fully established and retail systems have evolved to accommodate the technology, called RFID (Radio Frequency Identification Device).
The Military AND the commercial side are partnering to establish wholesale use of RFID technology which will allow transactional tracking at points of sale to include a complete and total understanding of each and every product you purchase, effectively giving it a unique serial number. It can tell how and when you acquired it, whatever it is, right down to razor blades (already chipped). In fact, retailers have actually used cameras to track shoppers as they move through the store by zeroing in on select RFID chips in products in their cart, or already owned and in their possession (e.g., lipstick tube). You are the sum of your RFID, and once cataloged, you can be tracked anywhere.
As you read this, cash registers, inventory control systems, and security systems (doorway monitors, cameras, traffic monitors) are being designed and built which can scan RFID at a distance. Millions of credit cards, mailing labels, ID cards and driver’s licenses, and even cell phones have already been chipped with RFID, and some things, like select cell phones and cars, include GPS tracking. Security cameras and roadside or sidewalk monitors are being upgraded to track them. Unless you go naked in the World, or make your own clothes and use no manufactured objects, you can be tracked by RFID, because everything manufactured and sold will eventually have chips embedded.
We register with government for everything. We register to be born and to die. We register for school, to vote, to get driver’s licenses, to fish or hunt, to buy or rent a car or home, to have a phone or utility services, or to save a little extra money when we shop or to use credit, and so forth. At every turn we are giving out information about ourselves which is fed into computers, computers with back doors and inherent ‘links’ or leaks between databases to serve marketing and or government purposes. Hence Dataveillance.
How else do you suppose that you get so much junk mail with your name on it? One CIA front (two fronts, actually, one here and one in Europe), as I document in my book, the Professional Paranoid Defensive Field Guide offer to sell information on 98% of American adults. The other two percent have already dropped out of the system. Why should government intelligence agencies be in the business of spying on you and then selling your little ones and zeros for a profit? Do something about it, and drop out. Let them sell just zeros, if they can.
If you elect to remain in the System, if and when they want to reach out and get you for some reason, they will know right where you are, that very moment. Their data will let them profile you psychologically and predict your actions (as described in the Department of Defense’s original RFP White Paper for the TIAO). Don’t answer that knock at the door… you don’t want what they are selling. And you won’t be able to run at that point, because they can freeze all your financial assets, and in some cases, can remotely disable your car, and in all cases, turn resources such as your cell phone against you. It will be too late, then.
Proactive and preemptive tactics are what you need.
To preempt, disengage yourself from the system. When someone drops out of the system, the overhead of the system is actually increased to a degree, but the funding thereof is reduced. This causes subtle instability within the system which impacts the remainder of those still within the system. By deliberately weakening the system in this way, the New World Order is forced to become less transparent, and more domineering, more visible to those who have not yet seen that particular light. It compounds like interest as more and more people figure out they should exit.
Thus, more persons will exit, recruiting others as they go; the cycle will continue to the point where the system must either fail, or seek to seize absolute control sooner than it otherwise intended, before they are ready to do so with full confidence of victory. A shift in balance of power is achieved, the stronger side left unstable and off balance, giving the weaker side a chance to make significant gains with smaller efforts. The domino effect, slow motion though it will seem, at first.
Dropping out is fairly easy — just stop playing the game. Take actions which reduce your exposure to their ever evolving control matrix, and which free you up for further actions at reduced risk. Risk tends to lessen with time as you get better at living off the grid. Most of these things are very easy to do, and have little true risk, but may represent major inconveniences or social roadblocks up front.
You may likely face serious decisions about how you execute such a plan, and to what extent you are willing to go to make it happen. Fortunately, it need not be an overnight matter, which means you can ease into it over several months time, perhaps a few years (presuming we have that much time remaining). Just know that for every cost you are willing to bear up front, the benefits to which it leads tend to be far more valuable in the final analysis. The more steps you manage to accomplish, the easier are the remaining steps.
This ends the introduction to Step Two. What follows in the next segment are a series of suggested guidelines or action options to actually be effective doing it. Some of them you simply might not care for, or accept as viable or workable with respect to their goals or your personal circumstances. Don’t feel you need to follow these suggestions any more than you need to ‘play their game.’ After all, it is about free will choice; God’s greatest gift to Man short of life itself.
And that’s exactly what we are trying to stop the New World Order from ending: Free Will.
What are the tools of the New World Order?
Next up: How to War With the New World Order (Drop Out Checklist)
Sometimes a citizen has to think Boston Tea Party. My time has come. Neither will I be forced into indentured servitude as involuntary tax collector, nor will I allow government to tax the sweat of my brow creating the goods I sell. There is more I will not, as well.
by H. Michael Sweeney
The Senate passed the Marketplace Fairness Bill (Internet Tax)
Just say no!
This is in point of fact sweetheart legislation to benefit Amazon.com and select other firms, though they claim instead that it will benefit local retailers who ‘suffer’ because people can buy goods for less at times on the Web. So what is this, really, a tax on savings? Where do they get the nerve to steal from us yet one more time? And how do they get the nerve to call Federal Price fixing against select businesses the ‘Marketplace Fairness Act.’
If you really want to level the playing field among sellers, pass a law eliminating sales tax that States might join with Alaska, Delaware, Montana, New Hampshire, and Oregon, who have no sales tax. Take Oregon, for instance, where voters must approve any tax, and pay only income tax; NO SALES TAX. Sales tax, especially when citizens have no say over it’s levy, or no, is legalized highway robbery by the taxing authority.
If the Bill passes the House the way the it is currently written, a Web marketer would henceforth be required to collect sales tax for all federal, regional, and local taxing authorities where the purchaser resides. This creates a nightmare of calculations which can only be met by using complex point-of-sale software, software which Amazon.com has already written according to radio commentator and former newsman, Lars Larson. Amazon is the only Web firm pushing for this law, the only Web company with the nerve to charge a 2.9% service fee on tax collection, payable by the third party seller who sells through Amazon.
That’s just one reason I don’t sell anything through Amazon, who has a bad habit of running rough shod over smaller businesses. That is exactly what the tax being forced upon its lesser Web competitors will be doing.
My findings are somewhat different than Larson’s, however. The service fee is correct, but Amazon uses third-party software solutions from a company called Vertex, which is currently the new name for (by acquisition) the old Arthur Anderson Accounting firm… you know… the CIA’s preferred accounting hijinks firm to conceal money laundering from illegal arms sales, drug sales, and terrorist payoffs. See 2002 on the firm’s timeline.
The government says they will give the software away, but do you suppose Amazon (or Vertex) will give it to them, for free? And what about firms like PayPal, where Web transactions are already complicated, and where Amazon/Vertex software will not likely fit nor be well adapted? Important, because a lot of Web marketers work out of simple Web sites which rely exclusively on PayPal for payment transactions, and have no site processing capabilities, even if handed the software, having no means of implementation short of paying someone to re-engineer their Web site.
The Supreme Court has already ruled that you cannot force a business without a physical presence in a State to collect tax for products or services paid for from persons within that State. But Congress is being asked (by Governors of Sales Tax States, naturally) to write such a law, anyway. That’s highwaymen writing laws to make highway robbery legal without even having to visit themselves upon highway travelers. Automatic holdups.
I refuse, thank you
And that notion brings us to the bottom line. Take me. I sell books. Books I wrote and self publish. This is the sweat of my brow and I will not have anyone charge a tax on one when I sell it. Nor will I do the job of tax collectors without being paid for the trouble, and certainly will not pay someone else for the trouble ‘on my behalf.’
You cannot force someone to do a job for free, that is called slavery. So instead of the highwaymen at least confronting the travelers and demanding taxes under threat of punishment, themselves, they instead intend to force others to do so on their behalf, and or to pay a third party (i.e., Amazon/Vertex) for the privelege; this is clearly indentured servitude, and forced contractual agreements with no say so in the terms, thereof.
Hmm… sounds a lot like Obamacare, doesn’t it. Funny, that was called a tax bill, too, once the Supreme Court told them forced contractual obligations were unconstitutional. Making it a tax made it legal, somehow.
Bottom line: If you want me to collect and pay such taxes, use someone’s software or services, or see me pay a sales tax on anything I purchase from another State via the Internet, then bring your guns that you can stand over me at every transaction. Bring lots of bullets, too; say all 1.4 billion of them, because I, and perhaps many others, will probably be forcing you to duck for cover in the effort.
Else go to Hell.
O.K. I’m calmer, now, having got that out of my system. And sure, the law only applies to businesses doing over $1M annually, and that is not (yet), me. But if anyone wishes to place an order for $1M or more in books, I WILL NOT TAX the sale, nor pay such a tax upon demand. That’s my promise… and THERE IS a harbor close enough for me to dump… well… in the absence of any bales of tea… the taxman who cometh. I’d even throw in a Congressman or two for good measure, except I can’t throw them any farther than I trust them.
If a military coupe planner needed an excuse for Martial Law in a hurry, what better way than to EMP the country and blame N. Korea? Such an attack from N. K. is impossible, and yet Sheeple wallow in the wag-the-dog Sheep Dip in a daze.
North Korea EMP Attack Next False Flag per Wag-The-Dog Evidenceby H. Michael Sweeney copyright © 2013, all rights reserved. Permission to repost hereby granted provided entire post with all links in tact, including this paragraph, are included.
How will North Korea attack America?
What you will learn reading this post…
- A review of signs that a false flag EMP nuclear detonation in our atmosphere will be staged;
- A review of what such an event enables and sponsors of value to the NWO traitors;
- What you can do to preempt and deal with consequences if it happens;
- How you can help prevent it from happening.
Is an EMP attack against America possible?
Why I write and you should read…
On April 3rd someone advised me that Google showed there were almost 200,000 Web sites claiming doom and gloom in the form of a North Korean EMP attack on the U.S. While many of these were the usual conspiracy theory resources (some with good reputations, some questionable, and some known disinfo organs such as federaljack.com.), unlike many conspiracy matters, there were also some mainstream news sorces carrying the story.
That, alone, made me sit up, but two days later, it had jumped to over 309,000, and is now nearly 900,000 (Korea + EMP attack.)
Even many mainstream outlets (e.g., Newsmax, Investors Business Daily, Washington Times) normally quite conservative were forecasting the darkest of all possible outcomes, some claiming up to 9 out of 10 Americans would die as result. I smelled, as did the person sending me the information, a big federal disinformation rat. Ever hear of Wag-The-Dog? Remember WMD in Iraq? That was really WTD.
If not, go rent or otherwise watch the Dustin Hofman, Robert De Niro movie with the same name, Wag The Dog. It will give you a hilarious review of EXACTLY what it is, and how it works, in a tongue-in-cheek presentation of real-World disinformation tactics employed by the Military-Industrial-Intelligence-Media complex. It’s all about manipulating people so they won’t question government crimes.
This EMP attack story is particularly disconcerting because it smacks of portending a false flag attack by our own government for reasons explained herein. Shades of the hit TV series Revolution, in fact, where there is sudden loss of power and political chaos results, almost as if the TV show was to prep us for what is to come that we might be easier to subdue in appreciation to military ‘rescue.’
What is an EMP attack?
What is an EMP attack?
When a nuclear bomb is set off, huge bursts of radiation of all manner are released in an unstoppable flood. Everything from heat and light to atomic radiation. Normally such bombs are used for their physical destruction capability, eviscerating a core area and causing blast and fire damage over a much broader area, and radioactively poisoning and rendering unsafe an even greater area. But there is another, more tactical use.
It is widely known but little spoken of, untill late (wag-the-dog tactic: foster massive dialogs in support of false story point), that if such a device is detonated high in the atmosphere over an enemy territory, the sudden burst of gamma rays creates a massive electromagnetic pulse (EMP.) So massive, in fact, that it destroys or interferes with most anything electronic. Motors, generators, and many digital and non digital components are, in fact, destroyed if in operation at the time, and some items will be harmed even if not in use, unless sufficiently shielded. The entire power grid would, in fact, fail and be extremely difficult to repair for a long, long time.
The result in such an attack on a modern society is total and instantaneous transportation into the Stone Age (more correctly, perhaps, the 18th Century, the agricultural age). But given that modern societies have no infrastructures in place which rely upon 18th Century technology, it might as well be the Stone Age. The ONLY defense against EMP attacks is to destroy the warhead in flight to destination, one of the reasons America has stubbornly tried to develop anti-ballistic missile systems since the time of Reagan and, truth be known, before.
But I note that wag-the-dog disinformation tends not to mention this factuality. Better if we think we are defenseless, where the only benefit to such a belief exists if one intends a false flag event.
Note: most of what is written from this point forward is covered, along with other related topics, in great detail in my four volume book set, Fatal Rebirth, including copies of the Constitutions mentioned below, with analysis. Want a free ebook of volume one? The book literally predicted 9-11 and resulting Middle East wars, and much, much more. It also predicted false flag attacks would be used to justify the Martial Law and subsequent events discussed herein, and what can be done about it.
What is a false flag event?
The nature of False Flag attacks
When a country wishes to start a war or enact some terribly repressive changes in political/governmental paradigms, it is historically common to stage a fake attack by some designated group or country as fall-guy. The people become enraged and demand retaliation, enabling a war, and wax super-patriotic and tolerant of any losses of freedoms or dramatic shifts in the structure of government to ‘better assure victory.’ Wag-the-dog rhetoric is required well before the event to paint the would-be source of the attack as a very dangerous opponent, vile and full of unchecked hatred — but the real purpose is to build fear and hatred of the ‘enemy.’
Internationally, the country employing false flag is seen as innocent victim, and may bash away at their new enemy freely, perhaps even recruiting ally nations. In some cases, even the people in the target country think their own country guilty as charged, which can foster an underground or more overt revolt which further helps assure victory. Only their leaders know the truth, but who will believe their claims?
Not very many beyond the most loyal, not many that count. Wag-the-dog efforts must, therefore, include ‘evidences’ after the fact, but one clue is that such evidences may seem just a little too convenient and quick to be located — such as the old reliable and oft used ‘found wallet’ belonging to the terrorits. Sheeple really are stupid to fall for that time and again. It has been used about six times, now.
All that is required is to stage a single, large-scale or politically sensitive event (e.g., assassination), or several smaller events which can be tied together at the desired time, all ‘evidence’ pointing to the same (false) source, also a job for the wag-the-dog folks. Hitler used the Reichstag Fire, burning of the beloved national library and many rare books, which was blamed on the Communists to justify changes in governmental structure which altered Germany from a Republic to a one-man show controlled by the fascist Nazi party. It launched the World down the path to WWII.
How can you spot false flag events?
Detecting false flag operations
The Truther movement can offer a great deal of evidence that Sept. 11 was such an operation, and in fact, as I will offer in another post (and detail in Fatal Rebirth), most, if not all, terrorism against America and elsewhere, is demonstrably false flag in nature. All that is needed to establish or illustrate a false flag event is to use one’s brain in review of the basic facts, which, of course, Sheeple don’t know how to do because they’ve been dumbed down by psyops TV programming technology, rich with wag-the-dog. False flags look like this:
a) there is an abundance of early, pre-event wag-the-dog negative media coverage painting the bad guys as evil and out of control, building them up as a huge threat — perhaps even a specific threat;
(e.g. pre 9-11, Osama bin Laden was not exactly a household word, not even amongst the many radical Muslim terror groups, but he had an excellent PR firm, called CIA, who was fond of trotting out videos of him making threats, and listing him as prime suspect in prior attacks — while a CIA station chief pays him a visit in a Saudi hospital.)
b) the event takes place and immediate evidence is produced;
(e.g., within mere hours of 9-11, a terrorist’s wallet was found ‘laying in the street amid debris’, and other evidence sufficient to allow President Bush to provide the full names of all 19 alleged participants.)
c) the official story and available facts conflict, often in spades;
(e.g. 9-11 hijack flight passengers used cell phones to call relatives; cell phones did not work in flight in those days)
d) it contains nonsensical or illogical, impossible facts, or ‘magic bullet’ explanations;
(e.g. the nose of the South Tower plane passes completely through the building in tact, but nothing larger than a shard is found of it on the ground — no plane blown up by missile, by bomb, or fuel tank explosion has ever had the nose section destroyed so utterly, large sections of it should have been found.)
e) there are signs of a cover up regarding evidence: vanishing, altering, or manufacturing of evidence;
(e.g. Flight 993 cratered into a field, again with only shards remaining, and yet the crater is shown by earlier satellite images to have existed as a geographic feature well before 9-11. No FAA investigations looking at serial numbers of parts, either.)
f) there is a wag-the-dog disinformation effort evident; a cover up;
(e.g., American media refused to report what international media had already reported: that the date of the Afghan invasion was set, and allies arranged for prior to the 9-11 event, and that the Defense Policy Board had presented a PowerPoint presentation at DOD which, in fact, laid out a series of domino wars and revolutions in the Middle East to put radical Muslims into power as puppet governments — the Hashemites. It also failed to tell you that the top two men in the new Afghani government are ex CIA/DOD employees who also worked with Chevron Oil with Condaleeza Rice trying to get the Taliban to agree to an oil/gas pipeline deal pre 9-11. This is meticulously detailed in Fatal Rebirth, which has over 1,500 footnotes.)
g) there is an attempt to discredit anyone who questions the official story, and offer lame excuses for conflicting facts;
(e.g., Truthers are constantly ridiculed and labeled in casual remarks by media and governmentals as mere ‘conspiracy theorists,’ called traitors, insane, and even terrorists — more wag-the-dog disinfo. In ‘debunking’ various Truther claims, almost every one of the 25 Rules of Disinformation have been employed.)
h) an official investigative body (i.e., special ‘independent’ prosecutor, Grand Jury, panel, commission) is established to ‘find the truth, no matter where it leads,’ but they selectively examine evidence, alter, vanish, or falsify evidence, and are generally made up of people who benefit;
(e.g., the 9-11 “Independent Commission” was entirely, save one, made up of Bush cronies, each of which had previously bailed him out or were in his debt. Some had ties to the very institutions and technologies used in the attacks. And as Truthers easily point out, their efforts were white wash in nature with respect to manipulating, hiding evidence. All but two of the 12 had intelligence community ties. See table of cronyism toward bottom of this Noilwar! page.)
i) there is evidence of prior knowledge and/or media complicity.
(e.g., the Pentagon was making plans for emergency response in event of aircraft crashing into the Pentagon — photo of models planes and firetrucks and Pentagon with military brass in Fatal Rebirth… – or – BBC news in a live report announced that Building 7 of the WTC collapsed while it was still standing in the background… and then it collapsed on air, later, causing the Reporter to ad, “Oh, there it goes, now.” Google removes the vid, and BBC claims they lost the footage.)
Collectively, even individually, such wag-the-dog tactics are nothing more than a cover up. Whenever a cover up is in play, it is proof of a conspiracy, because if for no other reason, than to effect a cover up REQUIRES a conspiracy of players. Further, as there is no reason for a cover up unless there is an original criminal act, that, too, is part of the conspiracy.
Why would happen in an EMP attack?
What is the value in an EMP attack to Globalists here, and abroad?
As I have written of in many prior posts, there is an existing intent, in response to a perceived cause, to declare Martial Law and suspend the Constitution, and establish a new military government. This is out of the mouth of one of the nation’s top military leaders. You can bet that door-to-door searches and seizure of guns will follow, as was done in Katrina.
We next start to see mainstream media actually cover the fact that the military is practicing raids on American cities, in some cases with helicopter gattling guns blazing, and troops repelling, doors being blown off of buildings. They have never covered such events this way, before, indirectly indicating it is wag-the-dog psyops, again prepping citizens for future events. But of late, the quantity and intensity of such violations of Posse Comitatus has skyrocketed to include many major cities, indicating something big is on the horizon.
There is further the general intent by Globalists to establish a new Constitution for the NewStates of America, and the World Constitution, both documents already written (and both reproduced and analyzed in Fatal Rebirth), which makes rights more like a privileges, and provides an endless array of reasons, methods, and governmental authorities who can rescind them at any time, even retroactively, for individuals, groups, or all citizens.
Moreover, it enables the formation of the North American Union, and makes easier the acceptance of U.N. Treaties without ‘violation’ of ‘national sovereignty’ or the (new) Constitution. End Game ensues; the one-World government is formed (the World Constitution is ratified (already ratified in some countries), and the Antichrist can be seated.
Can you predict a false flag attack?
What are the signs EMP false flag may be afoot?
To answer this, we go back to our signs from above. I suspect that CIA types have infiltrated the N. Korean government to act as agent provocateurs assigned to stir up the young leader to his current state of rhetoric and provocative acts. The true likelihood of them launching an attack is nill, as indicated, below. But for a false flag event to enjoy any plausibility, there must be a seed basis for blaming another party.
a) there is an abundance of early wag-the-dog negative media coverage painting the bad guys as evil and out of control, building them up as a huge threat — perhaps even a specific threat;
(N. K. stories started weeks ago, and then suddenly the web was awash with EMP stories, both mainstream and Web.)
b) the event takes place;
c) the official story and available facts conflict, often in spades;
(Such conflicts are already known: an EMP attack requires an intercontinental ballistic missile and a large hydrogen bomb, both technologies at much lower states of development in N. Korea than required for the job — according to an insider analysts who should know — but who cannot say so publicly because it would blow his security clearance.)
d) it contains nonsensical or illogical, impossible facts, or ‘magic bullet’ explanations;
(This would only become apparent after the event, explanations forced to address any major holes in the official story — they might claim it was a high-altitude weather ballon-delivered device that escaped detection.)
e) there are signs of a cover up regarding evidence: vanishing, altering, or manufacturing of evidence;
(also post event)
f) there is a wag-the-dog disinformation effort evident;
(We have a taste: there are currently nearly 900 thousand Web articles forecasting EMP attack on the U.S. by N. Korea, some of which are mainstream, but most of which stem from a select few sources associated with government disinfo sources such as Sorcha Faal, who is often used by DHS and State Department. These, in turn, are replicated and virally spread as if trustworthy, typically enlisting the aid of those conspiracy theorists prone to not well checking sources or examining the basic facts; fear mongering.)
g) there is an attempt to discredit anyone who questions the official story;
(Currently, there is hardly anyone in this category to discredit. I knew of only know seven of us when writing this, who consider EMP a false flag scenario. But we are ahead of the curve: this is normally a post event phenomenon, and until and unless naysayers abound or have a major following and are widely believed, there is no reason to bother labeling us insane, etc. Worse, an EMP event negates the need as there will be no media/Web platform for dissenting views and swaying anyone in the first place.)
h) An official investigation;
(Also a post event item, and again in this case, no need, as there is no way to get the ‘report’ out to anyone.)
i) prior knowledge.
(also post event.)
I will add one more thing, also from my reluctant resource. Any such actual detonation of a device will leave a fingerprint. Nuclear devices put out radiation signatures which can identify the maker of the device. In like manner, it is impossible to launch a missile from that part of the World without it being detected, and tracked. Indeed, a false flag missile would be detected. Many countries around the globe have the technical ability to monitor these fingerprints.
However, ONLY those in power (and their agents who run the equipment employed) in those countries are the ones who would know the truth. You would think it represents a de facto attack on their country to one degree or another, given the release of radiation. Regardless, given that most such countries are Globalist controlled (e.g., the European Community) or otherwise U.S. allies, even to include Russia — you cannot depend on their honesty.
They will likely say ‘Yup, N. Korea did it!’ Others, like China, may say ‘Not possible! It was a U.S. device.’ The number and nature of opposing nations will determine the degree of plausible deniability at home and abroad. A few dissenting nations known to be less than friendly toward America will be dismissed easily. But if any neutral (watch South America) countries concur, then you will see a magic bullet explantion offered to counter; scientific mumbo jumbo to discredit or counter such claims. But here, no one will hear any of those arguments, so who cares what others are saying?
How to prepare for EMP attack?
What can you do to preempt, or prepare?
Preempting such a false flag event is easy: just spread the word. Share this post, replicate it, make it viral, and so forth. Kick Sheeple in the butt and wake them up, teach them to use their brain, and make disciple activist of them if you can. If we can get 200,000 posts revealing it a false flag out there, they are less likely to feel safe in fostering it.
Preparation is easy enough, but tactically difficult in many cases, and costly. There are several areas of concern, most of which can be usefully addressed with some effort and or money, but some defy good solution for many of us:
There will be total loss of electrical power, and it will be long-term. A good portable gasoline-driven generator will become worth its weight in Gold. But because gas stations will not be able to pump gas until they can establish their own generators, you will also need a goodly supply. Because it is not particularly safe to store a lot of gasoline in the garage, an Oil furnace tank becomes the better solution. The generator should be stored in a well shielded location, or covered with a metallic ‘blanket,’ or grounded mesh. You should have spare fuses and circuit breakers for every such item in your home.
There will be serious interruptions in the flow of food, water, and all goods. Even when goods can be found, most key items will be seized by FEMA. The price will be sky high an anything you can find as it will all revert to black markets, though FEMA and authorities will eventually use deadly force to attempt remedy. The first interruption could last for many months. So a good Emergency Kit of critical items and supplies is very valuable. The ability to quickly become self reliant (e.g., like a farmer) may make a significant difference in the ability to long survive. Rainwater collection may be appropriate, and despite alarmist concerns about radiation levels, it will remain safe. Regardless, plan on distilling all water prior to consumption, because water can only be stored for so long before things tend to start growing in the containers.
Transportation will be almost non existent. Any vehicle in operation at the time of the attack, and many newer (computerized) vehicles not in operation may no longer run, requiring replacement of many components before they will run (generators, alternators, various computer components, sensors, controls, switches, etc.) So now you know what spare parts to stockpile in a heavily shielded storage. Those few that do run will quickly become highly sought targets for theft. Vehicle security will take on a whole new definition and importance.
No single existing security scheme will seem adequate, and one may need to be willing to run over or shoot people trying to hijack you when traveling. Having at least one vehicle at all times not in operation, and of older technology with lots of spare parts in hand. Don’t forget windshield wiper and heater fan motors, and multiple sets of spare tires, as well, because tires will become targets for disabling a working vehicle. Have bicycles, scooters, and other alternatives available, too — but travel only in the case of dire need, or be prepared to defend yourself in the effort.
Computers, radio gear, and other digital systems not shielded from EMP are at significant risk. Those in operation will surely die, those not in operation and not well shielded may die. Walkie talkies, short wave radios, and computers, digital cameras, infrared goggles, and other critical devices should be placed in an Emergency Kit and the kit should be well shielded. A Farady cage (e.g., chicken coup wire mesh, or better), with a grounding wire, is best, but even just wrapping in aluminum foil may be sufficient, especially if stored beneath layers of buildig structure, such as in a basement. Of course, a TON of rechargeable batteries are in order with rechargers for use with the gas generator.
There will be rampant criminality: those caught without preparation will not see relief from FEMA or the Military early enough to prevent a ‘survival of the fittest’ mentality from taking over. If you have food, water, a generator, or a working vehicle, YOU BECOME A TARGET. You will need to be well armed and have security provisions in place against assaults on your home or your person when you travel. It will be in the best interests of the military to let things go crazy… to let people use up their ammunition and grow desperate for survival goods so that when they do come to help, we will be willing to cooperate in any way they demand, including forfeiture of our guns and other properties, accepting a new Constitution, and so forth.
No immediate help, not even from the military. Even if they wanted to help, they will be quite preoccupied in a war with N. Korea, and likely, Red China. We will hear only rumors, of course, because radio, TV, and the WWW will be none existent. That’s why helping to establish Web Walker, now NNN OSP (the Nodular Netizen Network Open Source Project — a 100% citizen-owned and operated wireless network which is operable even in disaster) may be of great value. NNN will also be useful against Web 2.0. When Internet services are reestablished (outside of Web Walker), they will be VERY government friendly; no politically correct sites will be found, only government approved information and globalist firms, and all Web data will be transparent and readable by the intelligence agencies at will. Support NNN OSP!
This is a bleak picture. Ask yourself, if FEMA was really there to prevent disaster and help in times of disaster, would there not be some such advice as this coming from them? No. The Globalists need a catalyst to propel them into power. It is not in their best interests to protect you from such chaos, or warn you of the risks and protections you can effect yourself.
They need to destroy the country if they are to advance to the next stage… and to insure you are without guns when they do — or at least out of ammunition. I hope you noticed there is a shortage of ammunition right now, in part because DHS has ordered 1.4 billion rounds in Satanic quantities for (?).
- FBI Created 17 False Flag Terrorist Attacks (adask.wordpress.com)
- The Art of Catching Government False Flags in Real Time (activistpost.com)
A simple look at history, and I can’t believe no one else has discovered this primal cause of war. While Horace Greely’s sense of direction advised to go West, warriors head elsewhere.by H. Michael Sweeney copyright © 2013, all rights reserved. Permission to repost hereby granted provided entire post with all links in tact, including this paragraph, are included.
What you will learn reading this post…
- The nature of official reasons given for war, and the forces behind them;
- That those reasons have nothing to do with the real cause of war;
- That a sense of direction is the true culprit, as shown by countless examples;
- That the mechanism is metaphysical (Satanic), or perhaps geophysical — Mother Earth.
Why do nations go to war?
The usually cited reasons for war
Historians tell us that wars were originally fought to acquire territory for their resources, including people, commonly used as slaves or to fuel economies with tribute or pillage. As societies developed more sophisticated cultures, religious and political doctrinal differences were often sufficient enough to spark wars. As Ferris Bueller once said while talking to the mirror, “Ism’s, in my opinion, are not good. A person should not believe in an ‘ism,’ he should believe in himself.”
But we live now in modern times, and it seems that recently we have wholly different problems which have caused us to start to go back to war for resources, once more. Wars to control oil, control illicit drug trade, even to control money supplies. Imagine that; corporate war, banking war. As many people are pointing out, most of the last few wars and especially the ones forecast against North Korea and Iran… are against the last few countries on Earth without a Central Bank controlled by the Rothchildes and their Globalist, Power Elite friends, the 1%.
Banking manipulation was, after all, a key part of the original Illuminati plan, its roots in Scottish Free Masonry, to establish what they themselves secretly called the New World Order, the very model of Fascism. Their end goal was a one-World government (ergo, Globalism), that they might seat the Antichrist. Another key part, as pointed out in the Masonic Bible by its Satanist author, Albert Pike, was to get all three splinter faiths of the one true God, the God of Abraham, to war with each other that all those other ism’s Ferris takes objection to, might flourish; the old Divide and Conquer.
This was amplified by the inventing whole new isms which at their core were Satanic in intent; whole new religions and other belief structures upon which to ‘guide’ men’s hearts and minds, including things just for the Power Elite, like eugenics (racial population control), sustainability via Agenda 21 (control of everything, everybody, every place), and Carbon-based monetary systems (control of controls). The rest of us suffer the consequences while fighting in deliberate distractions over any partisan topic a Politician can think of to infuriate a good chunk of us, and about esoteric and philosophical pablum in minutuia.
In support of all this, the U.S. military, like all militaries we might suppose, is lead by men who are quite often Satanists, and/or members of the moderen-day Illuminati groups which generally fly the banner of Globalism. They have two oaths, the one to their country which they undertake as a lie and which becomes a pretext for select acts of office, those acts taken to fulfill their other oath or affirmations of loyalty to the Bilderbergers, Council on Foreign Relations, Rhodes Scholar Fellows, or other groups evolved with Masonic constructs/principles (e.g., Skull and Bones, Knights of Malta), and so forth. Traitors.
Specifically, and perhaps to cover for any machinations which might be deemed objectionable if observed in full context of the above, the illumined at the Department of Defense have more recently redefined themselves with something called RMA, The Revolution in Military Affairs. Intended to ‘modernize’ the thinking of military planners, they have totally redefined war making to be more in line with the Illuminati plan. That’s not how they would choose to describe it, but how it works out. Part of that was to create whole new sets of and names for types of wars, including wars fought invisibly and without declaration. The most troubling of all, to me, was the People’s War, a war with “Constitutionalists, patriots, the disenfranchised, and poor.” Excuse me?
That can’t be very good for you or me, and underscores what I said about oaths, and then of course, there is the military’s Shoot Americans Questionnaire, and more. The People’s War is, perhaps, unique in another way. They also defined something called the Military-Politico Force Matrix, an array of options involving all manner of forces which can be applied by politicians (Police and the courts, law) and military commanders (lethal and non lethal) against the enemy (you and me) to maintain political control. Non lethal includes psyops, disinformation via media manipulation, and other forms of Political Control Technology, aka mind control, much of which originates from outside of military quarters (e.g., Media and other government agencies… intending to mean Media IS a de facto government agency, what some call the Fourth Estate or Branch).
The upshot is, that the People’s War is not just a possible shooting war through revolution or coupe sponsored conflict born of Martial Law, but also, a silent invisible war, a psychological war, a cyberwar. Well, I can suggest a cure for some of that. Note: that link requires a password for full access at this time, but it will soon be lifted. It is a 100% citizen owned and operated alternative to the WWW; no government or corporations or ISP (or monthly access or use fee) required.
But here’s the thing: in all of this described above, we have what constitutes the obvious and perhaps some lesser known causes for war, and the thinking which drives them. But I’ve learned something new: none of that looks at the true cause of war and what drives the thinking used in a presumed logical and unknowing pretext. The real answer will at first seem nonsensical, but History proves it out, if you will please bear with me…
Will korea declare war on America?
Here is the real reason for going to war
The above reasons are mere logical but flawed deductions made by men incapable of seeing the simple truth. Their point of view was constrained within a box of their own making. The real truth, it seems, is very planet itself fosters wars. Once I explain it, one might be tempted to see it as some geomagnetics-based self-defense mechanism to get rid of the parasite that are destroying its ecology: Mankind. War, we might be tempted to presuppose, is the result of a virus injected into our minds by the Earths magnetic core. But don’t forget… Satan was condemned to be in the Earth and to have charge, there, his domain being Hell. Have not we heard that “War is Hell?” I suspect that geomagnetics are, at best, mere tools he employs.
Regardless of which it is, or both, the simple fact no one has yet discovered is that Wars are not fostered by isms or any of the other reasons we give ourselves, but by they Earth’s rotation and the rotation of the Earth’s inner core, which establishes the magnetic fields which causes a Compass needle to point Northward. Think of it this way. A Compass is used to tell you which way to go. It points North. Want good things? Go North. Peace? Go North.
But man’s sinful self does not that which it should, and Satan guides us the opposite direction: South. Wars are fought to go South! Below, I make the case that almost always, a nation in the North is the aggressor against a nation to their South. Perhaps this weird mojo is why some military units, CIA, and the Masons are so fond of using the Compass Rose as logo or emblem, or why so many Globalist corporations employ it as part of their Logo, or use an actual or stylized globe. I’m convinced the Earth itself is quite central to Satanic Illuminati plans in a very real, physical and metaphysical way.
Silly? Are you so sure? Look at which nation initiates combat, or applies untenable pressures which spark war, and their geographic relationships. I’m saying to keep in mind that wars are sometimes declared because the other side engineered the need (a Southern power might fire the first shot because a Northern Power forced them by other forms of aggression, deceits, or perceived wrongdoing). Of more importance, is that you may need to travel East or West in order to find the enemy which also lies… to the SOUTH:
What do all wars have in common?
The Direction of War is Southward
North Korea tried to take over South Korea, and still wishes to do so;
North Vietnam took over South Vietnam;
Our own Civil War was the North seeking to control the South, though the South fired the first shot;
The Vikings attacked points South to include England, coastal Europe;
The Scotts and Irish revolted against rule from London to their South;
Basqu Spaniards (and others) in the North of Spain revolted against rule from the South;
A civil war (the Fronde) in France involved the Conde province in the North against the Tourin in the South;
The Congo Crisis (civil war) saw Rebels in the North rise up against the South;
Note: According to Wikipedia, there have been many, many civil wars, for the bulk of which maps and ‘sides’ are not geographically stated (because of general revolt nation-wide, or it is simply not described in available information/maps). However, in every case I was able to find depiction, it was North against South.
The actions of Britain to our North sparked the American Revolution;
America was forced into a series of additional wars with Great Britain;
Britain declared war on Argentina, a whole hemisphere to its South;
Iraq declared war on Iran to its South;
Iraq then declared war on Kuwait to its South;
Russia declared war on Afghanistan, to its South;
Afghanistan is also Southerly to our seat of power;
The Halls of Montezuma and the Shores of Tripoli (Libya), to our South, once you get to the Mediterranean;
The Spanish American War was principally fought against Caribbean holdings to our South;
We went to war with Mexico;
Texas went war with Mexico;
We’ve more recently attacked Haiti, Grenada, The Dominican Republic, and Panama;
CIA has involved us in countless Central American revolutions;
England had numerous wars with France, to its South, generally called the 100 Years War;
England had two wars with Spain, to its South;
France went to war with Spain, to its South;
France warred with American Colonists from Canada while we were under British rule;
England, Prussia, Russia, Austria, and Sweden declared war on Napolean, to their South;
Napolean declared war on Spain and Portugal to his South;
All of Alexander The Great’s campaigns were essentially to his South, though the worst forces he faced (Persian Empire) required him to battle Eastward, as well, once he had gone South;
The Great Wall was built against the barbarians of Siberia to China’s North;
The Dynasties of China were warlords seeking control of vast regions, the earliest originating in the North and commonly consolidating Southward in a series of repetitious efforts;
The Communist revolution in China originated in the North and spread South;
Red China vows to war with Taiwan to its South, the last vestage of the old Republic of China;
Russia’s growth has always had a focus to the South (some three dozen provinces, the ‘stans’ near Afghanistan);
Even Russia’s expansion toward Europe was as much Southerly as Westward;
South American nations were formed by militant colonization which moved Southward along its coastlines from European sources;
African nations were similarly formed Southerly along their Western Coast by such colonization, as well as Southward from the Mediterranean shores;
What is the history of Indian wars?
What about American Indian Wars?
The territorial growth of America was first Southward along the Atlantic Seaboard. And as it moved Westward, it was more so at the Northernmost regions, and from there Southward again. Call it a Southwest movement, if you wish. Indian wars were sparked here and there for various reasons and at various times, and yet, there are some patterns which emerged after initial colonization, which generally followed in sets of Southerly evolving wars, then Westerly for the next Southerly set:
The Tuscarora war in North Carolina was followed by the Yamasee War in South Carolina;
The Pontiac War in Northern Ohio River Territory was followed by Lord Dunmore’s War in Southern Ohio River Territory;
The Tippecanoe battle in Indiana was followed by the Creek War in Georgia and Alabama, and the first Seminole War in Florida;
The Black Hawk War in Illinois and Wisconsin followed by the second War with the Seminole in Florida, and the Navajo in Arizona and New Mexico;
The Sioux Wars traveled Westward as their Nation was pushed off their lands, but originated in the Dakotas and Michigan and ended in Wyoming to the South;
The Apache War was in Arizona and New Mexico, and moved Southerly into Texas and across the border to Mexico;
The Rogue River War in Oregon was followed by yet another Seminole War in Florida;
There were only a few sporadic uprisings after that. We all should be ashamed who are not Red Men, for our country is based on broken treaties and lies, and stolen lands. Their noble pride and heritage holds many lessons for us, not the least of which is that being South of a major power is not a very good sign for prolonged peace.
The Roman Empire is a wonderful example
The Roman Empire was made using the Appian Way, which led South against other nation states of the Italian Pennensula, and allowed consolidation of all of Italy;
Rome expanded through Slovenia and marched South through the many States bordering the Adriatic Sea, to Greece;
It then battled Southward to Turkey and beyond, to the Middle East and Persia, itself;
It used Roman sea power to control the entire Northern rim of the African Continent to its South;
The Huns (Germanic peoples) continually attacked the Roman Empire to their South;
The Gauls (France) attacked Rome, to its South;
Hannibal’s Elephants attacked Rome from the Alps, going South;
After defeat of Gaul, the Empire moved South to what became Spain and Portugaul;
The only time it truly moved North was into Britain and in eventual defeat of the Huns.
What are the similarities between WWI and WWII?
World Wars I and II are more complex, but still follow the pattern
When nations have mutual defense agreements, what happens after the first attack may not seem to fit the pattern, but more often than not, it still does — as if by unseen design; what I’m claiming is in play. WW II was almost an exact replay of WW I in many ways:
In WW I, Austria and Hungary declared war on Serbia, to their South, while in WW II Germany annexed Austria, to its South, and declared war on Poland, to its South;
In WW I, Russia sided with Serbia and attacked Austria and Hungary to their South, while in WW II, Germany declared war on Communist Russia, being forced into it, from their viewpoint. The first attacks drove South to capture Russian oil fields, and East to the Capitol;
In WW I, Russian involvement also forced Germany to war with Russia, and they then also declare war on France to their South;
In both WW I and II, Germany has to march through Belgium to get at France with tactical usefulness, and in response, England declared war both times on Germany, to its South;
The whole Serbian thing in WW I was tied to the old Turkish empire (Ottoman), so Russia, Britain, and France declared war on Turkey to their South;
Note: The two exceptions would seem to be Japan and America, both of whom lay South of Germany, who respond out of alliances to Britain in both wars, and in WW II, Germany declared war on all of Scandinavia, to its North, deemed a tactical advantage to prosecute war with both Russia and England, from whence it could then launch attacks to Scandinavia’s South. In the end, of course, Russia, to our North, became our Cold War enemy.
In WW II, Hitler soon allied with fellow Fascist, Mussolini, and war was launched by the Axis partners against all points South in the manner of the old Roman Empire, described earlier;
Later, Hitler essentially annexed Italy, to his South;
Japan in WW II deserves its own study:
Japan had its own war going while Hitler was coming to power.
It invaded Korea, which lay at the Southern tip of Japan, which sparked a campaign which required conquest of Manchuria;
From there they went South into other parts of China;
From there, further South into the bulk of Southeast Asia — Burma, Thailand, Laos, Cambodia, Vietnam, etc.
From there, Southward again to all of Malaysia and the rest of Indochina, the countless islands including the Philippines;
They then attacked Hawaii, which is South of Japan, and America was brought into the war, along with the rest of our allies.
Is there a way to predict wars?
Are there ANY exceptions to Wars aligned to Southward interests?
I’m sure my review is not exhaustive, as there are many more wars of lesser note, or I may have missed a major one in my attempt at casual review (a full-day’s Web search). But there were three interesting exceptions I did find.
One was Genghis Khan. His Empire can be described as expansion in purely East and West directions, save the annexation of Siberia to his North without a battle. Most of the territory in early expansion was, however, a mere unification of the various clans of Mongols under a single leader. Then a whole series of Buddhist ruled States to his West overthrew their existing rulers and ‘joined’ him without need for Battle, save some tactical helps. He was done, he thought, having achieved more than he had set out to do.
He arranged for peaceful trade with points further West, but fate was not to allow it. He was dealt with deceitfully and his caravans of merchants were murdered and their goods stolen by Persian Sultanates. In response, he conquered them and entered the steps of Europe and the decayed throws of the Roman Empire, where he was able to finally rest. While feared as an evil conqueror in the far West, in all of Mongolia and in peacefully acquired territories, he was revered as a wise and beloved leader, even to this day.
The second was the Ottoman Empire, which was essentially nothing more than a reversal of fortunes of the Roman Empire. As Rome crumbled, the Ottomans pushed at their weak points and seized almost all of the same territories they had held, warring mostly Westward along the Northern shores of Africa, and Northward and Westward into Europe. Turn about, it seems, was only fair play. One might argue, perhaps, that it was simply the end of the same war.
The third Empire followed the same exact pattern as the Ottomans, and even beat them to the punch, after a fashion: Christianity. Early Christianity mirrored and even forshadowed the Ottoman’s gains, and once establishing itself in Rome, would eventually become the Catholic Church we know today, which spread throughout the World from Rome and New World colonization.
But in what followed, the pattern of attacking North to South would continue — and not just by following in free-ride fashion the Southerly patterns of colonization already earlier spoken of for North and South America, and Africa. It has to do with the fact that the Roman Catholic Church was self corrupting…
As result it sponsored the so-called Holy Crusades against ‘heathens’ in Holy Lands to its South, sending in the Knights, including the Pope’s own Knights Templar;
The Knights Templar, at war end, established strongholds in Spain, and other points to the North, from where they revolted against Rome, to their South — at least in a manner of speaking; corrupted to Satanic practices acquired on the Crusades (along with their tremendous wealth). They were destroyed, but many escaped with their wealth into hiding;
Martin Luther sparked the first protest of Church corruption from Germany, in the North, forming the Lutheran Church, from which all Protestant churches evolved;
The King of England (also from the North) revolted to form the Anglican Church of England, a trigger of the Spanish Armada invasion already mentioned, in the name of the Pope (and a desire for wealth and power);
These affairs led to the Thirty Years War between Protestant countries and those remaining loyal to the Church; a vastly North (27 flags) against South (6 flags) relationship except one additional flag on each side in reverse manner);
The Templars ‘hid out’ until infecting the Mason’s Guild, later taking it over as Free Masons, from whence the Scottish branches in the North spawned the Illuminati, bringing us full circle by starting their campaign against European nations to their South.
How many wars has America fought?
North Korea can’t help it. And if you accept the premise I’ve offered, it makes perfect sense, but not for any reasons their leadership may believe to be true, or the political rhetoric we hear on the news. It is, therefore, quite inevitable. If you want to know where the next wars will be, judge not just political context and rhetoric, or mere intelligence data… but also, where in the World they are.
Let’s see where both sets of such clues overlap: Iran is rather to our South, and certainly South of our European allies, and Saudi Arabia is even more so. Iran will require a war, but Arabia can be taken over by revolt, per the Libyan and Syrian models, taking the Emirates with them as bonus. Then we control the whole of the Middle East Oil Supply, and our friends in Israel can stop worrying about the Islamic Bomb (or so they think, for there surely will eventually be an “abomination which maketh desolate” set up against them).
Cuba is to our South, still, though they’ve politically moved Northward of late by cooperating with the U.S. in the return of fugitives and kidnapped children. Castro retired, long live the new Castro, unless the Power Elite wish otherwise, of course. And if we did war with Cuba, while we are down there, we might as well fix the problems in Haiti and the Dominican Republic. That will insure all the Banana Republics (and their dictators we helped install) give us full cooperation when we look their way — not to mention South American Countries, given the Big Stick mentality, and all.
More to the point, it would eliminate the last vestages of Communism and Cold War enemies, save Red China. However, China is due West at almost all points with America. So, despite the belief expressed by their top General that war with America is inevitable (because they think we are a war-like hegemonic State — which we are)… I don’t think so. At least nothing like any war we have been talking about. And why should there be such a war, when Mr. Sorento keeps giving away our country away to China as collateral or we sell it to them one corporation at a time?
Besides. That country is headed towards its own revolution… just like we are. Who knows, perhaps it will be a Global revolution and the Globalists and North vs. South causes will all just go away and leave us alone for awhile… in the best of all possible outcomes. Now, that would leave the Illuminati 1% to go fish. And I know of just the boat for them; the Titanic II.
Bon voyage, and don’t come back.
- People & Power – America’s War Games (globalelite.tv)
We go through life thinking we know who we are and why we do what we do, but like Actors who start believing they are the sum of their Press Clippings and the heroic characters they play, we are frauds. It took a simple but powerful video to teach me the truth, something I once knew, but lost sight of.
I once was lost, but now am found.by H. Michael Sweeney copyright © 2013, all rights reserved. Permission to repost hereby granted provided entire post with all links in tact, including this paragraph, are included.
What you will learn reading this post…
- I’m a fool, and have been offering knowledge as if expert and wise, when in fact, I fall short;
- While my advice and opinions are based on truth and logic, I should have offered a better, more useful message;
- That message does not betray my beliefs and life experiences, but instead, explains them, and gives them meaning;
- That it should be the same for you as it was for me, if you will but open your heart and consider it;
Whre can I get help when no one believes my story?
A note of apology: a technical glitch with wordpress refuses to let me format the document correctly, making it a little difficult to separate paragraphs. No matter what I do, it displays as intended in preview mode, but not in actual URL access. I regret any inconvenience.
I’m talking about me, H. Michael Sweeney, aka the Professional Paranoid, activist author, and consultant on privacy/security, and abuse of power topics. People come to me for help all the time, and I’ve started to believe in the value of my advice as much as they hope it to be of value in their desperation. Well, my advice may be good some of the time (more often than not, I have always thought, based on feedback), but even so, I’ve not quite been offering the best advice, in the best possible way.
This self examination also translates to my abuse of power issues of which I so frequently write, as everything I tend to blog about is so much in parallel to the basic aspects of things now clearly revealed to me because of simple but powerful video, that I’m hoping those who read my blog posts as activists, will see that parallel as well. It’s not just about me, its about everything in the World and how we deal with it. Let me explain by first going back in time. Some of you who have read my material before may know some of this, but as Paul Harvey used to say, its time “For the rest of the story…”
Self Defense is the right of all Men regardless of any Law. When an illegal law deems to both make redress and self defense illegal, many will see it as time for a revolution. The Monsanto are coming. To Arms! To Arms! by H. Michael Sweeney copyright © 2013, all rights reserved. Permission to repost hereby granted provided entire post with all links in tact, including this paragraph, are included. Will Monsanto GMO spark a revolution?
Reading this post and its links, you will learn…• Things so terrible that I will not bullet list them, lest you flee this page in fear of dark things; • Things which may mean life or death to you, your family, and America as you know it; • Things which, in the best of outcomes will undoubtedly mean thousands of lives taken by violence and/or a biowar intending depopulation. Why does Monsanto have its own Police Force?
Many of us ‘prepers’ and ‘conspiracy buffs’ have warned for some time that government wants a showdown with YOU in their gunsights. Now we start to see proof there is a price to be paid for failing to heed, for those not prepared to face what apathy and inaction leads us all toward at speed. Got Bushmaster? No? Gave it up to Feinstan, Bloomberg, Sorento, et. al? Better put your affairs in order, then.
This latest tyrannical atrocity, The Farmer Assurance Provision Act of 2013, also dubbed the Monsanto Protection Act to reflect fascist provisions burried deep within it, is one line in the sand many will not likely let be crossed without a gunfight, or similar violence. Understand this: a fuse has been lit, and while the length of its burn is not known, the bang at the end could very well turn into a repeat of 1776.
Frankly, I don’t know whether to pray it does, or does not; it’s THAT SERIOUS a line in the sand, to me.
But it is not my opinion which matters as much as does YOURS. But do you even have one? If you do not, or don’t even know of and understand the nature of the threat from GMO corn, soy, and other bioengineered seed programs, and matters closely related, you will be happy to know Mother nature has a special place for you. It is called survival of the fittest, and destruction of the weakest, you being the latter in the equation; those who die from eating genocidal foods, a very real possibility in almost any proper review of facts.
We are talking about crops genetically modified to have built-in pesticide powers based on Monsanto’s Roundup, a known poisonous substance, and other ‘properties’ which make it even more dangerous. The Act gives Monsanto the power of life and death decisions with zero responsibility (impunity), and takes away the ONE THING which is designed by our Forefathers to PREVENT armed revolution; the means of the People to seek redress of grievances with government through the courts.
OK, then, if that’s how they want it… get ready to ‘pass the ammunition,’ instead.
Because why? Because there is so much resistance to labeling such foods at every turn, and because they are used to feed animals you eat in other foods, there is no way currently to avoid eating them, or know if you are or are not, save perhaps eating only organic produce. Even then, contamination is not impossible. The only solution left would be to stop Monsanto and friends DEAD in their tracks, and unfortunately, it appears they wish for force matters such that the only option available for us to do so may be to seek it in literal terms.
We would rather it be figurative. But if YOU otherwise make no collective effort to stop them peacefully, you will deserve your fate for being a dumbed-downed mind-controlled Sheeple. Your apathy and non participation will be causal to any escalation toward violence forced on those unable to make headway peacefully. Their failure will be because of your lack of support.
If you don’t get that, stop reading this until you’ve visited Oz to find some brain matter to replace the straw in your head. It’s all over the Internet, and from many, many viable sources (even the disinformation deliberately put out as a straw man tactic is based on ‘kernels’ of fearsome truth — and efforts to debunk this particular ‘conspiracy theory’ themselves lack credibility and tend to follow the 25 Rules of Disinformation, such as employing straw men, vanishing evidence, and so forth).
Is self defense justified if GMO threatens the lives of you and your family?
Things to know for your survival:
- What Farmers have to say of their general concerns;
- What Organic Farmers say about GMO contaminating non GMO crops, 270,000 sue Monanto;
- Why 5 million famers are suing Monsanto over GMO for monopolistic practices;
- Why 17,000 Famers in India committed suicide over GMO (due those practices);
- How Monsanto in turn sues farmers when crops are contaminated with GMO, claiming ‘patent infringement;’
- What Monsanto is doing to establish a private police force to use against farmers;
- Why Monsanto spent $4.2 Million to defeat a GM food labeling law in just ONE State;
- What Lawyers have to say about why the legislation to protect Monsanto from lawsuits is needed;
- What Third-World nations have to say about GMO as a threat to their national security;
- What Huff Post has to say about GMO causing infertility and infant mortality;
- What UK news is saying about GMO causing cancers and birth defects;
- German Law Suite for GMO corn killing 65 Cows, causing infertility in others;
- About White House interference through Justice Department to prevent Monsanto investigation;
- On Sorento’s incestuous appointment of Monsanto Chief to Senior Advisor to the FDA, the only agency with authority over Monsanto;
- On Supreme Court Justice Clarence Thomas’ rise to absolute power after four years as Monsanto attorney;
- On Monsanto Employees in Congress and elsewhere in government;
- On Monsanto Protection Act introduced by Monsanto pocket Congressman, worded by Monsanto advisors;
- What Monsanto says internally about liability;
- Peaceful Protest Groups like OccupyMonsanto are undoubtedly now or soon to be labeled ‘terrorists.’
- OccupyMonsanto leadership is arrested at the White House though there on legitimate business and behaving according to protocol;
GMO is tied to the Doomsday Vault, Agenda 21, Codex Alimentarius, depopulation
Doomsday Vault, Agenda 21, Codex Alimentarius, = depopulation
If the above still does not convince you, ask yourself why GMO crop makers, Bill Gates, and Rockefeller have funded, along with Bilderberger leaders, a ‘Doomsday Seed Vault’ protected by the highest of security on a private Island in frozen wastelands owned by a Bilderberger. There, non GMO seeds are being stored for some future use, accessible ONLY by the Globalist Elite — while at the same time we see from the above that these same people are taking steps to insure non GMO seed cannot even be purchased, much less used, without violating law. We are talking about billionaires who have private chefs, often having them travel with them on trips, and NEVER eat anything we eat, except on a rare lark.
Part of that story requires us to add to this complex mix of topics some equally scary things outside of, but tangent to GMO: Agenda 21 and Codex Alimentarius, for instance, and the concept of depopulation, long a known goal of Globalists to reduce us to a half million souls. Consider all these things collectively, and you realize that violence may be the only recourse, sooner or later, unless we can unify and find a quick way to avoid it. But the fuse, having been lit, makes sooner more urgent, and later less tenable.
Now, Sorento and Congress show their true colors as traitors to all Americans and the American way of life… even life itself, in fact, the hallmark of Satanic thinking in the Illuminati Plan to create a one-World government that they might seat the Antichrist. It’s O.K. if you don’t want to subscribe to that ‘theory,’ but I’ve written books with over 1,500 footnotes to make that very case.
But it is just a Congressional Bill we are talking about, and, after all, Congressmen will simply excuse themselves, saying they ‘didn’t read the Bill’ before they voted it. Sorry, but if things erupt with violence (and to a lesser degree if it does not), they will still be held accountable if they voted for it, as will the Great Pretender who signed it. Consider the full measure of risk they undertake by their crime against humanity, which is also treasonous. There can be no greater penalty than those common in such crimes, especially if during a war (revolution).
And for the matter, therein (Sorento’s signature) lies the problem for Monsanto. Even if Monsanto is not razed to the ground by angry citizens… even if their poisonous ‘product,’ which is nothing more than a tool designed to give them a global monopoly on farming and to depopulate the World with a soft kill is not destroyed in grain stores and warehouses before it is planted… even if they survive attacks against them and their evil seed… the Act does not afford the protection they presume by its signing into ‘law’. It is a fictional belief… not Law at all, but a fictional ‘law’ which is at best temporarily useful while government pretends it legitimate.
Any Bill signed by Mr. Sorento under a false identity will eventually be ruled null and void as will be all ‘law’ of the last four plus years of his charade; his pretense cannot long last, even if it requires a number of years after his final term in office expires to force the Courts to admit it. He has no power, and neither does anything he signs. There has been zero Law enacted since he took Office. He, and all who helped in the charade will be jailed or worse, and of no power whatsoever to help Monsanto (Oh, happy day!)
There will be no protections if the ‘law’ thought affording them was found illegal. Nor if collusion between Monsanto and politicians writing the Bill, and the White House are established as criminal in nature (as is already seeming to be the case in the links above). Even if the Courts were so foolish as to overlook such reasons for nullification, perhaps due to bribes or threats, or the influence of Clarence Thomas, the court of Public Opinion and a little thing called self defense will still afford a final ruling which will be enforced.
Can self defense ever be peaceful?
PEOPLE HAVE THE RIGHT TO DEFEND THEMSELVES FROM HARM
This ACT, I fear, is the final spark which has at last lit a fuse which cannot easily be put out; a fuse leading to armed insurrection. I’ve tried to warn government and citizens in my earlier posts that every time politicians elect a criminal or unconstitutional choice, they put a gun to their own heads in a game of Russian Roulette, a game which decides if armed revolt breaks out.
Given the levels of frustration that I feel in this matter, I can only imagine how famers feel, and picture them raiding grain stores and destroying Monsanto product wholesale, if not marching on Monsanto properties with guns and torches to level them and drag corporate bosses into the streets. I fear hanging in effigy may not be seen sufficient. Hopefully I am wrong, and mere alarmist. But if I thought it would actually end the matter usefully, I’d be tempted myself. But would it be useful, really?
I wonder. I wonder because I also fear this is exactly the situation intended by Globalist leaders who seem to control our government. I fear it why DHS has placed bid requests for 1.4 billion rounds of munitions, including 9 million sniper rounds, none of it for normal military operations. In fact, I fear it related to a long list of other curious purchases and moves by government over the last few years, especially those since Sorento took office.
They collectively point to an intent to light such a fuse, I fear. Such pointers include, for instance, a steady stream of military mock raids on American cities with armed helicopters discharging gattling guns, soldiers repelling from or landed from the choppers to blow the doors off of buildings and engage in combat with ‘resistance,’ of some imagined sort.
Who will stop GMO crops from killing you or your family?
WE ARE THAT RESISTANCE
Confrontation is exactly what I and many others have feared all along was intended at some point in the future, and now, with the Act — it seems absolutely unavoidable and on the near horizon. Now that they see they cannot arrange to ban guns which approximate military grade, thereby effecting a de facto gun seizure, indications are now that they are going to instead foment a wave of violence in the heartlands and cities to justify labeling gun owners as a threat to national security, and come after them by force.
I even worry they may even foment that violence themselves and blame it on us (false flag operations) to justify their heavy hand to passive onlookers, the Sheeple at large. For this Act will undoubtedly result in such outrage and frustration as to move those most concerned to violence, even if it takes some entrapment or priming of the pump of anger and concern. If not shooting, then arson or bombing, from which must eventually evolve shooting by on side or the other. The fuse has been lit.
While there are only a few million rural persons who’s livelihoods still depend on farming success, almost all are quite well armed. There are tens of millions more who truly understand GMA enough to side with Farmers, a large number of them also armed, and some number of them are surely angry enough to say, “Pass the ammunition!”
But even if only 1% of farmers dared take a militant stand and resist with forceful action to protect their way of life, and the lives of all us… to save us from domination and ruination by Monsanto and a truly insane and clearly fascist government (defined, in part, as a government which makes oppressive laws to the benefit of corporate profits and the power elite to the detriment of the citizens)… even 1/tenth that number is more than enough people to start a full-scale armed revolution (statistically proven through history).
The mechanics of revolution, as I have pointed out in above linked post, clearly require only two things: a handful of angry people willing to do something which cannot be ignored by government, something which is seen to strike a blow for freedom; and a government willing to use a heavy hand to quash them for their trouble. In every instance, instead of quashing them, they make martyrs and fuel the anger in those previously asleep in their inaction. As result, those who survived the start of matters are joined by many millions more, and a full-scale revolution is born. “Pass the ammunition!”
This time, I fear government has indeed gone to far, and I urge everyone who is angered and moved to action to please stop, think, and act responsibly. Do not react carelessly out of emotion. Violence on your part is likely expected, and desired. Do not give in. Instead, organize and resist in every legal way you can muster (there are ways to do that). As part of the protest, I beg you make clear, as this post attempts to warn, that escalation will be the consequence of inaction by government and the criminal corporations.
They must be shown we will not let them continue to consider humans as mere objects they may move about on a financial and political chessboards, and knock off the board as pawns to suffer death or a life of misery or servitude. We will not idly stand by and let them win the game in which only they, Globalists all, deem to be onlyplayers with any chance at winning. We pawns must become our own self-guided army, and change the rule of the game so that we… we mere avatars of their avarice, are the ones who win.
How can GMO crops be stopped?
WE DARE NOT LET THE GAME CONTINUE AS IS
The fuse is lit. Who will help extinguish it by right action? Who will fan it to burn faster? Only YOU can decide. YOU are what you’ve been waiting for. Either way, I’m looking forward to ruining their game. But I can do nothing without YOU, be it words or bullets that eventually do the talking.
Enough talking. It’s all made me hungry. Let’s get something to eat…
On second thought, I’m not so sure there’s anything good to eat any more. Perhaps I’ll just share this post with some friends, instead, and start a dialog about what we might be able to do change that little problem.
What can we do to stop Monsanto madness?\\\\\\\\\\\
- Monsanto Required (Nutrition Optional) (factgammon.wordpress.com)
- Top 10 excuses for Obama signing the Monsanto Protection Act (thedailysheeple.com)
- Monsanto = GMO? ~ Oh HELL No! (conservativeread.com)
Whenever you get a magic bullet explanation, you know there is a cover up. A cover up is proof of a conspiracy; a hidden agenda or dark plot. Why is that so hard for most of us to grasp that we accept without question the claim that it is, instead, mere conspiracy theory?by H. Michael Sweeney copyright © 2013, all rights reserved. Permission to repost hereby granted provided entire post with all links in tact, including this paragraph, are included. What is a magic bullet explanation? What you will learn reading this post: • Magic Bullet explanations are commonly used as a cover up tool; • Such explanations do not always involve bullets, but use the same methodology; • To make explanations stick, it is necessary for media or government to label any who question as ‘conspiracy theorists;’ • Magic bullets, when unquestioned and excused by labeling, are themselves proof a conspiracy exists; • There are many dark bumps-in-the-night in our recent history which so illustrate (several included).
Despite the fact that there is a dramatic and continual reduction in gun violence in America over many decades… part of the national experience involves an increase in traumatic mass shootings which are seemingly random and without cause… and we have media to point out every shooting event as though it somehow relates directly to the mass shooting madness, presumably in hopes we will say, ‘Please, won’t someone take our guns away?’
If everything were as it is presented on the surface, I might not be so upset with those who so conclude. The idiocy of a Piers Morgan and others suffering from Feinsteinian mental incapacitation would seem tolerable and understandable. But is everything as it is presented on the surface? Cleary it is not, if you pay the least bit of attention and are not dumbed down by TV Psyops News technology. I speak of magic bullets being used in the guns they want to ban, and similar use of failed logic in ‘factual presentations’.
I’m talking about JFK assassination quality explanations and related tactics employed in cover ups, even beyond shooting events.
Where do we get the expression, “magic bullet”?
What is a Magic Bullet?
The first Magic Bullet, the definitive illustration, arose out of the conspiracy to conceal the truth behind the murder of President, John Kennedy. In review, the Warren Commission investigating the matter had a big problem in two parts. The first was, the number of shots fired in a narrow interval of time from an obsolete bolt-action rifle in poor repair could not possibly account for the number of wounds of the two men the shots struck — unless there were two or more shooters… or unless there was some magic involved. FBI’s best sharpshooters could not duplicate the number of shots and hits fired in the space of time allotted and came nowhere close to the magical performance alleged of the designated patsy, Lee Harvy Oswald.
The second problem was that they dare not rule a conspiracy of multiple shooters.
In fact, Supreme Court Justice, Earl Warren had privately been both warned and threatened by President Lyndon Johnson that it MUST be ruled a ‘lone gunman,’ because there was a significant fear that the truth would require the U.S. go to war with either Cuba and/or Russia, as there was anecdotal (staged) evidence pointing in those directions. Too, there were early conspiracy theories evolving putting the blame on, variously, the Department of Defense, the CIA, and the Mob. But the later (Mob) included ties yet again to the former (CIA and elements of Defense), and so there could certainly be no conspiracy allowed if one were to skillfully avoid detection of skeletons in the national closet.
In the end, the conspiracy theorists would be proven right, of course — but even today, no one in media or government will so admit. It HAS been proven by sworn courtroom testimony of CIA agents involved (Marita Lorenz, E. Howard Hunt; Hunt vs. Liberty Lobby), and more recently, a Mob shooter involved , and additional evidences over time, all of which has been addressed in earlier blog posts and most of which was covered in detail in my book set, Fatal Rebirth. The Warren Commission had Marita’s testimony, but chose to ignore it.
The solution to prevent any such discovery was, like the problem, in two main parts, plus a third supplemental component. The first was a lie, and the second was to seal the records to conceal the lie. The lie was in the form of a bullet which defied multiple laws of physics and over 100 years of ballistics forensic science. It was first dubbed the ‘Magic Bullet,’ by New Orleans District Attorney, Jim Garrison in the trial for murder of JFK of CIA operative, Clay Bertrand Shaw… who indeed also had significant ties to the military and the Mob, not to mention an international assassination ring using both military and CIA resources (what Lyndon Johnson later called ‘Murder Inc.’), to include persons involved in the Dallas shooting.
The Magic Bullet did the impossible: it inflicted two non-fatal wounds in Kennedy (entrance/exit), and four wounds in Texas Governor, John Connally, hardly any two of which lay in a straight path with a former point of origin. It traversed through 15 layers of clothing as well as the knot in the President’s tie (say, another 8 dense layers), 7 layers of skin, 15 inches of body tissue, destroyed 4 inches of a rib bone, shattered a radius bone, and came to rest in the Governor’s thigh, whereupon it elected to fall out onto his stretcher so it could be discovered at Parkland Hospital.
There it was found in near pristine condition with no signs whatsoever of having struck anything other than, say, a swimming pool filled with Jello. Such a bullet, copper jacketed, should have not only been significantly deformed by impact with the bodies, but also, shattered or splintered by the bones. But this was indeed a bullet with magical properties…
To have done as claimed, the bullet would have had to changed directions in mid air multiple times, and, according to Garrison, paused briefly in flight if to match the wound reactions in Conally seen in the Zapruder film. You can see why Garrison called it a magic bullet. So problematic was the conclusion, that the Warren Commission arranged for (bought) the testimony of a physics professor that all of the above was possible through a series of incredulous existential explanations using scientific theory (techno-babble). The cover up was begun, and much of America knew it, but could do nothing about it.
And if that were not bad enough… to make the Magic Bullet theory stick, Walter Cronkite, ex military intelligence turned CBS news anchor, thought to be acting under CIA’s Operation Mockingbird (media infiltration and manipulation), effected the supplemental component and coined the term: ‘Conspiracy Theorist.’ This he used skillfully to make anyone who dared question the Warren Commission’s findings seem ‘crazy,’ and ‘unpatriotic.’ That tactic (labeling) is one of the 25 Rules of disinformation, and dovetails nicely with the Official Formula for Conspiracy Coverups. It was so successful that it is still used, today, and in Spades.
Who uses magic bullet explanations, and why?
More Magic Bullets…
Not all magic bullet explanations are directly tied to shooting bullets, though some, as used in Sandy Hook and Aurora, do — as we see, below. They can instead be any key evidencial matter which simply does not make sense, but which is fully embraced and remains unquestioned by government and media, as if nothing were amiss. So let us go down the Rabbit Hole of our more immediate history and find some more magic bullets.
Oklahoma City domestic
state sponsored (false flag) home-grown terrorist bombing: there are many magic bullet explanations we might discuss regarding the devastating blast at the Murrah Building that took 168 lives, including 19 young children at a day care facility on site. The most glaring is the nature of the bomb, itself. The official explanation is the use of a traditional home-made ANSFO (oil and fertilizer) explosive. The problem with that explanation is that the blast damage was such that ANSFO was impossible, a matter which forced FBI to continually upgrade the estimated size of (number of containers) the explosives used until they were forced to stop because they would exceed the capacity of the truck used.
The real problem was that the forensic evidence did not quite properly match ANSFO with respect to explosive residue, and, in point of fact, included pointers to a new type of explosive developed at a CIA proprietary which had earlier reported the equipment used to make the devices as having been ‘stolen.’ Additionally, the specific damage to the structure and nearby objects were unique and in opposition to the nature of the relatively low pressure blast waves associated with ANSFO, but sympathetic to the high pressure blast waves created by the CIA device, called METC, which produced forces of nuclear blast caliber on a small scale using an incredibly small bomb construct.
This is fully documented at my Web site, which, unfortunately, the IRS has effectively shut down as I can no longer afford to operate Web sites pending payment of an unexpected tax claim arising out of loosing our home in the Mortgage crunch (contributions via paypal using proparanoid at century link net would help get me back online). But I was not alone in this realization.
Brigadere General, Ben Partin, Ret, was the military’s foremost authority on explosives, and he essentially said much the same thing, and so, while I can’t link to my own Web site, you can hear him explain it in his own words, here. I’d rather you go to my Web site because it additionally contains condemning evidence that the bomb factory, complete with the appropriate Ryder truck used to deliver and detonate the bomb, had been photographed from the air by a hang glider pilot. He appears to have been shot down for the effort… at a secret facility constructed by the National Guard and protected on the roads by Marines with machine gun-mounted jeeps and in the surrounding woods by Men in Black — identically dressed in suits, sunglasses, and sporting shoulder-holstered weapons. You know… your typical National Guard facility built in a STATE PARK, complete with a cover story they were ‘testing Humvees’.
True to the above magic bullet explanation in multiple parts, even Partin was labeled a mere ‘conspiracy theorist,’ despite his credentials — or media failed to tell you he even existed. However, both he and I, among others, were invited by Willis Carto, former Editor of The Spotlight, a defunct Washington, D.C. newspaper — to participate in a round table review of OKC and Flight 800. That event, which I was unable to attend, also failed to make the news despite Carto’s best efforts to insure it.
Robert Kennedy’s murder by
CIA’s Thane Ceasar and patsy Sirhan Sirhan: OK, just because a CIA mind control shrink was murdered after bragging to a prostitute that he programmed Sirhan… and because the woman in the Polka Dot dress that shouted ‘We killed Kennedy!’ in glee was seen with Sirhan, earlier… and because the cop in command on the radio that day told the cop that overheard the woman not to investigate because ‘We don’t want any conspiracy theories,’ was himself ex CIA… or because the man that ordered all RFK murder evidence relating to bullets fired destroyed was ex CIA, too…
That does not mean CIA had anything to do with RFK’s death, unless you are a wild conspiracy theorist. But there were some actual magic bullets to deal with, like the ones found in the woodwork destroyed as evidence, which exceeded the number of bullets in Sirhan’s gun… and the fact that the only shots which hit RFK were from immediately behind and fired upward (Sirhan was an appreciable distance in front of Kennedy). These bullets sound pretty magical, to me.
Thane Ceasar, an armed security guard on loan from a CIA proprietary was the person standing immediately behind Robert, that day, but of course, Police never thought to check his gun, lest THEY become conspiracy theorists. Amen.
The Vince Foster
murder suicide: A key staff member of the Bill Clinton Whitehouse, Vince Foster, was found dead in a park at a precise location known in some circles for frequent use by spys in clandestine meets (e.g., a KGB meet with CIA). There was a conspiracy coverup at the time suspected (first revealed in The Spotlight) in the Clinton Administration, a matter in which Foster was a key player, and there were expectations he might spill the beans. No chance of that.
Instead, the official story is that he used an antique gun to shoot himself in the mouth at the park. Only problem was, it was indeed a magic bullet; in addition to the gun being inoperable, there was magically an absence of a pool of blood and splatterings at the scene, where his body was neatly laid out completely prone as if falling backward while remaining perfectly rigid. There were also no powder burns, another magical property. Charges of conspiracy theorists would abound at the slightest questioning of these inconsistencies.
friendly fire shoot down fuel tank explosion: Again, the best evidence I would normally point you to exists at my own Web site, where I reveal use the actual information from the official NTSB Crash Report to prove the NTSB altered, concealed, and manufactured evidence in support of the their conclusion that frayed wiring caused the center wing fuel tank to explode, killing 230 persons. Again, there are many magic bullets, but the primary fuel tank explanation is the most glaring — never mind many confirming eye witness reports (including military observers), radar tracks, and other proofs that a missile fired from a warship participating in war games brought down the plane.
There were many magic bullet issues with the fuel tank, the most glaring of which was the absence of soot on the appropriate surfaces of the fuel tank components, sooting which instead existed on surfaces inconsistent with the explanation (sooting on the outside, but not the inside where the explosion was claimed to have initiated). In like manner, the sequence of destruction described did not account for select (ignored) damages, specifically including two holes in the fuselage which were claimed not to exist, but which are visible in photographs if knowing where to look — which if taken as an entrance and exit point for a non exploding (war game) missile, would perfectly account for the sequence of destruction, both cited and ignored. Thirdly, the flight recorder data itself clearly reflected the effects of the missile strike and was sympathetic to the fuller destruction sequence, but was ignored and simply dismissed as ‘faulty data’ by NTSB.
But we who opposed the official story were mere conspiracy theorists, right? Never mind I have some experience in crash investigations while in the USAF, even reporting to Congress as part of a Weapon Systems Acceptance and Evaluation Team where crashes were reviewed and analyzed. Having credentials just means you are extra crazy to disbelieve the official line, it seems.
The Aurora theater
false flag shooting team lone gunman event: once more, there are many magic bullets. Here, I’ve already outlined 25 key questions, thankfully NOT at my Web site, but in blog form. Most of these, or at least in combinations, represent magic bullet issues. So many questions, in fact, it took three blog posts to review them all, the last perhaps being key-most. Just a few to pique your interest in summary:
I’m a damn conspiracy theorist, that’s how!
false flag lone shooter event: I would hope by now it would not be required to point out that you can’t claim there were only four pistols found inside the school plus a rifle locked in the trunk and then claim the rifle was used to shoot everyone. But it is equally important to question how it would be possible for nearly every bullet to find its mark and to stay inside the bodies of a child as claimed if it was indeed the rifle that was used. Never mind that the Police audio transcripts would seem to describe someone taking an AR-15 out of inventory (“shorting” is the word they use), perhaps that it could be claimed to have been ‘found.’
Surely don’t disbelieve or question the ever changing stories about kids and a bus driver who escaped the shooting by walking past a Fire Station where they could have both taken true safe shelter and reported the shooting to first responders immediately, and instead walked another two blocks to sit on the grass and await discovery by a strange little man with a Masonic emblem cut into the lawn in his back yard. There is more you might ought ignore, but to pay attention and object would make you, too, a conspiracy therorist.
The election of
foreign-born CIA operative Barry Sorento President Obama: I really have to laugh if you don’t already know this one, and won’t even waste my time explaining another crazy conspiracy theory to you. Just go watch that new TV series, The Bible, instead, and you will feel better almost immediately… at least by the time you get to the scene where Christ is tempted by the Devil. LOL.
false flag precision-crafted terror attack by a man living in a cave: Ditto.
Why are magic bullet explanations used?
Guns or magic bullets?
So, in conclusion, I’d prefer we don’t ban guns, but instead pray we ban magic bullet explanations, and banish news sources that never quite seem to notice their existence or address them, but are quick to label anyone who does. Use your brain, pay attention, and avoid accepting on faith the content of dumbing down TV news shows and, especially, spin-control talking-head commentaries; those sources with mottos like ‘fair and balanced,’ and ‘spin-free zone’ are clear warning signs.
Think for yourself. Question government, question media, question inconsistencies, and be vocal about it, loud and frequently. And simply don’t give a damn if someone calls you a conspiracy theorist for your trouble; you can’t confuse them with the facts, their mind has already been made up for them.
Me, I take the label as a badge of honor. I rather imagine Diogenese would be proud of all who quest for truth over lies. Got lamp?
Does mainstream media tell the truth?
You are being indoctrinated and conditioned to accept the Orwellian nightmare. Cancel that. You have been, and here is how.by H. Michael Sweeney copyright © 2013, all rights reserved. Permission to repost hereby granted provided entire post with all links in tact, including this paragraph, are included.
How can you spot psyops on television? Easy. Just turn it on!
Update: April 20, 2013 Made correction to heading numbering, and to add this commentary based on media coverage of the Boston Marathon bombing:
Hillary Clinton’s worries about loosing the information war to the Internet were most clearly mandated in the Sandy Hook matter when manipulated media was never more obvious. They made so many mistakes in presenting ‘facts’ that it is no wonder that conspiracy theories were popping up faster than for JFK’s murder.
Then came the Boston attack by two Brothers, and it is suddenly a 180 degree shift, almost as if CBS, the only network I was able to observe (but perhaps others) had actually read this blog page and fixed everything I’ve cited, as well as repaired the flawed methods employed in Sandy Hook for getting out the official falsehoods. No more conflicting facts, replaced instead on continual source checking and self correction, and plenty of differentiation between solid sources and conjecture.
They also dumped the psyops special viewing effects described herein, making it very possible for the most dumbed down of us to follow along and not get confused. It was 1950’s quality newscasts, all over again, but in living color. If all of media would follow this model, and do their job to question questionable government reports, there would be no reason for we conspiracy theorists (their term for questioning contradictions in what we are told) to worry the likes of Clinton.
This does not, of course, prove there was no false flag event involved, or a broader conspiracy yet to be uncovered, but the point is, there is no set of conflicting statements to fuel speculation of any such conspiracy. I don’t see conspiracy being the case, though there are some things which bother me about the affair which I’ll save for another blog well after the dust has settled.
I’d like to offer three cheers to all of law enforcement at all levels for a hard-won effort, and to media for doing their job the way they are supposed to, per the best tenants of Journalism. Keep it up, and you can put people like me out of business, and me happier for it! End of update.
Was the Boston Marathon bombing false flag?
What you will learn reading this blog:
• Documented CIA and similar covert media psyops programs have been run on us as far back as 1914, and likely, before;
• Media disinfo and conditioning is a form of Political Control Technology, a polite term for mind control;
• TV programming is designed to make us fearful enough to accept military rule and violation of Constitutional rights;
• TV news employs psyops science in visual presentation as a key tool for dumbing down;
• TV ‘entertainment’ is often a dumbing down tool and/or conditions us for dark things to come;
• One small group controls and insures that school textbooks jump-start young people toward the dumbed-down state.
Can TV be used in mind control? Yes!
In defense of Television executives, media moguls, and producers everywhere, they have largely been duped into cooperating in TV psyops unknowingly… well, yes there are quite a few very eager to go along, too. After all, Fascists exist in every industry sector, especially when the New World Order crowd deems media control a priority; one of the key steps in the Illuminait’s original 1776 plan to establish a New World Order (they coined the phrase); a long-term plan to establish a one-World government that they might seat the Antichrist.
But here and now in contemporary times, the tools of psyops are all powerful, and the Illuminati would seem well and alive in the Globalist ’round table’ enclaves such as the Council on Foreign Relations, the Bilderbergers, the Skull and Bones, Rhodes Scholarships, and on and on. But we are talking here about their operatives, not their leadership; the ones who effect psyops in support of such agenda.
That means we are talking about CIA, military, and military-industrial-complex infiltration and manipulation of media, which is why in my books on abuse of power by and crimes of the New World Order, I call it the Military Industrial Intelligence Media Complex (MIIM). We start this examination by going back a little bit in time, as what has come before has been in building block fashion…
Does the military industrial complex use psyops to make us want a war? Yes!
Stage 1: Operation Mockingbird
Actually, stage 1 predated Mockingbird, and yet was its archetype. It took place pre WWI, when the Powder Interests (arms industry, predecessors to the military industrial complex) bought control of 26 newspapers to change public opinion about entering into the war.Note of whimpering: I would normally send you to a link at my own Web site with the full Congressional Record proof of the matter, but the IRS has effectively shut down my income producing sites leaving me to live on about $530 a month after paying them $150 against some $6,000 of the National Debt seemingly engineered for the purpose. So the link illustrating the matter will take you elsewhere. Any contributions via PayPal using proparanoid at century link net would help put me back online. End of whimpering, for now.
America was, at the time, quite Pacifist in view, until the bought media began reporting in unison the lie that German soldiers were regularly raping and then cutting off the breasts of Belgium women, especially Nuns. That, and like reported crimes never happened, at least not as claimed, though you still find citations that it did based on the original reports even today. Post war research verifies NO SUCH CLAIMS.
There was one oft cited incident as ‘proof’ of such. The victim was not a Nun, as reported by a Belgian soldier’s commentaries published in a book by the American Defense Society in 1918. That group was formed in 1915 with ex military, arms merchants, and others and was quite militant, led by non other than Theodore Roosevelt, who had lost the 1912 election against Pacifist Wilson. This was AFTER media reports about the atrocities and seems an attempt to ‘prove’ the matter after the fact. They hardly needed bother, as anyone who questioned such reports was decried as un-American, unpatriotic, and a Socialist traitor. ADS believed in enforcing Sedition policies (criticizing or questioning government was treated as a crime).
Such tactics changed our mood as a nation. So when they also illegally secreted munitions aboard the cargo holds of the Luxury Liner RMS Lucitania, and then let the Germans know about it… the Germans did the predictable thing and sank the ship, sparking enough outrage that we finally went to war. Now, while we are wanting to talk TV, here, and a bit perhaps about the film industry, closely related — what they learned in 1917 would apply once TV had gotten its foothold in the American landscape.
The National Security Act of 1947 saw the birth of CIA, Department of Defence, the National Security Council, and all resulting sins, including mind control projects. The lesser known story, as revealed in my book set, Fatal Rebirth, is that the Act was sponsored by the evolving Powder Industry, as well. In fact, they threatened to establish a civilian operated equivalent of CIA if Truman did not move Congress to do so.
As it happens, a relative on my Wife’s side was right in the middle of that, serving both directly in the Truman White House as State Department liaison, and later, a like role for the Secretary of Defense. I had access to a trunk load of his papers going back to WWI, where he was Army Intelligence. ‘Uncle’ George Bernard Nobel was also a Rhodes Scholar who later helped establish Pacific Rim Globalist round table groups while professor at Reed College, to whom we donated his papers — save the WWII code books disguised as Masonic lodge codebooks (a different one every 90 days), which I retained.
One of the earliest projects undertaken by CIA, of course, was to attack United States citizenry with the same exact covert war tools it would later apply against other countries they wanted to topple: disinformation through media infiltration and control. Called Operation Mockingbird, CIA put thousands of agents to work in all forms of news media, and bribed or intimidated, blackmailed, or misled legitimate reporters, producers, and moguls to cooperate. Don’t take my word for it, it, too, is in the Congressional Record.
It continues today in many ways, though Mockingbird was ‘discontinued,’ after it was revealed in the 1970s through Congressional investigation… after nearly 30 years of disinformation damage. One early example of particular note close to my heart was the coining of the phrase ‘conspiracy theorist’ by ex Army intelligence officer, Walter Cronkite. This was used to discredit and quell the many questions arising in the public’s mind over ties between JFK’s murder and CIA and the military, and the Mob partnership behind the plot, as eventually proven in courtroom testimony by ex CIA Agents involved (Hunt vs. Liberty Lobby).
Another close to my heart was the deliberate and methodical placement of jokes in comedy shows regarding tin foil hats (continues today there, and on the Web), implying anyone/anything relating to the possibility of mind control was ‘loony.’ In truth, the joke were sparked because a particular man in NYC entered a Police Precinct wearing a tin foil hat claiming he was being mind controlled by CIA experiments.
Totally ignored and shoved out the door with suggestions he see a shrink, his body was later found… minus tin foil hat, where there were dozens of electrodes implanted in his brain. This made the newspapers, and within weeks TV sitcoms began having jokes about tin foil hats here, there, and everywhere. There is no Web link regarding that unfortunate victim’s news accounts now that my sites are shut down, but I have also documented it in my book, MC Realities.
Here is another look at Mockingbird by one of America’s last true investigative journalists, Carl Bernstien, of Watergate fame. But the important part is that television played an important role in early Mockingbird, a role which would eventually prove key to getting Bush and Nixon into the White House, the start of the Bush Dynasty. That, and CIA ‘adapted’ software used to ‘count’ votes in America (the book Votescam, by James and Kenneth Collier, is a good place to review, the very first chapter).
How does TV dumb us down?
Stage 2: Indoctrination to set you up
Coincidental with Mockingbird was infiltration of Hollywood and TV programming with propaganda which continues at a heightened pace, today. I’m talking about the early use of documentary-style portrayals of real-world, and later, fictional events involving ‘white hat’ Agencies. The first of note was I Led Three Lives, a dramatization of the true-life story of an advertising executive who was actually a covert undercover FBI double agent within the Communist Party, where he was involved in aiding and yet subverting plots to overthrow the United States. It taught us to fear the Reds all over again after McCarthyism. Then came FBI, staring Efram Zimbalist, Jr., which overtly went after the Communists as well as bank robbers, kidnappers, and other nasties — in an America where the only car maker was apparently Ford, as the streets were filled with the sponsor’s product; an early product placement strategy where even the bad guys drove them.
The purpose of these shows was: a) to make you glad we had such agencies by; b) portraying evil everywhere, and c) always getting the best of the bad guys by being good guys, upright, moral, and always operating legally. It worked. I loved those shows as a kid, as did my parents. As consequence, a whole generation of young grew up wanting to join the FBI, CIA, Police, and so forth. CIA had shows like Robert Culp/Bill Cosby (in a serious role!) in I Spy and Patrick McGoohan as Secret Agent, not to mention The Man From U.N.C.L.E. (a secret United Nations version of CIA that taught us to trust the U.N. to watch out for us) and interest in law enforcement was fueled by endless Cop shows, of which there were so many over the years as to be pointless in naming, except perhaps for Jack Webb’s Dragnet, and Broderick Crawford’s Highway Patrol, two of the earliest successes.
Fast forward to recent times, and they’ve refined the tactic to condition us to military dominion. But also with a mental switch being thrown… as they now want us to think that its OK for the good guys to not be so legally upright. You know… ‘the ends justifies the means’ thinking (a Fascist’s motto). It started with shows like JAG (Judge Advocate General), where the military justice and investigation system was quite well presented that we should think it as good as civilian justice, coincidentally more or less synchronous with A Few Good Men, a major motion picture equivalent with Jack Nicholson and Tom Cruise. Well, they at least obeyed military law and procedure, but the next wave was a bit more ‘loose’ about it, spin offs from JAG, mostly.
That would be NCIS and a flood of sister/spinoff/parent shows where you are guaranteed in each and every episode to see someone’s privacy illegally invaded at the touch of a computer or other act (but it is OK, it is the military/government, after all, and they would certainly watch out for us innocent folks who have nothing to hide, right? Besides, the bad guys don’t deserve the same treatment as we would want for ourselves, do they?) Rights should be contingent upon government’s judgment, we are to believe, and they seem pretty free to make instant judgements in these shows… “Already done, Boss,” as McGee (Sean Murry) says so frequently in NCIS.Note: Indeed this is exactly what the Constitution of the NewStates of America spells out. The document is intended to replace the current Constitution after Martial Law and military rule, according to former Naval Intelligence Officer, William Cooper, who discovered the document had been prepared at a cost of $25 million by a NWO think tank. In Fatal Rebirth, the entire document is analyzed verse by verse to reveal that there are no guaranteed rights. All are conditional, and all are subject to retroactive cancellation, and more than one authority may so decree. Anyone may be ruled an enemy of the State at any time for any reason.
Such shows also tend to have advanced alien-caliber technological capabilities which work instantaneously to provide, in the nick of time for both the plot and the next commercial break, the critical evidence. This aspect is also present in many of the crime fighting counterparts such as Numbers (where they in each show attempt to present, but I have yet to see, a scientifically correct presentation of their questionable methodology), Profiler (gets us used to the idea that profiling, normally a negative term, is a bit like pre-crime thought police, and a good thing — we need more cops on our streets, and a few more in our heads), CSI, and so forth, proving to us Citizens that we ought be good and fully obedient, because like Santa, the cops and the Federales can always find out who’s’ naughty and nice, no matter what. Obey, or they will get you.
The truth is, though you may yet still doubt it, you are being set up for military control. More on that notion in the summary. And yet, it is a double whammy, because everything the TV moguls have learned about how TV can be used to manipulate you for the purposes outlined, can also be applied in marketing to boost advertiser sales. So while you are being dumbed down and set up, you are also being convinced you need (everything). So don’t just obey, but also, order yours today, and be sure to borrow heavily to do it! Remember, debt is the ultimate form of non violent control, and the last thing you want is to force them to resort to violence (which is inevitable, anyway, because they have to get the guns, you know – another reason for needing to stage an event worthy of Martial Law).
Does news deliberately dumb us down? Absolutely!
Stage 3: News Manipulation to dumb you down
We will talk about a number of things here, and a bit later, we will look at some specific technical methods employed. This section sets the stage. I’d send you to my Web site for the 25 Rules of Disinformation, all of which are easy to see illustrated in news in general. But I can’t (still whimpering and hoping for your kind contribution), so here is one of the many dozens of sites which have reproduced it, my most popular piece ever, with many tens of millions of downloads. You will find that each ploy is used on you every day, either directly by media, or by those they are interviewing without doing their job of asking hard questions when things don’t make sense as result of the ploy(s) elected.
So when they tell us there were four pistols ONLY found in Sandy Hook, and the Rifle was locked in the car, but all the kids were shot with a Bushmaster, and moreover, virtually every round fired by the 3,000 foot per second high powered bullets not only hit a target (almost no misses), but also stayed in the bodies… we tend to accept it as ‘factual.’ No wonder there are so many conspiracy theories afoot about that, and other news stories of our time. And this is proof of dumbing down, because more than half the people are NOT questioning the ‘facts,’ all effectively turned into Ozzian Scarecrows in search of a brain; straw-stuffed Sheeple.
Used to be, Newsmen listened to what sources were telling them, reported that, and when finding inconsistencies, pursued them until they had an answer, and told us that, too, wether it was a good or bad answer. They also used ‘redactions’ or other correction notices to update us when things became clearer. Now you get the official line, and on to the next story before you think something was amiss. Heaven forbid we should dare ask about the man behind the curtain.
Got a war? Imbed the journalists with psyops media warriors to insure news cameras see only what they are supposed to see, and report what is allowed to be reported (patriotic pro war). Those not willing to be embedded, get shot up by helicopter gunships and tanks just to make sure they might ought prefer to be embedded. And yet, there is even disinfo and psyops taking place in such friendly fire incidents…
Who is most often central to those reports? Reuters, an original CIA Operation Mockingbird front which was (at one time, at) owned outright by CIA, though you won’t find that in a Google Search (you used to be able to do so). It is listed in my books, and of course, at my sites (whimper). My favorite photograph (also at my Web site) is a news crew in Africa interviewing some Nigerians about terrorist activities in the region, and the guy holding the sound boom has a T-shirt which reads, “NOT CIA.” Really?
Which brings us to some more dumbing down/setting up. Remember that series of ‘bin Laden’ videos we kept seeing after 9-11 ‘obtained’ with messages for the World? If you are not afraid of terrorists, you won’t put up with oppressive Constitutionally neutering laws and atrocities by TSA, unconstitutional border checks 60 miles inland on highways not even going to the Border, and military gunships letting go with their Gattlings near your kid’s school. Internationally (but not in America), experts on bin Laden, on the Arabic language, and in governments far and wide were stating publicly on THEIR news that the videos were fake (eventually admitted to by CIA), not bin Laden, but a look-alike, and not saying what was claimed, at all.
Keep in mind every news outlet in America of any clout ALWAYS keeps tabs on what other nation’s media are talking about. That’s one way they learn about newsworthy events around the World, and about how other nation’s see events in America, which is often an element of the ongoing story, here. So it isn’t just experts in America they were deliberately ignoring, they were also pretending no one else in the World was talking about it. Deliberate psyops by concealment. That’s willful malfeasance, and as such disinformation has effectively cost American lives, makes them complicit in murder,should anyone wish to file a lawsuit.
But, thanks to the Internet, we eventually as a collective consciousness began to realize the tapes were phony, and we also began picking up on stories which revealed that the Iraqi troops bayonetting of babies in Kuwaiti hospitals in order to steal their incubators was, like the Belgium women’s breast story… an official CIA hoax. Now here is where we see yet another manipulation of media, this time the Internet. As recent as two years ago (last time I did it, anyway), you could find mainstream coverage on the Web of the revelation that this was a lie fostered by a Public Relations firm that is listed as a CIA front. Not now. Now you can only find blogger, Youtube, my closed Web site, and foreign media reports. One of the Rules of Disinformation is, after all, ‘If you don’t print it (or hide it, later), it didn’t happen.’
It was roughly in this time frame, in my opinion, that America began to realize that we hardly EVER got the truth from Washington, or for the matter, the Washington Post, New York Times, Time Magazine, CNN, MSNBC, ABC, et. al. The led to…
What is the information war? Disinformation at its finest.
Stage 4: The Information War
The information war was officially on between the Internet via outspoken activists, investigative writers, and indeed, conspiracy theorists who sought only the truth, and the MIIM complex and their minions of control, mainstream media. This was recently officially acknowledged in a recent remark to Congress by Hillary Clinton as Head of the U.S. State Department, obliquely referencing the Internet in and among a larger collective of ‘alternative media’:
“We are in an information war and we are loosing that war.”
Of course, you only got the sanitized version from the Washington Post and other mainstream outlets. They would have you believe she was only worried about foreign news networks such as Al Jazeera, and RT (Russian Television) News. Both of these outlets offer English speaking versions and are enjoying American viewing attention at up to 100 times greater than failing american media giants. And where are they getting all the attention? Not via TV sets, but the Internet, a little detail omitted in the telling of her story by those media giants.
But who can blame us for wanting to hear what other countries say when we find out our own country is lying to us? And I mean BIG TIME. Did you know the Pentagon knew the date of the Afghan invasion and was sending Colin Powel and top US Generals around to our allies to arrange for multinational support well before Sept. 11 attacks? What? You thought we only went to war when there was a just cause? Would it help you to know that Australian, Indian, UK, and Russian news sources were talking about this before Sept. 11 and wondering how we were going to justify war with a backward non technological country rich with oil, gas, and illegal drug growing operations?
Clearly, someone in the military knew in advance there was going to be a ‘Big Wedding’ (al Qaeda’s alleged codename for 9-11) event, and was sending out guest invitations. But American media dare not report that fact before the event, or you would realize 9-11 was an inside job. Truthers exist everywhere, as result of the endless conflicting facts, but are belittled by media in self defense; if they admitted the truth, they would be confessing complicity to a conspiracy to mass murder.
And yet they continue to loose ground, making it an urgent matter for the Globalsist to more quickly move toward Martial Law, because THAT will also enable…
Stage 5: Internet 3.0, the Kill Switch, and political censorship
Congress has repeatedly attempted to redefine the Internet towards political censorship, a matter which deserves its own blog, and indeed, many good articles already abound. Take a look at SOPA, PIPA, and CISPA, for instance (Congressional Bill nicknames). But if there is a Martial Law, the Web will be shut down, as will be phones, mail service, and radio/TV as we know it. The only communications allowed will be government to you, and mostly unpleasant in nature. Moreover, it will be illegal to criticize government publicly.
Eventually, services will be restored, but at that point, you will not be able to rely upon the Web for ANYTHING short of government and corporate approved content. A total Police State will have been achieved, and we will be dealing with the NewStates of America, which will move to form (as enabled by the new Constitution) the North American Union in support of the march to a one-World government, and the Antichrist’s End Game.
Fortunately, we are not there, yet. But they are preparing us for that day, conditioning us daily in our TV news feeds. And to help us get the right message, they use clever visual tricks to go with the information they want us to come away with (and minus that they are unwilling to reveal). That brings us to the most interesting section, in my view…
How does TV dumb us down?
The psyops science behind TV News
A seldom noticed tool for dumbing down is right in front of your eyes when watching modern network (and to a degree, local) news programs. It is the methodology (psyops science) of visual presentation. Compare today’s methods as we examine them to the image at page top from a 1968 newscast. Which one is likely to better insure your attention is focused on the words you hear and the key photos or moving images representing the actual news topic under discussion? The answer MUST be, the old way. A mind’s attention divided against itself by distractions cannot be whole in thought. It’s how accidents happen in the real World. It’s how dumbing down happens in the news world.
First Example: CNN; the sample images are divided into zones for discussion purposes. I have additionally outlined areas in red which represent special effects being applied in unique ways with respect to transparency. When things are transparent, and especially when the background is indiscernible, it allow the subconscious mind to be confused; something solid seems real and factual, that which is nebulous is less real or concrete, and more implied than factual.
Zone 1, a and b parts — is showing a moving graphical pattern promoting the news program, which in this case really is not a news program at all, but a news spin mechanism to take a select news story and make sure you get the official slant in a way that interfaces well with the greater Globalist agenda (i.e., gun control is good, OWS and Internet activists are bad, etc.). You literally see it in her eyes; ‘You have to believe me!’ There is no synchronicity in the movement of the background pattern between the zones, giving your mind a kind of subconscious mental puzzle to resolve… is it the same pattern, or isn’t it?
Zone 2 is also in two parts. The official CNN Logo (b) is animated over a separately animated background (a), to create a mental 3-D puzzle of sorts. An element of the puzzle is that the background is nebulous and hard to grasp, with just enough detail to imply there should be something there recognizable, and yet, just as you think you understand what it is, it is not. There is actually a 3rd unmarked zone I failed to note at first… the blackened rectangle at the lower-right corner. It also contains the same CNN image machinations, but the color has been removed, creating yet another puzzle for the subconscious to resolve.
Zone 3 in two parts — is yet another play on the name of the show, with things in motion. The name scrolls to the left in (a), competing with and drawing your eye away from any other text which appears, and then vanishing with transparency into part (b), which is where they want your attention to go (nothingness). So when the text changes and your eye darts to it (distracts you from the spoken word or other video present), you are additionally distracted subconsciously by the scrolling text adjacent; two tiers of distraction, one distracting you from the other.
Zone 4 in four parts — four different text sections, each able to change for various reasons, which may be synchronous as with a complete change of presentation topic, or asynchronous within a presentation to provide additional timed distractions. The worse offenders would be those texts which scroll endlessly. Your eyes dart back and forth endlessly, unless one thing seems more important momentarily. Regardless, you mind has been divided repeatedly.
What you are left with in most such shows, is no fewer than a half dozen moving images and as many textual elements, all competing for attention to subtly make it less likely that you will remember much more than the most basic of details — such that most Americans STILL TODAY, (of those who favor TV as their news source) are not even aware of the conflicting facts about guns at Sandy Hook, much less any of the other controversies. They simply were unable to absorb the needed level of detail to say “Wait a minute. Yesterday you said one thing, and now you are saying another?” Naturally, they also don’t realize they’ve been fed yet another magic bullet story (several, actually).
Second Example: Univision; every network, indeed, every show, has to have a different ‘skin’ to make it visually identifiable. So a second example gives us a look at other ways to do the same thing within such skin changes. Here we see Zone 1 — a giant moving graphic element in four parts of the screen, all of which employs color cycling to further divide the parts. Color cycling is a psychotic technique which relaxes and subdues the conscious mind. Within it words are alive with motion, another layer of distraction. It is pervasive but cleverly segmented by other elements such that it is as if four separate, but synchronous sections, each competing for attention subconsciously.
Zone 2 in two parts — the primary (a) is the Reporter or first talking head. Multiple talking heads with their own window is a popular skin construct, one which especially becomes a great distractionary tool when you allow each person to speak over the other in heated manner which never seems to let but one side make their point fully… but the viewer, conditioned over time to side with the presenter’s viewpoint, simply sees ‘them winning the argument,’ and not them manipulating the flow of dialog. Else how do you explain ANY popularity for the likes of Torry turned ‘American Pontificator’ Piers Morgan, and the countless talking heads of like ilk?
Part (b) — is supplemental text information for labeling window content, and can change to other information for distractionary purposes. The question is, why is it important to tell us it is the Studio when we know that? Or to name the party just introduced or the newsperson we are used to seeing? We already know these things; they are simply there as a decisive distractionary tool. Every time they change, our eyes and attention are tempted to be diverted.
Zone 3 — in two parts is the second window for alternate video or added talking heads. This reduced viewing area will LIMIT the detail we are allowed in the news presentation. They might allow us the luxury of full screen video for things where they want us to absorb something (i.e., the full scope of violence by protestors), or elect the minimal viewing window when they’d rather we not so easily see something (i.e., police violence). Sure, sometimes it does not matter, and sometimes there may be no deliberate intent inherent in such changes. But the tool is there if they need it.
Zone 4 — is a replay of CNN’s, with an additional 5th part. There is no intrinsic difference in strategy or use. Again we find special effects using transparency along with motion (red outlined area near lower right corner). In this case, text is scrolling which is not quite readable without great effort, the same text (I think) as used in the main background (Zone 1), but scrolling the opposite direction. How distracting is that? It has to be intentional.
Worse, if there is any actual verbal content in all that scrolling background text, it is being absorbed by the subconscious. There is therefore the potential for subliminal programming, an early CIA developed mind control trick — but I do not know it is present, nor can I make such a determination as I do not read Spanish, and the original image is not clear enough to support translation efforts. I would defer to anyone with more direct specific analysis.
So, tell me again, Hillary, Piers, et.al, about Sandy Hook, 9-11, and why you don’t believe there is a conspiracy afoot somewhere in those engineered tragedies, and other controversies which flood the evil Internet? Oh… because people believe what you tell them to believe. I should have known better, since the public all went to school using text books approved by a handful of people in Texas appointed by George Bush to globalist standards… and most other States will not approve books unless the Texas group has first approved them.
Yes, I’m talking about the same people that insured text books sent to Afghani schools a decade before September 11 used pictures of bombs and guns and grenades for counting exercises… just in time to create a generation of terrorists… and then replaced them with pictures of wholesome things once we invaded. How could anyone believe anything else than the official message, given the running start on dumbing down such programming gives them? But you know, that’s yet another news story that’s vanished from the Web, of late, so why do I waste my time arguing with you?
Its the people who think for themselves I’m really concerned with reaching.
Who is winning the information war? YOU — if you pay attention!
- The disaster of manufactured consent in the Matrix (usahitman.com)
- Illuminati Mind Control & the Report from Iron Mountain (fromthetrenchesworldreport.com)
Open Letter of Complaint to the United Nations, by Xin Zhong Qing
Received by H. Michael Sweeney direct via email March 18, 2013
PLEASE REPOST. NO COPYRIGHT NOTICE.
Notes indicated red by H. Michael Sweeney. As you read, unless you are already familiar with political control technology, you will be moved to dismiss the complaint as the rantings of a mentally disturbed individual. While it is certainly possible that is the case, it is also not only possible, but highly probable that the descriptions are true accounts as the victim is best able to relate in conversational English. Please consider such translation issues as well as the following facts before you make any such decision:1) As testimony to the State of Massachusetts Legislature on a Bill to limit use of electronic weapons reveals, there is NO symptom of schizophrenia (imaginary persecution or other unreal events, realities) which cannot be induced electronically; 2) Therefore, most victims of political control technology seldom have a correct understanding of the exact nature and cause of their targeting, and indeed, specific effort is typically undertaken to insure their beliefs are incorrect (you cannot fight a problem if you fight the wrong cause); 3) As one who has worked with hundreds of such victims around the World, I see select clues within the dialog which align with many similar charges from others within Red China, as well as other countries, including America. I am specifically comparing to cases where, after working with the individuals for a considerable time, tests and defensive strategies verified that targeting was real — though generally different than the victim’s original perceptions and understanding. 4) You will note that many of his prior letters were enjoined by other signers, up to 77 persons. 5) Yesterday, I got four hits to my wordpress pages from Red China (rare). One of the pages hit regarded how easy it is to start a revolution, which featured the 1989 failed Tiananmen Sqaure incident. Another features how to outreach as a targeted individual, my also my main page on political control technology, and another was my contact page. I now believe these were Xin’s visitations. Xin Zhong Qing is a fairly common name in China. There is even a Container Vessel operated by the Red Chinese Army of that name.
United Nations Commission on Human Rights:
My name is xin zhong Qing, Is the Chinese Jiangsu province Nanjing city an ordinary law-abiding civilians. Here, I on you accuse China Security Department “secret agencies ” in a group of spies criminals, they abuse “monitoring” privilege, make high-tech “brain control” technique, remote control my body and spirit, the implementation of more than 40 years, The days and nights of continuous uninterrupted secret torture persecution.
In the Chinese Cultural Revolution ” of 1971 , in the 20th century , I was framed for “5.16 counter- revolutionaries “, were subjected to cruel political persecution. This group of ” secretagencies ” in the secret criminals, in order to force me to, admit that they are “5.16 counter-revolutionaries”. At the same time, in order to stop me openly accused Justice voice, they use high-tech ” brain control ” technology means frenzied , day and night, 24 -hour continuous remote control of my body , the implementation of an extremely cruel persecution and assassination plot secretly tormented.
They are a group of secret agents Alcatraz. To me implemented secretly tormented persecution means extremely brutal, shameless, comparable to the German Hitler fascist concentration camp Gestapo and Japan 731 units of bacteria devil evil, their Monstrous evil, just pale into insignificance by comparison!
They control my body, every minute non-stop manufacturing my body, appear all sorts of pain; itching; extreme cold; heat; numb; vertigo; tremble; Extremely uncomfortable; incontinent, frequent cough vomit nasal bleeding paste the nose, as well as the infamous “sexual torture” and other pain. For over 40 years time, wherever I go where, this secret pain never stopped, and I can’t sleep, normal study, work and life, day and night in very suffering pain, like a living dead!
Their Monstrous evil, not only a violation of China’s constitution and laws to “respect and ensure human rights” provisions, also completely violated the Charter of the United Nations and the “Declaration of human rights” and other relevant safeguard basic human life, survival rights provisions.
Therefore, I had to the Communist Party of China and Chinese government post a lot of complaint letters:
• In the December 3, 2007 issued a “President Hu Jintao to collective letter”(the 77 victim joint)；
• In May 5, 2008 issued a “Chinese” secret organization “open letter”.(the 43 victim joint)；
• In September 7, 2008 issued a “ An Announcement to the Whole World by Chinese Victims”.(the 65 victim joint)；
• In March 6, 2009 issued a “Accountability Mr. Geng Huichang, one of the leaders of the national security sector”. (the 76 victim joint)；
• In March 15, 2010 issued a “China’s civilian population, in fact, no protection of human rights! ”
• In August 16, 2010 issued a ” Ten Questions “Politics and Law Committee of the CPC Central Committee , Zhou Yongkang, secretary ;
• In January 1, 2011 issued a “To the CPC Politburo Standing Committee member of the open letter to all”；
• In April 5, 2011 issue “urged China’s security sector, Geng huichang and others pleaded guilty to the letter!”；
• In July 15, 2011 issued a “Geng Huichang, is China’s brain control criminal gang black Protectionumbrella!”；
• In February 24, 2012 issue”Notice to all Chinese compatriots Book”；
• In August 4, 2012 issued a ” Accountability Zhou Yongkang, Politics and Law Committee of the CPC Central Committee! ‘”And so on
However , I have sent the Many letter of complaint, not only did not get any reply. On the contrary, the arrogance of this gang of secret agent criminals more arrogant , more intensified secret remote control of my physical and mental torture persecution . I am still in the” shouting days days should not ; shouting ground ground should not” suffered torment pain life..
Now, I tell you — the UN Human Rights Commission issued this complaint letter, urging you under the Charter of the United Nations and the “Declaration of human rights” and other relevant human rights documents, To as a member of the United Nations of China National Security Department “secret organization” this group of Spy against human criminals are a Monstrous evil, Must be a serious investigation , and the findings made public . At the same time , Will referred the case to the United Nations Criminal Court, Will this group of secret Spy criminal prosecution, for crimes against humanity!
The following annex, is my day and night, in more than 40 years of uninterrupted suffered this group of secret Spy criminal on my body remote suffering persecution, daily live record fact evidence excerpts (January 1, 2012 — November 30, 2012) :
Yours lofty salute!
China’s Jiangsu Province , Nanjing “mindcontrol”victims :
February 28, 2013
Sender: Nanjing victims ZhongQing Xin(screen name Red Master)
Address: Nanjing Xiaguan District # 94-14 Tung Cheng, a village
623962269 @ qq. Com
Note by H. Michael Sweeney: the first link appears to be being blocked in Red China. Attempts to reply by email also fail.
在上个世纪1971年的中国“文化大革命”中，我被莫须有地诬陷为“5。16分子”，遭到了残酷的政治迫害。这伙“秘密机构”中的特工罪犯，为了迫使我就范，承认自己是“5。16分子”。同时，为了捂住我进行公开揭露控诉抗争的正义声音，丧心病狂地使用高科技“ 脑控” 技术手段，昼夜24小时不停地遥控我身体，对我实施令人发指的秘密折磨迫害和阴谋暗害。
Is it mere fiction (from book, Fatal Rebirth), or your future reality? Don’t be so sure you know the answer, because smaller scale events like it have already happened.
What will happen if martial law is declared?by H. Michael Sweeney copyright © 2013, all rights reserved. Permission to repost hereby granted provided entire post with all links in tact, including this paragraph, are included.
From Fatal Rebirth, by this author; proparanoidpress: a fictional account of crimes of the New World Order from 1947 into the future, with over 1,500 footnotes so you may decide how much of it really is fiction, vs. reality in play. Based on the Unified Conspiracy Theory developed in a ten-year research for the book, it has correctly predicted political assassination efforts to effect control of the US election process, the downing of the WTC by passenger jets and resulting Middle East oil wars, and more. It also led to the author’s direct intervention in and prevention of one, and possibly two terror attacks on Portland, Oregon.A FREE copy of the ebook (Vol. I of four volumes) is available for the asking. For more information, special pricing, go here. Why are Bloods and Crips Gang members being given Police badges?
23 Families Jailed, Loose Their Homes in Weekend Raids
A local news clipping (a sub chapter in Fatal Rebirth, Vol. III)
Police struck another blow against continued political and social unrest this weekend when they arrested 31 adults and took another 58 men, women, and children into protective custody in a series of surprise predawn raids ordered by Homeland Security. The actions were part of a continuing series of such raids across the nation undertaken in increasing numbers under authority of blanket bench warrants issued by the new FEMA Court System, a concept adapted from and empowered by provisions of the Patriot Acts and subsequent legislations.
The Multi Jurisdictional Task Force (MJTF) raids regularly involve elements of the National Guard, State, County, and local Police, and special Community Active in Policing Services (CAPS) deputized citizens as well as the usual Federal advisors, undercover operatives, and observers from DHS, FEMA, FINCEN, FBI, DEA, DIA, BATF, IRS, CIA, and numerous unidentified agencies.
Each Agency representative determines if arrestees were in violation of pertinent Federal laws or if there is any reason to suspect militia or terrorists activity or support. This time, the blanket bench warrants were served on the Corbin neighborhood where some 600 homes were searched Saturday and Sunday after roadblocks cordoned the area. There was little formal resistance from most law-abiding citizens, many of whom were given temporary shelter from the cold in the several motor homes set up for preliminary resident interviews. Coffee and hot chocolate was served by representatives of the Red Cross, who also provided blankets to those insisting on watching their homes being searched from the sidewalks.
However, gunfire punctuated several intense confrontations between agents and a few persons believed to be criminals or underground members of or sympathizers with the Constitutional Army of Repatriotization (CAR). However, these resulted in only minor casualties on both sides, and the Cobra gunship helicopters and heavy-machine-gun-mounted vehicles were not called into play as have been reported the case several times earlier this week in Detroit.
The statistics locally to date since declaration of Martial Law three weeks ago now stands at least 115 dead and 321 hospitalized, 7 of those injuries and two deaths being CAPS members and one DEA officer injured. At least 1,890 persons have been detained for questioning or actually arrested. The majority of deaths and detentions of non Islamics are attributed to armed resistors, presumably militia or criminal elements or supporters, or discoveries of significant contraband. Readers are reminded that possession of antigovernment literature is grounds for detention and questioning about loyalties and activities. The bulk of detainees are, however, apparently of Middle East origin, though no precise numbers are available.
Agencies conducting the raid were looking for weapons not already turned in during the amnesty period earlier this year, as well as illicit drugs, hoarding of food and fuels, proper travel documents and proof of citizenship, extremist and cultist materials, pornography and other contraband. Most of those taken into custody were taken immediately by helicopter to unspecified out-of-state Federal facilities for interrogation and possible ongoing detention.
Under recent revisions in the law in support of Martial Law, any charges resulting from the raids will be submitted to the temporary FEMA/FINCEN Court system operated under the US Army’s Judge Advocate system (military tribunal) for summary convictions instead of wasting time and money with the traditional drawn-out trial processes. If ruled guilty, their homes, vehicles, and personal properties will become the property of the State under forfeiture laws, with some of the goods to be distributed to the CAPS program managers for community enhancement. Most trials are